■7-''*'it?''::.'^*;' 
 
 ^'WV
 
 
 
 THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE 
 
 OF 
 
 LOS 
 
 UNIVERSITY 
 CALIFORNIA 
 ANGELES 
 
 'ii^fp 
 
 mm
 
 
 ' ./, 

 
 a 
 
 THE NEW CEYLON." 
 
 BEING A SKETCH OF 
 
 BEITISH NOETH BOENEO, OE SABAH. 
 
 FR02I OFFICIAL 
 AND OTHER EXCLUSIVE SOURCES OF INFOPJIATION. 
 
 ■WRITTEN ANB COHPILBD BY 
 
 JOSEPH HATTON 
 
 (auTHOH of "to-day IK AMEBICA," ETC. ETC.). 
 
 Qjdiik iit'o) nnii ©riginal ^Xixps coxxzdtli to !bate. 
 
 LONDON : 
 
 CHAPMAN AND HALL, LIMITED, 
 
 11, HENRIETTA STREET, COYENT GARDEN. 
 
 1881.
 
 CHABLES DICKENS AND EVANS, 
 CEYSIAL PALACE PEES3.
 
 OS 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 " Any more for tlie Continental express ? '^ 
 
 The electric lamps ^^flaslied into a sudden radiance ^^ 
 as the sun is said to do at daybreak in the tropics. 
 
 For a few minutes previously to the simultaneous 
 leap of light that transformed a dozen opaque globes 
 into mimic suns^ Charing Cross railway station had 
 been in semi-darkness. 
 
 There was much bustle of departing travellers. 
 Parliament was up ; for even the longest and most 
 obstructed session comes to an end. Jaded legis- 
 lators, men of fashion, ladies of society, were among 
 the crowd bound for foreign shores. London was 
 emptying itself from all its avenues of transit. 
 
 " Any more for the Continental express ? ^^ shouted 
 the platform inspector. 
 
 A banging of doors, a shrill whistle, a last pressure 
 of hands through carriage -windows, and the red 
 lamps of the Express for a moment challenged the 
 white sentinels of Electra, only to leave the spectators 
 gazing at the glistening track of steel along which 
 it vanished into the outer darkness. 
 
 They were no mere holiday travellers, the two 
 
 11GP430
 
 VI PREFACE. 
 
 young men wliose latest adieux were made to me. 
 Their guns were not to be loaded for sport on Scotch 
 moors. They were pioneers bound for the Eastern 
 seas. Adventurers had gone before, and smoothed 
 the rugged way for the allied aid of science, which 
 London and Edinburgh now contributed to North 
 Borneo, the one a chemist, metallurgical and other- 
 wise, the other a doctor of medicine. Ahead of them 
 were a respected Governor, a staff of oflBcials and 
 four years of diplomatic history, with a royal charter 
 of her Gracious Majesty Queen Victoria to follow. 
 
 It was, as I have already intimated, the autumn 
 time of year, when the sadness of empty houses falls 
 with strange impressiveness upon the West- End 
 streets. The dull windows shed no illumination upon 
 the languid traffic of the finished season. There is 
 nothing more solemn than an empty house, more 
 especially that which has been tenanted by your own 
 family circle. Bun up to town from your vacation 
 retreat and note the pathetic dumbness of your 
 " household gods." It is an experience in sensations. 
 And how terribly empty is a familiar room when the 
 familiar friend has left it, not to return for years ! 
 
 Such a room stands wide open near to the desk 
 upon which I am writing. It contains a chest of 
 empty pigeon-holes, each docketed with scientific 
 titles; a nest of shelves crowded with the tran- 
 sactions of learned Societies and technical works 
 on mineralogy, metallurgy, and geology; a desk 
 stained with many acids ; a broken blowpipe ; a
 
 PEEFACE. Vll 
 
 pair of foils; a photograpli of Professor Huxley ; 
 a kindly letter from Dr. Franklaud ; a cabinet of 
 minerals in the rough ; a barometer ; and in one 
 dark corner a package of miscellaneous books, papers, 
 and manuscripts, relating to the sun-lands above which 
 tower the sacred heights of Kina Balu. In that 
 empty room (the relics of its former occupation of 
 which are so eloquent to me, and may be to some 
 of my readers) a student of the Eoyal School of 
 Mines burnt the midnight oil. Recent investiga- 
 tions into the influence of bacteria on gases and 
 kindred subjects gained for him considerable dis- 
 tinction at the Institute of Chemistry and the Chemical 
 Society of London, and were recognised in the scientific 
 organs of Germany and America. These labours may 
 be said to have closed his student career. Endorsed by 
 the best authorities, he was selected by the Governors 
 of the new colony to explore its mineral resources. 
 
 We had studied these books and papers together, 
 he and I, and had thus been enabled to see, through 
 the eyes of many travellers, those almost unknown 
 lands of tropical splendour to which the pioneers 
 have gone. Since then a further collection of private 
 letters and explorers' reports have been lent to me — 
 official documents, and letters of interesting expe- 
 riences. It is believed by certain friends of mine that, 
 with this exceptional material at my disposal, I may 
 compile and write a book of practical value (a pioneer 
 volume, let me call it) upon the new colony and the 
 newest British charter. The Directors have given me
 
 Vm PEErACE. 
 
 access to their correspondence upon tlie subject. In 
 addition to this epistolary history, I shall avail myself 
 of the best-written sources of information that bear 
 upon the plan and object of the work in hand, the 
 intention of which is to set forth the position and 
 prospects of the new colony, and to tell the story of the 
 East India Company's nineteenth-century successor. 
 
 While I sit before that pile of books and papers, 
 from which the romantic story of the tropical island 
 and its northern colony is to be extracted, the 
 Continental express has transferred its travellers to 
 foreign boat and train. Before I have analysed half 
 of my collection of letterpress and manuscript, the 
 former occupant of the empty room will have stood 
 face to face with Nature in her most lovely and yet 
 most strange and startling forms. Sabah has been 
 described as an earthly paradise. The simile may 
 hold good, from a British point of view, when the 
 owners have built piers and roads and villages there 
 on approved models ; when the planter is on the spot 
 and the new colonist is sowing his rice; when the 
 cooling breezes of Kina Balu waft the punkahs of hill 
 residences, and the wild "gardens of the sun" are 
 cultivated tracts of fruits and flowers. This time will 
 no doubt come ; and then the pioneers may rest, and 
 we will talk no more of empty rooms. 
 
 JOSEPH HATTON. 
 
 14, TiTCHFiELD Terrace, 
 
 Eegent's Park, London, 
 Novemler, 18S1.
 
 OONTENTS. 
 
 A NEW COLONY BY ROYAL CHAETER. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Merchant Venturers, Past and Present — Queen Elizabeth and 
 Queen Victoria — The British North Borneo Company — 
 Treaties with the Sultans of Brunei and Sooloo — Declaring 
 the New Kulers — Appointment of Eesidents — Adminis- 
 tering Justice — Trade Guarantees — The Smallest British 
 Colony and the Newest Private Enterprise — Points for the 
 Koyal Charter — Unexplored Territory — A New Era in the 
 History of Colonisation — Fresh Fields for the Tropical 
 Planter 1 
 
 n. 
 
 LANDS OF PERPETUAL SUMMER. 
 
 The Island of Borneo — Sarawak and the Dutch Possessions — 
 Interesting Statistics — Travellers' Tales — Native Women 
 — Strange and barbarous Customs — Human Sacrifice — 
 A previous Age of Civilisation and Prosperity — Mineral 
 
 Treasures — Gold Mines — Famous Diamonds 32 
 
 A 2
 
 X CONTENTS. 
 
 III. 
 
 BBITISH NORTH BORNEO OR SABAH. 
 
 PAGB 
 
 Geographical Situation — Harbours in which the British Fleet 
 can ride at anchor — Mountains and Eivers — Tillage Life 
 and Local Agriculture — Soils and Climate — Trade and 
 Barter — Tropical Products — Anglo-Bornean Homes and 
 Gardens — Fruits and Flowers — Crocodile Stories — Oppor- 
 tunities of Sport — Elephants and Rhinoceros — Familiar 
 and Curious Fish — The Sun-bird — Pearls and Pearl 
 Fisheries — A Dramatic Story — The Natives — Cessation of 
 Piracy 57 
 
 IV. 
 
 STRANGERS AMONG STRANGE PEOPLE. 
 
 Recent Expeditions and Discoveries in Sabah — Forest and 
 Stream — A Novel Mode of Travel — From Pappar to 
 Konquot — Mr. Dobree on Coffee-planting — Hunting the 
 Rhinoceros — Slavery — Mr, Witti's Overland Journey from 
 Marudu Bay to Pappar— 'Discovery of a New Oil — Dusun 
 Girls in Danger — Singular Toilettes — Native Weapons — 
 Head-hunting— Buffaloes— The First White Men in Tam- 
 buan — Notes on the Pappar River — Geographical Fables 
 — Native Canards — Men and Women with Tails — English 
 and other Maritime Powers in the Eastern Seas — Present 
 and Future of the Indian Archipelago — European Capital 
 and Chinese Labour 84 
 
 A TRIP ON THE KINABATANGAN. 
 
 Art and Travel — The Unknown — Tropical Scenery — A Hundred 
 and fifty miles of River never previously visited by Euro- 
 peans — Edible Birdsnest Farmers — Savagery — Tales of 
 Blood and Plunder — English Influences — Floating Houses 
 — Native Men and Women at Home — Open-air Bivouacs — 
 Living Wonders of the Tropics — Gorgeous Birds and Butter- 
 flies — Human Heads in Wrong Places— At Imbok — Natives 
 in Splendid Attire — Wild Animals — Opportunities for Sport 
 — The Kinabatangan of the Future — The Tauished Race 
 and the Coming Labourer 127
 
 CONTEXTS. XI 
 
 VI. 
 
 RIGHT ACROSS BORXEO. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 From Maruclu Bay to Sandakan — Incidents and Discoveries en 
 route — Sharks and Crocodiles — Enormous Gutta Trees — 
 Native Peculiarities — Tattooing and Head-hunting — Omens 
 — "Bad Birds" — Relics of Slavery — General Kindness and 
 Hospitality of the Natives — Adventures Afloat and Ashore 
 — Song and Dance — Capsized and in Danger — Native 
 Patience under DiflBculties — Hungry and Forlorn — Rescued 
 —''All's Well that Ends WeU" US 
 
 YII. 
 
 THE PIONEERS AT TVOEK. 
 
 Java and Borneo — "How to manage a Colony" — Statistics of 
 Progress — Wallace on the Dutch System — The Chinese in 
 relation to North Borneo — A Suggestion for the Importa- 
 tion of Labour from China — An Interesting Scheme — 
 Building up a new Town — The Progress of Sandakan — 
 The First Days of Elopura — Security and Confidence ... 171 
 
 Appendix 189
 
 THE NEW CEYL0:N^. 
 
 I. 
 
 A NE\Y COLONY BY KOYAL CHARTER. 
 
 Merchant Yenturers, Past and Present — Queen Elizabeth and Queen 
 Victoria — The British North Borneo Company — Treaties with 
 the Sultans of Brunei and Sooloo — Declaring the New Eulers 
 — Appointment of Eesidents — Administering Justice — Trade 
 Guarantees — The Smallest British Colony and the Newest 
 Private Enterprise — Points for the Royal Charter — Unexplored 
 Territory — A New Era in the History of Colonisation — Fresh 
 Fields for the Tropical Planter. 
 
 I. 
 
 A NEW flag lias been added to tlie banners of tlie 
 Englisli Guilds. 
 
 The latest cliarter signed by lier Majesty Queen 
 Victoria, wliile it links to-day with the splendid enter- 
 prises that distinguished the reign o£ another great 
 English queen^ Elizabeth, demonstrates a higher sense 
 of morality than that which influenced the trading 
 expeditious of our first ^'merchant venturers/^ 
 
 B
 
 2 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 Jolin and Sebastian Cabot were representative of 
 tlieir day. They were empowered to plant tbe British, 
 flag in any city or island they could find during their 
 warlike progresses round about the world. On these 
 early lines England built up a great empire. It has been 
 held together in this more civilised age by a policy of 
 administration^ the characteristic of which has been 
 a liberal recognition of the rights of the conquered 
 and a proper regard for the duties and responsibilities 
 of the conqueror. It may indeed be fairly said that, 
 during the present reign, by the civilising mission of 
 education, roads, bridges, railways, encouragement of 
 native trades and justice to native aspirations, England 
 has redeemed the harshness that attached to some of 
 her first transactions with the people whose territories 
 she violently annexed, and whose liberties she violently 
 controlled. 
 
 The old days of warlike conquest are over for 
 this country. England does not seek to extend 
 her empire by fire and sword. Now and then, 
 struggling peoples, petitioning to come within the 
 pale of British protection, are permitted the privi- 
 leges of our commonwealth of colonies and posses- 
 sions ; but the approved policy of the age seems to be 
 the maintenance of that which already belongs to us, 
 and the promotion of its complete development. At 
 the same time, lookiig for new mirkets for our
 
 A NEW COLONY BY EOYAL CHARTER. 3 
 
 trade^ we are ready by international treaties and 
 engagements to facilitate the freedom of our business 
 operations^ to increase the number of our mercantile 
 ports and stations, and extend the empire of our 
 commerce. As a nation we must always be peculiarly 
 sensitive in regard to mercantile or political move- 
 ments affecting the progress of the East. The 
 absorption of North Borneo, its governmentj its 
 natural resources, its soil, and its splendid possibilities, 
 by a British company is therefore of peculiar interest 
 and importance.* 
 
 * " In looking over the map of the world it is a melancholy reflection 
 to view so large a portion of the habitable globe as all Borneo aban- 
 doned to barbarism and desolation; that, with all her productive 
 wealth and advantages of physical situation, her valuable and 
 interesting shores should have been overlooked by all Europeans; 
 that neither the Dutch nor the Portuguese, with (centuries of uncon- 
 trolled power in these seas, should have shed a ray of civilisation on 
 shores bordering upon their principal settlements ; that her ports and 
 rivers, instead of affording a shelter to the extensive commerce of 
 China, should at this enlightened period of the world hold out only 
 terror and dismay to the mariner ; and that all that she should have 
 acquired from the deadly vicinage and withering grasp of Dutch 
 power and dominion has been the art of more speedily destroying 
 each other, and rendering themselves obnoxious to the rest of man- 
 kind. Now that her destinies are transferred to the enlightened 
 heads and liberal hearts of Englishmen, now that her fortunes are 
 embarked under the administration of a wise and liberal government, 
 we may confidently hope that a happier order of things will, under 
 the blessing of an all-ruling Providence, speedily restore these 
 extensive shores to peace, to plenty, and to commerce ; and we 
 ■ardently trust that another age may not be suffered to pass away 
 
 B 2
 
 4 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 Merchants and traders of the City of London,, before 
 and since the halcyon days of Sir Thomas Gresham^ 
 have been celebrated for their far-reaching enter- 
 prise and ambition. Their determination to trade 
 ■with the East was the moving spirit of many of the 
 early undertakings of our great explorers. Curiously 
 enough^ it was an incorporated society of merchant 
 adventurers that opened up Eussia as an English 
 market. This commercial alliance was an incident of 
 the eventful reign of Elizabeth. In those days we 
 coupled India and China together under the name of 
 " Cathay/'' and the triumphs of Drake^ Hawkins^ and 
 Frobisher over the captains of Spain giving us^ after 
 the destruction of the Armada^ freedom of the seas 
 and the right to establish English colonies on American 
 soilj only intensified the desire of London^ Bristol^ and 
 other English ports to trade with ''^far Cathay.''^ 
 Failing to reach India by the Polar Seas, and after 
 a disastrous attempt to get there through Eussia, 
 Ealph Fitch, in 1583, reverted to the more familiar 
 path of previous mariners by the Mediterranean and 
 the Persian Gulf. He was seized and imprisoned by 
 the Portuguese. James Lancaster followed in 1591, 
 in the track of the Portuguese themselves, sailing 
 
 without exhibiting something consolatory to the statesman, the 
 philosopher, and philanthropist." — Rej^ort of J. Hunt, Esq., to Siv 
 Stamford Baffles (1812), on lehaJf of the East India Company.
 
 A XEW COLONY BY EOYAL CHARTER. 5 
 
 round tlie Cape of Good Hope. The captain adventurer 
 and seven of Ms companions survived the disastrous 
 failure. Sacrifices of men and money had marked the 
 long history of our efforts to trade with the East, but 
 only to stimulate the country to fresh exertions. " The 
 last day of the first year of the seventeenth century/^ 
 says Dr. Yeats^ in his excellent treatise on " The Grovrth 
 and Vicissitudes of Commerce," '^ was signalised by the 
 incorporation of the Governor and Company of the 
 Merchants of London trading to the East Indies, 
 rive ships laden with merchandise were despatched 
 under Captain Lancaster. Their commander visited 
 Sumatra and Java, established factories, and returned 
 with freights of great value. The success of the 
 enterprise, which Elizabeth did not live to see, gave 
 promise of a vigorous growth of the new company, 
 without, however, foreshadowing the imperial splen- 
 dour that awaited it.''^ 
 
 Taking into consideration the height of the power 
 which has grown up on these foundations, and the 
 general competition of great nations for the command 
 of the world, it would, at first blush, seem as if but 
 little opening were left for private enterprise. But, 
 as Elizabeth endorsed with her bold signature the 
 East India Company, so has Victoria placed her royal 
 seal upon the British North Borneo Company, which 
 has established its authority in a portion of what
 
 6 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 Hellwald and Wallace declare to be tlie ricliest group 
 of islands in the world. 
 
 II. 
 
 Four or five years ago^ Mr. Alfred Dent^ a member 
 of the commercial house of Dent Brothers and Co., 
 London, having a wide knowledge of the countries of 
 the East, turned his attention to those tropical gardens 
 of the equator, which, round about the famous Bornean 
 range of mountains, were literally running to inglorious 
 seed. He visited the reigning authorities, and con- 
 cluded negotiations with them for the transfer of 
 their territorial rights. The reputation of the white 
 man stands very high with the natives of Borneo. 
 Mr. Dent found his path smoothed still farther by 
 the success of British rule in another part of the 
 island under Rajah Brooke. He was therefore enabled 
 in 1878 to make a statement and application to her 
 Majesty's Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, which 
 contains a brief history of his relations with the new 
 colony, and in which may be found the raison d^etre 
 of the charter.* During the whole of his intercourse 
 
 * " I confess, in taking a larger range than a merely commercial 
 view admits, that it seems to be a matter of very great national im- 
 portance that this northern part of Borneo should not pass into the 
 hands of any other country, considering the naval supremacy we 
 have in those seas, and that it is on the fair way to so many of our
 
 A KEW COLONY BY EOYAL CHARTER. 7 
 
 witli the Sultans, ancl^ indeed, from the first inception 
 of this great enterprise, Mr. Dent, and afterwards 
 the Company, have had the benefit of the personal 
 advice and assistance of Mr. W. H. Eead, a gentleman 
 who has resided in Singapore upwards of forty years. 
 His name is frequently mentioned in the published 
 letters of the late Sir James Brooke, whose friend he 
 was, and whose system of administering through the 
 local chiefs of Sarawak he approved. Mr. Read 
 over a long course of years had studied the question 
 of governing native races, and his policy has been 
 so successful that he has earned for himself the appel- 
 lation of "the friend of the native.''^ On returning 
 
 possessions. Eemembering, too, that for some 1400 miles from 
 Singapore to Hong Kong we liave not a single port where any fleet 
 of merchant ships could find refuge in case of -warfare; and that 
 there might be the greatest possible injury, if not destruction, to our 
 commerce and to our mercantile navy from any enemy possessing 
 such a port as there is in Gaya, on the north-west of Borneo, within 
 the territory now conceded. It is a magnificent port, and in these 
 seas there is nothing until you come to Labuan, which, it is very 
 well known, possesses only a coaling station, and affords anchorage 
 for but a few ships. Certain it is, that if we were at war to-morrow, 
 and an enemy had possession of the country and port now under 
 consideration, the first thing we should have to do would be to drive 
 them out of it. It is wiser, in my opinion, to take it when it is 
 offered, and, extending the protection of our flag over it, to occupy 
 the ground, than to let others take and fortify it. So that, whether 
 you look at it commercially or politically, I consider this acquisition 
 one of the greatest importance." — Sir Eutherford Alcock, at the 
 Meeting on North Borneo, March, 1879.
 
 8 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 recently to Singapore, after a visit to England, lie was 
 welcomed home to the colony with marked demon- 
 strations of esteem by all classes of the native popu- 
 lation. After laying the foundation of the enterprise, 
 Mr. Dent, in the year mentioned, formed a private 
 association for the purpose of formally acquiring the 
 territorial grants for which he had engaged himself 
 with the reigning Sultans, and for developing the 
 resources of the country. The Sultan of Borneo 
 made three territorial grants to Mr. Dent and Baron 
 Overbeck (who transferred them to the Company) 
 all dated December 29th, 1877. 
 
 The sum and substance of the statement to the 
 English Government is as follows : 
 
 (a) By one he grants to the undersigned conjointly, their heirs, 
 associates, successors, or assigns, certain districts described, on the 
 north-west coast, with the islands off the coast. The districts 
 granted are vested in the grantees, for so long as they choose 
 to hold them. But a proviso is annexed, that the Sultan 
 has the right to resume the control and government thereof 
 if the annual sum agreed for is not paid for three successive 
 years. 
 
 (b) The second grant, which is in the like form or to the 
 like effect, relates to districts described, ou the north-east 
 
 (c) The third grant, which is also in the like form or to the 
 like effect, relates to other districts on the north-west coast, with 
 other islands off the coast. It also comi^rises the province of 
 Pappar, stated in the grant to belong to the Saltan as his private 
 property.
 
 A XEW COLONY BY EOYAL CHAETEE. 9 
 
 By an instrument dated tlie same day^ tlie Pangeran 
 Tumongoug of Brnnei^ tlie Sultan's minister and lieir- 
 presumptiye or expected successor; made a similar 
 grant of tlie provinces of Kimanis and Benoni, on 
 the north-west coast, with the islands off the coast. 
 These territories are set forth in the grant to belong 
 to the grantor as his private property. 
 
 These four grants of territory are accompanied by 
 a fifth instrument emanating from the Sultan of 
 Brunei. This instrument is a commission of ex- 
 planation and delegation in relation to the powers 
 and privileges to be exercised and enjoyed in 
 the granted territory. It recites first the effects 
 of the four grants of territory ; and then pro- 
 ceeds to make known that the Sultan has nomi- 
 nated and appointed the Company supreme rulers 
 of the granted territory, with certain titles of a 
 local character ; and it enumerates their powers 
 and rio'hts, includino,' full leo'islative and executive 
 authority, the rights of property vested in the 
 Sultan over the soil, rights over the productions of 
 the country, and the right of levying customs and 
 other dues and taxes. The enumeration ends with a 
 general reference to all other powers and rights 
 usually exercised by and belonging to sovereign 
 rulers ; and these the Sultan declares he thereby 
 delegates to the Company, of his own free will.
 
 10 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 The Sultan tlien^ by this commission^ calls on all 
 foreign nations with whom he has friendly treaties to 
 acknowledge the Company^s chief representative as 
 himself (the Sultan) in the granted territory^ and to 
 respect his authority therein. 
 
 III. 
 
 Before the negotiations above described^, arrange- 
 ments had been under discussion with the repre- 
 sentative of an American partnership or company, 
 which had some years before acquired, in the manner 
 to be now stated, an interest in the territory so 
 granted to the present Company. In August, 1865, 
 the then United States Consul at Brunei obtained 
 from the Sultan of Brunei and the Pangeran Tumon- 
 gong three concessions of territory in North Borneo, 
 including portions of the territory now in question, in 
 consideration of certain annual payments. These 
 concessions were substantially similar to the grants 
 now in question, but in form were leases for ten years 
 renewable. The lessee proceeded to form a partner- 
 ship, called the American Trading Company of 
 Borneo, consisting entirely of Americans, including 
 Mr. Torrey, then in business at Hong Kong, after- 
 wards United States Yice-Consul at Bangkok, and a
 
 A NEW COLONY BY EOYAL CHAETEE. 1 1 
 
 few Cliinese mercliants at Hong Kong. To this body 
 tlie lessee transferred his leases. In November, 1866, 
 tlie Sultan issued another instrument^ which was 
 countersigned by all his regular ministers, reciting 
 these leases, and the transfer of them^ and the lessee^s 
 request that the authority under them might be 
 vested in his partners in the American Trading 
 Company; and then going on to appoint certain 
 offices, with local titles, and to confer on him, 
 as president of that company, large powers and 
 rights of government and property. The American 
 partnership or company proceeded to enter into 
 trading operations on the coast ; and, with the 
 assistance of Chinese workmen and coolies imported 
 from Hong Kong, they formed a settlement on the 
 Kimanis River, on the north-west coast, about sixty 
 miles from Labuan. But from want of capital the 
 partnership did not flourish ; the settlement broke 
 up, the Chinese colonists returned to China ; and 
 no other attempt at the formation of establishments 
 was made, the further operations of the partner- 
 ship being limited to occasional trading ventures 
 on the coast. They then became desirous to 
 dispose of their leases and powers. Thereupon, 
 Baron Overbeck, who afterwards represented Mr. 
 Dent^s association, entered into an agreement with 
 Mr. Torrey, as president of and sole surviving
 
 12 THE NEW CEYLOX. 
 
 partner in the American partnership or company (for 
 himself^ and on behalf of the partnership and their 
 representatives, and all persons interested therein), 
 for the sale and transfer of all the rights and 
 interests of the American partnership in the terri- 
 tories and leases, with the exclusive right to use 
 the name or title of the American partnership. In 
 May, 1875, he went to Brunei with Mr. Torrey. He 
 there communicated with the Sultan and leading 
 chiefs, in order to ascertain from them directly 
 whether they considered the American leases still 
 in force; and in course of various interviews, in 
 which the Sultan and chiefs recognised the validity 
 of the leases, the English representative satisfied 
 himself that the leases had been made after friendly 
 negotiations, freely, without pressure or coercion, 
 and for good pecuniary considerations. When in 
 1877 he returned to Brunei and obtained the grants 
 now in question for the Association, Mr. Torrey 
 again accompanied him, in order to convince the 
 Sultan and chiefs that the new arrangement was 
 being concluded with the approval of the holders 
 of the American leases. 
 
 The Sultan of Brunei and Pangeran Tumongong 
 have received from Mr. Dent an agreed sum in 
 settlement of all claims on their part under the 
 American leases.
 
 A NEW COLONY BY EOYAL CHARTEE. 13 
 
 IV. 
 
 In addition to tlie four grants from the Sultan of 
 Brunei, Mr. Dent and his associates have obtained 
 from the Sultan of Sooloo one grant of territory, dated 
 22nd January, 1878. Thereby, on behalf of himself, his 
 heirs and successors^ and with the consent and advice 
 of the Datoos in council assembled, the Sultan grants, 
 of his own free and sovereign will, to the British 
 Company, cojointly, their heirs, associates, successors, 
 and assigns in perpetuity, his rights and powers over 
 the territories tributary to him on the mainland, with 
 certain limits therein specified, with the islands off 
 the coast. In consideration of this grant they 
 undertake to pay to him, his heirs or successors, 
 5000 dollars a-year. The granted territory is there- 
 by vested in the grantees for as long as they desire 
 to hold it. The grant contains a proviso that the 
 rights and privileges conferred thereby shall never 
 be transferred to any other nation, or company of 
 foreign nationality, without the sanction of her 
 Britannic Majesty^s Government first obtained. It 
 also declares that if a dispute arises between the 
 Sultan and the Company, it shall be submitted to 
 the British Consul- General for Borneo.
 
 14 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 The two provisions last stated are additional to 
 those contained in tlie grants from the Sultan of 
 Brunei. They were added on tlie suggestion of lier 
 Majesty^s then Acting Consul-General for Borneo. 
 
 The territory granted by the Sultan of Sooloo is 
 part of that granted by the Sultan of Brunei. Such 
 portion of the territory as purports to be granted by 
 both was considered as under the control of the 
 Sultan of SooloOj but the Sultan of Brunei asserted 
 an ancient claim to the sovereignty of it. An 
 examination of the validity of this claim would have 
 seriously delayed the arrangements ; it was therefore 
 thought expedient^ on behalf of the Association, to 
 have grants from both the Sultans. 
 
 The Sultan of Sooloo has also granted a com- 
 mission of explanation, and of delegation of powers 
 and rights of government and legislation, and of 
 property, corresponding with the commission above 
 described as issued by the Sultan of Brunei. 
 
 In order to convey to the natives information of 
 the grants, each of the two Sultans deputed a high 
 oflBcer to accompany the representative of the 
 Association in a voyage round the coast. At each 
 of the places touched at, these native officers 
 assembled the chiefs and people, and read to them 
 a solemn proclamation of their Sultan, announcing 
 the grants, and exhorting and commanding them
 
 A NEW COLONY BY ROYAL CHARTEE. 15 
 
 to obey the new authorities. This was done at sis 
 different places, and everywhere the news was received 
 in a friendly spirit. 
 
 V. 
 
 The Company, therefore, has satisfied the sove- 
 reigns of the country ; no coercion or undue pressure 
 has been used ; and reasonable pecuniary arrange- 
 ments have been made. They have also satisfied the 
 local chiefs and native populations on the coast. 
 Moreover, they had come to terms with the only 
 possible rival claimants, namely, the American Com- 
 pany. They therefore proceeded to act under their 
 grants. At three of the principal points on the 
 coast, small permanent establishments were forth- 
 with established, namely, Sandakan, Tampassuk, and 
 Pappar. 
 
 These stations demonstrate the actual occupation 
 of the territory under the grants. The Residents 
 cultivate friendly relations with the natives, and 
 "by personal exploration and otherwise acquire infor- 
 mation respecting the country, its people, and its 
 mineral and agricultural resources. They administer 
 justice to the natives, as far as practicable, and the 
 natives cheerfully submit. A special flag has been 
 adopted, which is hoisted at each station. An 
 arrangement has been made for a steamer to keep
 
 16 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 lip communication between the several stations and 
 witli Labuan. 
 
 At Sandakan^ wliere the Sultan of Sooloo collected 
 heavy duties^ amounting in some instances to more 
 than twenty per cent., and levied other onerous taxes 
 on the natives, no taxes are at present collected 
 on behalf of the Association, except five per cent, 
 duty on imports. At Tampassuk, where the Sultan 
 of Sooloo^s rule was almost nominal, and the people 
 had latterly not paid any taxes, none are at 
 present collected. At Pappar, Kimanis, and Benoni, 
 on which the Brunei chiefs had a firm hold, and 
 where they exercised oppressive rule, custom dues of 
 five per cent, on imports are collected. 
 
 VI. 
 
 The Company contemplate the introduction here- 
 after of the system of farming out (but for purposes 
 of revenue only) the right to sell spirits, opium, or 
 other commodities, under strict regulations and super- 
 intendence, in accordance with the practice of the 
 Colonial Governments of Singapore, Hong Kong, and 
 Labuan, and with that of the Government of the 
 territory of Sarawak. They do not seek to secure any 
 general monopoly of trade for themselves to the 
 exclusion of any other party. Interchange of goods 
 and wares of every description between natives and
 
 A NEW COLONY BY EOYAL CHARTEE. 17 
 
 foreigners will be free to all comers alike^ subject to 
 customs dues. The natives will be placed on a foot- 
 ing of equality with European and other foreign 
 settlers^ as regards treatment in courts of justice. 
 No foreigner, whether European, Chinese, or other, 
 will be allowed to own slaves of any kind. The 
 system of domestic servitude now existing among 
 the tribes of the coast and interior will be discouraged 
 and, as far as possible, abolished by degrees. The 
 natives will be protected in respect of religion and 
 property. Cases affecting their domestic institutions, 
 such as marriage and divorce, will be determined with 
 due regard to their laws and customs. 
 
 The Treaty of 1847 between the Queen and the 
 Sultan of Borneo (Brunei) stipulates (Article 3) that 
 British subjects shall be permitted, to purchase, rent, 
 or occupy, or in any other legal way to acquire 
 all kinds of property within the dominions of the 
 Sultan. The same treaty (Article 10), after a con- 
 firmation by the Sultan of his cession of Labuan 
 to her Majesty, stipulates that the Sultan shall not 
 make any similar cession, either of an island or of any 
 settlement on the mainland, in any part of his 
 dominions, to any other nation (that is, other than the 
 British), or to the subjects or citizens thereof, with- 
 out the consent of her Majesty. As between them 
 and her Majesty's Government, the action of the
 
 18 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 Company is justified by Article 3^ and is not 
 condemned by Article 10 of tlie treaty. 
 
 Witli respect to the Britisli colony of Labuan, any 
 fear tbat it will be injuriously affected, in trade or 
 otherwise, by the establishment on the mainland now 
 contemplated, is^ in the opinion of the Company, 
 groundless. Labuan, which is situated near the 
 entrance of the Brunei River^ has its principal trade 
 with the town of Brunei, and the mainland provinces 
 in the immediate neighbourhood, extending north to 
 the Kimanis Eiver and Gay a Bay, and south to the 
 frontier of Sarawak. This trade is carried on by 
 native boats, the imports being mainly sago, beeswax, 
 gutta-percha, indiarubber, and other natural products, 
 which are bought by the Chinese and other traders at 
 Labuan, and sent on to Singapore for resale there. 
 The exports from Labuan consist of British manufac- 
 tures and other goods, given in exchange for the 
 above-mentioned commodities. There is little trade 
 with the mainland districts, beyond the limits above 
 described. Occasionally, smaller vessels of European 
 build or native craft, arrive from Sarawak, Marudu 
 Bay, or the East Coast, but the value represented by 
 this wider trade must be small. Besides the trade 
 with the near mainland, a British steamer of moderate 
 size runs regularly between Labuan, Sandakan, and 
 the Island of Sooloo, taking out English goods of
 
 A NEW COLONY BY ROYAL CHAETEE. 19 
 
 yarious descriptions, and bringing back native pro- 
 ducts, collected by traders, which, are transhipped at 
 Labuan to another British steamer, and taken to 
 Singapore for disposal. Two or three times a-jear, a 
 European vessel of larger size arrives at Labuan from 
 Hong Kong, with an assortment of goods of Chinese 
 manufacture, or rice and salt, taking back usually 
 hardwood timber, and smaller quantities of native 
 produce suitable to the Chinese market. This con- 
 stitutes the whole trading activity of Labuan. Ac- 
 cording to the official return in 1876, the value of 
 the imports was about £126,000, and of the exports 
 £112,996. Indeed, instead of injury to the trade, the 
 operations of the Company are calculated to advance 
 the interests of Labuan, as is shown by facts. Steam- 
 ships in the employment of the Association made 
 several visits to the harbour of Labuan in the last 
 twelve months. This is not a matter of indifference to 
 the small trading population there. Provisions had to 
 be purchased ; coal had to be taken in ; a considerable 
 amount of money was spent in various ways. As the 
 operations of the Company extend, the visits of their 
 ships will become more frequent. The amount of 
 coal alone which for some time must be required for 
 steamers will probably be sufficient to constitute the 
 Company one of the principal customers of the 
 Labuan coal-mines. They have acquired some land 
 
 c 2
 
 20 THE NEW CEYLOX. 
 
 and house property in Labuan, believing tliat a per- 
 manent establishment and agency will eventually be 
 necessary there, as much of their business will 
 naturally concentrate in the nearest British colony.* 
 This is not without importance to the island, as, 
 with the exception of a few Government officials 
 and some persons connected with the coal-mines, 
 there are scarcely any European house or land owners 
 there. 
 
 Upon these grounds the following application was 
 submitted to her Majesty's Government. It comprises 
 four parts : 
 
 (a) The first point relates to the government of such British 
 subjects as may be resident in or resorting to the Company's terri- 
 tory. The Treaty of 1847 (in its additional article) confers on her 
 Majesty extra-territorial jurisdiction over British subjects within 
 the dominions of the Sultan of Brunei. What is now asked 
 is this : that her Majesty's Government will think fit to put 
 into exercise this jurisdiction, so that an effective system of con- 
 trol over British subjects within the Company's territory may be 
 established on a well-understood legal basis. Under the treaty this 
 extra-territorial jurisdiction may be exercised through her Majesty's 
 Consul-general or other o£&cer duly appointed for that purpose by 
 her Majesty. It is therefore not necessary that the officers to 
 exercise the jurisdiction should be consular officers. The under, 
 signed would mention that her Majesty might be graciously pleased 
 to appoint the Company's Residents as her officers to exercise it. 
 
 * The collapse of the Coal Company in 1879 has materially affected 
 the prosperity and importance of Labuan.
 
 A NEW COLONY BY EOYAL CHARTER. 21 
 
 The Company's Kesidenta will be on the spot. They will not be 
 engaged in trade on their own account j they will necessarily obtain 
 a knowledge of the customs, opinions, and feelings of the natives 
 with whom British subjects will come in contact ; they will acquire 
 skill in the languages, an acquaintance with which will be requisite 
 for the proper administration of justice. If her ]^Iajesty's Govern- 
 ment should think fit to approve of this suggestion, the Company 
 would undertake to provide the necessary court-houses and estab- 
 lishments, and generally to bear all the expenses connected with 
 the exercise of her Majesty's extra-territorial jurisdictioc, as far 
 and as long as the exei'cise thereof is entrusted to the Company's 
 officials. 
 
 (h) The second point of the application is that the Com- 
 pany may have the countenance and protection of British con- 
 sular, naval, and colonial authorities acting in Borneo and its 
 neighbourhood. 
 
 (c) The third point is that the Company may receive the support 
 of her Majesty's Government with respect to the control of 
 foreigners resident in or resorting to the Company's territory; bo 
 that the Company may be relieved of any difficulties arising 
 with foreign Governments in relation to their respective subjects 
 or citizens. 
 
 (d) The fourth and last point of the application is that her 
 Majesty's Government will be pleased to grant to the proposed 
 Company a charter of incorporation and regulation. 
 
 It was set forth tliat sucli a grant would carry 
 with it important advantages, not only for tlie Company 
 but also for her Majesfcy^s Government : 
 
 (a) The Company would obtain the benefits of incorporation, 
 including a recognised status in law, without being fettered by the 
 provisions of legislation relating to companies constituted merely 
 for the purpose of gain ; many of which provisions are inappropriate 
 to the character and position of the intended Company, as, for 
 
 /
 
 22 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 instance, tlie obligation to attach the term Limited to the corporate 
 name. 
 
 (b) On the other hand, her Majesty's Government could, in or in 
 connection -with a charter, impose terms and conditions; whereas 
 they could have no direct opportunity of putting any check on 
 a company constituted by self-incorporation under the general 
 legislation 
 
 The following were expressed as the principal terms 
 to which the Company would be ready to submit 
 themselves in consideration of a grant of a charter : 
 
 First. That the Company shall be British in character. 
 
 Secondly. That the Company shall not transfer their territory 
 or powers to any other company, body, or persons, without the 
 previous consent of her Majesty's Government. 
 
 Thirdly. That any difference from time to time arising between 
 either of the Sultans, the grantors, and the Company shall be 
 submitted to the decision of her Majesty's Government. 
 
 Fourthly. That the Company shall not set up or grant any 
 general monopoly of trade. 
 
 Fifthly. That the appointment by the Company of the chief 
 governor of their territory shall be subject to the approval of her 
 Majesty's Government. 
 
 Sixthly. That the appointment of the chief judicial officer acting 
 in the Company's territory shall, as long as that officer is appointed 
 by the Company and not directly by the Crown, be subject to the 
 approval of her Majesty's Government. 
 
 Seventhly. That the Company shall freely afford all facilities 
 requisite for her Majesty's ships in the harbours of their territory. 
 
 By making such arrangements as these, her 
 Majesty's Government would, it was urged, do much 
 to accomplish the desire of the Queen recorded in
 
 A NEW COLONY BY EOYAL CHARTER. 23 
 
 tlie preamble of tlie Treaty of 1847, namely : ^''To 
 encourage commerce between lier Majesty^s subjects 
 and the subjects of the independent Prince of the 
 Eastern Seas, and to put an end to piracies which 
 have hitherto obstructed that commerce."'^ 
 
 Finally, the applicant, on behalf of himself and 
 his associates, pointed out the prospects of the 
 Company in their relation to the national pros- 
 perity : ^^ The natural resources of the granted 
 territory are great. It has splendid harbours, 
 and a good climate for the tropics. It contains 
 extensive forests producing much hardwood timber, 
 and there are believed to be in it valuable mineral 
 deposits. It will afford new outlets for British trade, 
 new markets (which are much needed) for British 
 manufactures, and new and rich districts for the 
 cultivation of coffee and tea, and for tropical agri- 
 culture generally. There is every prospect of a good 
 commercial return for the British capital employed. 
 Civilisation and order will by degrees be intro- 
 duced. And the interests of the British Empire 
 will be promoted by the establishment of British 
 occupation in a region offering by its situation and 
 circumstances many strategical and other public 
 advantages/^* 
 
 • " Should so fortunate an occurrence ever fall to the lot of Borneo 
 — should a strong and a wise government ever be established on her
 
 / 
 
 24 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 In December, 1880, her Majesty's Government 
 informed Mr. Dent that, after a careful examination 
 of his statement, they were disposed to recommend to 
 the favourable consideration of the Queen the granting 
 of a royal charter. A few months later, in order to 
 improve the administration of the country and extend 
 the work of development, a Provisional Company was 
 / formed to take over the vendors' interests. The 
 Association was essentially private, but registered for 
 convenience under the provisions of the Companies 
 Acts, 1862 and 1880, with a nominal capital of 
 £400,000. 
 
 The first Directors were Mr. Alfred Dent; Sir 
 Rutherford Alcock, K.C.B. ; Richard Biddulph 
 Martin, M.P. ; Rear- Admiral Mayne ; and Mr. W. 
 H. Read. These gentlemen, acting upon the previous 
 representations made to the Government, and setting 
 
 shores; a government that will religiously respect property, and 
 secure to industry the fruits of her labour; that will, by a wise 
 system of laws, protect the peaceable and punish the violator of the 
 laws of a well-organised society ; that will direct their industry to 
 useful purposes and check their propensities to violence and plunder 
 — such a government in a short series of years would behold, as if 
 by magic, a paradise burst from her wilds, see cultivation smile upon 
 her jungles, and hail a vast and increasing population, blessing the 
 hand that awoke them to life, to happiness, and to prosperity. 
 That so felicitous a change is not the mere reverie of a glowing 
 imagination, nor the sheer effusion of benevolence alone, is easily 
 demonstrable." — J. Hunt, Esq., to Sir Stamford Raffles, 1812.
 
 A NEW COLONY BY ROYAL CHARTEE. 25 
 
 tliem fortli afresh^ petitioned tlie Crown in tlie 
 following terms : 
 
 " That yonr Majesty's petitioner, the British North Borneo Pro- 
 yisional Association, Limited, consists of persons who lately agreed 
 to join together for the temporary purposes of acting as inter- 
 mediaries between your Majesty's petitioner, Alfred Dent, on the 
 one hand, and a Company to be incorporated (if your Majesty 
 should so think fit) by royal charter on the other hand, and of carry- 
 ing on until the grant of such a charter the management of the affairs 
 arising under the grants and commissions aforesaid, and who for 
 convenience of common action and for limitation of liability have 
 incorporated themselves under the general statutes relating to 
 companies, that Provisional Association having for its objects as 
 declared by its memorandum of association (among others) the 
 following (that is to say) : 
 
 " To purchase from Alfred Dent his interests and powers 
 
 in, over, and affecting territories, lands, and property in 
 
 Borneo, and islands lying near thereto, including Labuan. 
 
 To acquire by purchase or other lawful means other 
 
 interests and powers in, over, or affecting the same 
 
 territories, lands, and property, and interests and powers 
 
 in, over, or affecting other territories, lands, and property 
 
 in the region aforesaid. To obtain from the Crown a 
 
 charter incorporating,and regulating a Company constituted 
 
 with the like objects as aforesaid, or other objects relating 
 
 to any territories, lands, and property as aforesaid. To 
 
 transfer to the Company so incoi-porated any interests and 
 
 powers as aforesaid for the time being vested in the 
 
 Association. 
 
 " That all the interests and powers of your Majesty's petitioner, 
 
 Alfred Dent, under the several grants and commissions aforesaid, 
 
 have been transferred to and are now vested in your Majesty's 
 
 petitioner, the British Xorth Borneo Provisional Association, Limited. 
 
 " That that Association will, in accordance with the provisional 
 
 character indicated in its name, and in pursuance of the express
 
 26 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 provisions of its articles of association, be voluntarily wound up in 
 manner provided by statute, as soon as a sale or disposal of its 
 territories, lands, and property to a Company to be incorporated (if 
 your Majesty should so think fit) by royal charter has been effected, 
 and will after payment and discharge of its debts and liabilities, and 
 after distribution among its members of the proceeds of such sale or 
 disposal, and of any other its assets, be dissolved. 
 
 " That your Majesty's petitioners, Sir Rutherford Alcock, Richard 
 Biddulph Martin, Richard Charles Mayne, and William Henry 
 Macleod Read, are, with your Majesty's petitioner, Alfred Dent, the 
 Directors of that Association. 
 
 "That the success of the enterprise in which your Majesty's 
 petitioners are engaged as aforesaid would be greatly advanced if it 
 should seem fit to your Majesty to incorporate by your royal 
 charter a Company to carry on that enterprise. 
 
 " That such a Chartered Company would render to your Majesty's 
 dominions services. of much value, and would promote the commercial 
 prosperity of many of your Majesty's subjects. 
 
 "That your Majesty's petitioners are in a position to raise the 
 capital requisite for the proper and effective conduct of the enter- 
 prise aforesaid, and they hereby undertake to do so on obtaining the 
 grant of such a charter." 
 
 vn. 
 
 Upon tlie above grounds, and with certain other 
 specific undertakings in regard to the just govern- 
 ment of the country, her Majesty in council assembled 
 has granted to the Company a royal charter of incor- 
 poration, and consented to the Company^s adoption 
 of a flag suggestive of the royal protection. The 
 advantages of this official recognition are nume- 
 rous. That it binds all concerned in the bond
 
 A NEW COLONY BY EOYAL CHARTER. 27 
 
 of a commercial responsibility ; tliat it enables tlie 
 Company to sue and be sued; tliat it brings 
 its transactions witliin the jurisdiction of English 
 courts of law; these are conditions that represent 
 guarantees of security both to colonists^ natives, 
 traders, and investors — guarantees which cannot fail 
 to be appreciated by merchants, planters, and others 
 who are experienced in the miscellaneous commerce 
 of the East. 
 
 There are possibilities attending the future of the 
 new Colony and the new Company which are of great 
 national and international interest. They will be 
 discussed in later pages, as will also the known 
 vegetable and animal wealth of the country, and its 
 reputed treasure of gold, copper, coal, and other 
 minerals. The interior of North Borneo is yet almost 
 unknown to the white man. All kinds of strange 
 traditions touching its people and its natural history 
 have been handed down from the earliest days of 
 real and mythical exploration. Eecent travellers who 
 have steamed up its rivers, traversed its forests, and 
 climbed its mountains are united in their praises of the 
 amiability of the native Dusuns, who are its chief in- 
 habitants, and they equally agree in their impressions 
 of the singular loveliness of the country; its capacity 
 for growing coffee, rice, tobacco, and other tropical pro- 
 ducts ; its wealth of native trees, gutta and others, and
 
 28 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 the ease witli wliicli its present small trade in sago, 
 beeswax, edible birdsnests, camplior, hides, rattans, 
 tortoisesbell, trepang, and pearls can be extended. 
 
 The belief that the precious metals, not to mention 
 the diamond, are plentiful in Borneo is as old as the 
 hills.* Gold is practicably worked in Dutch Borneo 
 and in Sarawak, but not to any great extent. Borneo 
 diamonds are more celebrated than numerous. But 
 
 * " The whole of Borneo is rich in mineral productions ; those 
 which have received attention in this Residency are diamonds, gold, 
 and iron. 
 
 "The principal diamond mines are in the district of Landak. 
 The Areng (conglomerati ?) in which the diamonds are found, is a 
 kind of yellowish gravelly earth, mixed with pebbles of various sizes 
 and shapes, and is found at different depths below the surface. 
 From fifty to sixty feet is the greatest depth to which a shaft has 
 hitherto been sunk, and the following, it is said, are the strata 
 whicb are dug through when the Areng is at these depths : three feet 
 black mould, seventeen yellow sandy clay, seventeen redder clay, 
 six or seven of a tenacious slate-coloured clay mixed with stones, an 
 equal depth of a similar clay without stones, but mixed with pebbles, 
 and known by the name of Amper, and six or seven of a tenacious 
 yellow clay. 
 
 " The presence of the Amper strata is considered a sure indication 
 of a vein. 
 
 "The mines are worked by the Dayak, Malay, and Chinese. The 
 former proceed in the following manner. A shaft barely sufficient 
 to permit the miner to turn round in, or at most two feet in 
 diameter, is sunk to the Areng. This is from one to three feet in 
 thickness, and is dug out to the extent of seven or eight feet from 
 the sides of the shaft, under the upper strata, which sometimes is 
 propped up ; but the laziness or improvidence of the Dayak is such, 
 that this precaution is often forgotten, the upper strata falls in, and
 
 A NEW COLONY BY EOYAL CHARTEE. 29 
 
 tradition would lead one to believe tliat tlie mineral 
 treasures of the island are more likely to be found in 
 tlie hitlierto unexplored districts of tlie north than 
 at any other point, and there are scientific reasons 
 for this opinion. In succeeding chapters we will 
 return to the subject of diamond and gold mining. 
 But it may be as well to say in this place, that the 
 
 the miners miserably perish. These accidents most frequently 
 occur when an adjacent shaft is sunk, which is thus done : The 
 Areng in the first mine being expended, and the course of the rein 
 ascertained, a new shaft is sunk in that direction at the distance of 
 fifteen or sixteen feet from the preceding, to enable the miners 
 when arrived at the Areng to work back to their former mine, and 
 the same process is repeated until the vein be exhausted. The 
 Areng is hoisted up in small baskets by bamboos, on the ends of 
 which part of a branch is left and forms a small hook. The search 
 for the diamonds is conducted in an equally simple manner. Small 
 dulans, circular trays slightly converging towards the centre, are 
 nearly filled with Areng ; and the Dayak sitting himself in the 
 nearest stream immerses the dulan, and works the Areng by hand 
 until the earthy particles begin to separate ; the dulan is then 
 brought to the surface, and a rotatory motion is given to it, until 
 the water it contains, being saturated with earthy matter, is poured 
 off, and this is continued till such time as the water comes away 
 clean. The pebbles, etc., which remain in the centre then undergo a 
 strict examination. . . . 
 
 " The largest diamond known with certainty to have been found in 
 these mines weighed thirty-six carats. It was long supposed that 
 the Sultan of Matan possessed one weighing three hundi-ed and 
 aixty-seven, which it was said he was afraid to cut lest it should 
 prove flawed, but gentlemen to whom it has been lately shown con- 
 sider it not to be atrue stone." — " Notices of the Indian Archipelago," 
 edited hy J. H, Moor, published at Singapore, 1837.
 
 30 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 possibility of important discoveries in tliat direction is 
 not in any respects a leading feature of tlie liopes"and 
 anticipations of the modern explorers of Borneo. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 This annexation by a company of London merchants, 
 capitalists^ and travellers of a country larger than 
 Ceylon, and as valuable as any known territory of 
 the Malay Archipelago, recalls the beginnings of more 
 than one of our great colonial possessions. It suggests 
 the early days of our Eastern Empire, but in such 
 shape as to lead to the hope that it marks a new era 
 in the history of the colonising aspirations of the 
 Anglo-Saxon, the era of pacific annexation, the 
 business alliance of whites and blacks in the cultiva- 
 tion and development of the neglected places of 
 the world. To increase and multiply and govern 
 the earth seems to be a special Anglo-Saxon 
 mission. An instinct of possession, a general '^land 
 hunger,^^ is a prevailing characteristic of the race. 
 In the old days we sallied forth, and by right 
 of might added to our empire new lands for 
 our surplus populations. To-day, capital even more 
 than industry is seeking for fresh fields of enter- 
 prise. Sir Eutherford Alcock, who has taken a 
 friendly interest in British North Borneo for some
 
 A NEW COLONY BY EOYAL CHAETER. 31 
 
 years, believes there are many enterprising persons 
 witli a little capital who will turn their attention 
 to such a possession as this, '^ who have hitherto 
 been precluded from settling in Ceylon and other 
 colonies in the Indian Archipelago/^* 
 
 Having introduced the reader to the newest depar- 
 ture, or we might better say revival, in British 
 enterprise, let us turn our attention to the remarkable 
 and little known scenes where the new power has 
 been so unostentatiously established. 
 
 * " The great want in our days Beems to be some healthy place 
 where planting can be carried on, especially of tea, coffee, cinchona, 
 and all such like products of India and Ceylon. Young men are not 
 so willing to adopt the pen and desk as they used to be ; but are 
 more anxious to seek fields for tropical agriculture, or country life of 
 some sort. It is useless, as Sir Eutherford has poiated out, for a man 
 to go to Ceylon now unless he has a capital of £5000 at least in his 
 pocket, as the good forest-land is selling there at from £18 to £25 per 
 acre. It is moreover stated that there are not more than 30,000 to 
 40,000 acres of land left in Ceylon and suited for the cultivation of 
 coffee arabica, or other produce of the hills, at an elevation of over 
 2000 feet. We think this want is supplied in North Borneo, and 
 that in respect of climate, soil, rainfall, labour, and disposition of the 
 natives, it affords a better field for the young planter than Perak or 
 Johore, where experiments are now going on." — Mr. Alfred Bent, at 
 a Meeting to discuss the affairs of North Borneo, March 26, 1879.
 
 11. 
 
 LANDS OF PERPETUAL SUMMER. 
 
 The Island of Borneo — Sarawak and the Dutch Possessions — Interest- 
 ing Statistics — Travellers' Tales — Native Women — Strange and 
 barbarous Customs — Human Sacrifice — A previous Age of Civili- 
 sation and Prosperity — Mineral Treasures — Gold Mines — Famous 
 Diamonds. 
 
 I. 
 
 ''Feagments of a continent/' althougL. now ^^a geo- 
 graphical unit/' is Wallace's description of the Malay 
 Archipelago. In prehistoric ages Asia and Australia 
 were united. This was in what geologists call the 
 Secondary Epoch. ^^ The processes of subsidence and 
 upheaval resulting in the present insular formations 
 were not, however, developed till a much later period." 
 Grlance at your map and take note of the extent 
 of these fragments, one of which is considerably 
 larger than England. They have been not inaptly 
 called '^The Gardens of the Sun/' Chief of these 
 '^ isles of the sea/' lands of perpetual summer, is 
 Borneo. Situated on a great ocean highway of 
 trade and commerce, possessing noble harbours, and
 
 LANDS OP PERPETUAL SUMMER. 33 
 
 ricli in all kinds of tropical products, it is, with tlie 
 exception of Australia, tlie larges^ island in the world. ^ 
 
 It is 850 English miles in length, its greatest breadth i 
 600. Its coast line is upwards of 3000 miles ; its 
 area is 280,000 statute square miles; it is larger than 
 France, and more than three times the size of England. 
 It is bounded on the north by the Sooloo Ocean, on the 
 east by the Straits of Macassar, on the south by the 
 Java, and on the west by the China Seas. 
 
 The English have always been sensible of the value 
 of Borneo, commercially and otherwise. As early as 
 1706 they made efforts to establish themselves on its 
 coasts. The only appearance of success in the history 
 of these attempts was the occupation of a small 
 island on the north, which was eventually abandoned. 
 Various reasons are alleged for the failure of the 
 English authorities; probably their secured possessions 
 in other parts of the East suflSciently occupied their 
 time and attention. The Spaniards and the Dutch 
 were their competitors for supremacy in the Malay 
 Archipelago, and these maritime powers succeeded 
 in planting their flags upon many of the rich, though 
 comparatively unknown, islands of the Eastern Seas. 
 
 Until forty years ago the story of Borneo was 
 that of an uncivilised country, the possession of which 
 was a bone of contention between the Dutch and the 
 English. Oliver Van Noort visited the island in 1-jOS.
 
 34 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 A few years later his countrymen began to trade with 
 it. In 1609 tliey concluded a commercial treaty with, 
 the rulers of the Sambas, and built a factory. After 
 about twenty years of effort they abandoned the idea 
 of establishing a settlement. 
 
 In 1707 the English appear on the Bornean 
 coast. They build factories, but with no perma- 
 nent success. In 1763 they take possession of Balam- 
 bangan, and in 1775 the garrison is successfully 
 assaulted by pirates. A year later the Dutch establish 
 a factory at Pontianakj and in 1780 the reigning 
 powers cede part of the west coast to the Dutch. In 
 alliance with the Sultan of Pontianak, they destroy 
 Succadana, and in 1787 are granted portions of the 
 south coast. In 1812 an English expedition goes 
 out against Sambas and fails; to succeed, however, 
 in 1813. In 1818 the Dutch, who during this war 
 had been expelled by the English, return, and their 
 Bornean colonies are now formed into a special 
 government. 
 
 Sir James Brooke visited Borneo in 1839, to 
 succeed in carrying out, by his own personal 
 energy, what the great East India Company had 
 failed to accomplish. He founded Sarawak. With 
 the aid of Admiral Keppel he annihilated the dan- 
 gerous hordes of pirates that infested the western 
 coasts. He successfully stamped out a rising of
 
 LANDS OF PEEPETUAL SUMMER. 35 
 
 CMnese, in wliicli operation the native tribes loyally 
 came to his assistance; and he has demonstrated, 
 financially and politically, the wisdom of those early 
 Dutch and British adventurers who saw a splendid 
 property in the island of Borneo. In 1847 the 
 English Government, seeing the importance of a 
 station in this latitude, purchased Labuan, an island 
 off the coast of Borneo, and made it an English 
 colony, with a governor and all the necessary officers 
 and appliances of an efficient administration. Such is 
 the brief history of Borneo, possession of which is now 
 divided between the Dutch Government, the Sultan 
 of Brunei, Rajah Brooke, and the British North 
 Borneo Company, the latter recently endorsed in its 
 undertaking by the royal charter of her Majesty 
 Queen Victoria. 
 
 II. 
 
 Borneo has been made familiar to the general 
 reader by the settlement of Sarawak, which is situated 
 on the western side of the island. Rajah Brooke's 
 territory consists of over 30,000 square miles. The 
 justice of its administration has enhanced the character 
 of the white man throughout the island, and has 
 done much towards establishing the perfect confidence 
 reposed in Englishmen wherever they may present 
 themselves among the natives from shore to shore. 
 
 D 2
 
 B6 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 Alone and unaided, witliout state protection or 
 official service, for forty years Sarawak has main- 
 tained an independent position, lier English chief 
 holding sovereign power, his government being often 
 spoken of by travellers who have visited Borneo as 
 an example worthy to be studied by some of the 
 world^s greatest powers. The British North Borneo 
 Company have raised their flag over about the same 
 extent of country as that which comprises Sarawak ; 
 and they have wisely imitated the policy of Bajah 
 Brooke in ruling the natives through their chiefs, 
 and with all due respect to their own laws, customs^ 
 and religion. Sarawak is a happy and prosperous 
 colony. With a population of 240,000 souls, it has a 
 respectable military force, garrisons, and forts ; it pays 
 a competent staff of European and native officers ; and 
 maintains three gunboats to protect its commerce and 
 guarantee the safety of life and property to its subjects.* 
 
 * " The history of the English Eajahs of Sarawak is well worthy 
 of study by politicians and statesmen ; and it opens up the great 
 question of whether the future of the human race might not be 
 benefited by the extension of the system here inaugurated, of the 
 free government of small semi-barbarous states, under trained and 
 educated English gentlemen, untrammelled by the cramping influence 
 of official subordination, and unburthened by the dead weight of a 
 complex governmental organisation and an elaborate system of 
 legal and official precedents. What finer field can we imagine for 
 the energies of young men of talent and fortune, than thus taking 
 part in the raising of depressed races, the formation of free states
 
 LAXDS OF PEEPETUAL SUMMEE. 37 
 
 In 1871 tlie imports to Sarawak amounted to 
 1,427,923 dollars, and the exports to 1,268,337 
 dollars; while in 1879 the imports were 1^938,964 
 dollars, and the exports 1,980,290 dollars. In 1871 
 the revenue returns were 157,501 dollars, and in 
 1879, 229,302 dollars. The expenditure in the latter 
 year was 191,629 dollars, leaving a surplus of 
 37,673 dollars. The Dutch claim suzerainty over 
 all the other portions of Borneo that are not occu- 
 pied by Eajah Brooke in Sarawak, the British North 
 Borneo Company in Sabah and the Sultanate of 
 Brunei. They have established something like a 
 regular government over the coast districts of the 
 west and south. They have Eesidents in the southern 
 and eastern districts, and their chief town is Pontianak. 
 A native sultan is nominal ruler. They have as yet 
 however done nothing in the way of developing this 
 colony compared with their working of other posses- 
 sions, notably the neighbouring island of Java,* the 
 
 and the advancement of civilisation ? And what more admirable 
 means can be suggested of elevating such races, than the being 
 placed under the rule of men whose one object would be to save 
 them from oppression, misrule, and social misery, to educate them to 
 self-government, and so enable them to grow unfettered to whatever 
 degree of civilisation they are capable of attaining ?" — " Australasia," 
 ly A. R. Wallace. 
 
 * " The rule of the Dutch in this fine island is very successful. 
 Good roads traverse it in every direction, life and property are as 
 safe as in any part of Europe, and the inhabitants are as happy and
 
 38 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 exports from Tvliicli amount to about twelve millions 
 sterling, tlie net revenue remitted to Holland (previous 
 to tlie Aclieen war) varying from two to four million 
 pounds sterling. 
 
 contented as any people are likely to be under the rule of an alien 
 race. The system by which the people have been made to work at 
 fixed wages, and to sell certain products at fixed rates to the Govern- 
 ment, has enabled the Dutch officials to remit a large annual revenue 
 to Europe ; but this has been done without any serious oppression of 
 the natives, who have always been accustomed so to work for their 
 native chiefs, or on the lands of the village community. One of the 
 best tests of the general well-being of a community is that of the 
 growth of the population ; for where this is steadily increasing, 
 where there is no pauperism, where serious crime is rare, and where 
 famine and rebellion on any important scale are almost unknown, 
 the government cannot be otherwise than suitable to the people 
 governed. This is the case with Java. In 1850 the population was 
 about 9i millions, in 1865 it had increased to close upon 14 millions, in 
 187-i it was 16k millions, and at the present time it is estimated at 
 about 18 millions. It has therefore nearly doubled in eighteen 
 years, and, notwithstanding that a large portion of the surface of 
 the island is covered with lofty mountains and trackless forests, it 
 supports a population of greater density than Great Bi-itain. There 
 are about 30,000 Europeans in Java, and 156,000 Chinese. The 
 \ army consists of 27,000 men, of whom 11,000 are Europeans. ... It 
 may safely be predicted that if the Dutch Government freely throw 
 open Java to the world, the result will be that many capitalists will 
 make fortunes, but the native inhabitants will not be benefited. The 
 exports from Java amount in value to ten or twelve millions sterling 
 annually; and the net revenue which is remitted every year to 
 Holland varies from two to four millions." — Wallace.
 
 LA^^DS or PEEPETUAX SUirilEE. 39 
 
 III. 
 
 Notwitlistanding the suzerainty of tlie Diitcli in 
 one district^ and tlie efficient government of Eajali 
 Brooke in another, the interior of Borneo and the 
 northern regions have been until quite recently a 
 terra incognita. The home of the orang-outang, 
 tradition gives to this country a race of wild people 
 living in trees, and tribes of savages who occupy 
 themselves chiefly in extending their trophies of 
 skulls. Coupled with these horrors, travellers have 
 declared the country to be rich in diamonds and gold, 
 a sort of combined Golgotha and Golconda. Even to- 
 day the Dutch possessions in Borneo would seem to 
 be almost "an unknown quantity," judging from the 
 latest work on the subject, issued under the title of 
 "The Head Hunters of Borneo/'' written by Carl 
 Bock, the pubhsher^s announcement stating that : 
 " The author gives an account of his overland journey 
 in Borneo, as leader of the Dutch Government Explor- 
 ing Expedition. Among other matters, the book de- 
 scribes and gives drawings of the fair-skinned race 
 inhabiting the forests of the island, of whom the 
 women at least have never previously been seen by 
 any European traveller." I have letters before me 
 from travellers now exploring North Borneo, who are
 
 40 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 the first wliite men to make tlie acquaintance of many 
 of tlie native tribes ; but at present tbej have come 
 upon no lusus naturce, or degenerate man, sucb as 
 Dr. Mac] ay met with in Jobore, or sucb as previous 
 travellers declare tbey have seen in Borneo. For 
 example, the Singajjore Chronicle, of 1831, contained 
 the following notes, written by Mr. Dalton, who had 
 resided on the east coast of Borneo. They are reprinted 
 in Mr. Moor's ^^ Notices of the Indian Archipelago : '^ 
 
 " Farther towards the north of Borneo are to be found men living 
 absolutely in a state of nature, who neither cultivate the ground 
 nor live in huts ; who neither eat rice nor salt, and who do not 
 associate with each other, but rove about some woods like wild 
 beasts. The sexes meet in the jungle, or the man carries away a 
 woman from some kampong. When the children are old enough to 
 shift for themselves they usually separate, neither one afterwards 
 thinking of the other ; at night they sleep under some large tree, 
 the branches of which hang low. On these they fasten the children 
 in a kind of swing ; around the tree they make a fire to keep ofE the 
 wild beasts and snakes ; they cover themselves with a piece of bark, 
 and in this also they wrap their children ; it is soft and warm, but 
 will not keep out the rain. These poor creatures are looked on and 
 treated by the Dayaks as wild beasts ; hunting-parties of twenty-five 
 and thirty go out and amuse themselves with shooting at the children 
 in the trees with sumpits, the same as monkeys, from which they are 
 not easily distinguished. The men taken in these excursions are 
 invariably killed, the women commonly spared, if young. It is 
 , somewhat remarkable that the children of these wild Dayaks cannot 
 ' be suflBciently tamed to be entrusted with their liberty. Selgie (the 
 Dayak chief of Coti) told me he never recollected an instance when 
 they did not escape to the jungle the very first opportunity, 
 notwithstanding many of them had been treated kindly for 
 years."
 
 LANDS OF PEEPETUAL SUMMEE. 41 
 
 Mr. George Windsor Earl^ author of " Tlie Native 
 Races of the Indian Arcliipelago/^ and ^' Eastern 
 Seas/' in liis former work_, publislied in 1853^ dis- 
 counts tliis information. He desires the reader not 
 to forget that it is obtained from natives, who having 
 organised parties for hunting these singular beings, 
 were interested in making them appear as much as 
 possible in the light of wild beasts. 
 
 IV. 
 
 There are as many versions of the appearance 
 and character of the native women as there are 
 types and races. It is well known that some of 
 the Malay women are attractive, and, from a 
 Mongolian point of view, even beautiful. The 
 Milanos of Borneo are one of the most numerous of 
 the tribes. Mr, W. M. Crocker, an administrator 
 as well as traveller in Sarawak, says the Milano 
 women have won a reputation for beauty ; but while 
 there are a few good-looking girls among them 
 as a tribe, they are behind the Malays in figure 
 and regularity of features. They are very white 
 {i.e. an unhealthy milky white), and their heads are 
 flattened in childhood. Their work of treading or 
 expressing the sago makes their feet very large, and 
 their figures are squat and stumpy. Mr. Crocker
 
 42 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 believes tlie practice of flattening tlie heads of 
 children in Borneo is entirely confined to the Milanos. 
 '^1 have not heard/^ he says^ ^^of its having been 
 found to exist among any of the numerous tribes 
 which inhabit the Eastern Archipelago. A similar 
 custom prevails among the Indians of the Mosquito 
 shore/^ Mr. F. W. Burbidge, who was in Borneo 
 during the year 1878, on a naturalist's expedition, 
 is eloquent as to the graces of the women he saw 
 at Kambatuan, a village of British North Borneo. 
 
 " We iiad a large concourse of the villagers in to see us tliis evening 
 after dinner, including 'Beuhan,' the headman, who wears a head- 
 cloth and kriss, and in general build and physiognomy resembles the 
 Sulus much more than either Dusun or Malays. ' Kurow ' was the 
 principal talker, and related all that we had done and how much 
 he had helped us in ascending the mountain. The young girls 
 crowded to see us, and tried hard to get speech with us. We had 
 given the girls who brought us fruit a looking-glass each, and we could 
 quite well understand that all were eager for a similar gift. They 
 were very, very scantily clad ; indeed the most tolerant of Lord 
 Chamberlains might well wish to add an inch or two to their tiny 
 petticoat, especially as 'tis the only garment of which they can 
 boast. It answers somewhat to the American definition of a dress 
 ' which began too late and left off too soon.' Here, however, it is 
 the customary fashion, and as such is honoured. How graceful were 
 the figures of some of these young girls ! Perfect little Amazons, 
 lithe of limb and having regular features, eyes full of gentle ex- 
 pression, and a richness of raven hair most European ladies might 
 envy. It is pleasant to know that these dusky girls, lovely as some 
 of them are, will never be degraded to anything worse than field 
 labour, which is a far better lot than that of their Malayan sisters 
 along the coast, whose personal charms chance to be interesting.
 
 LAXDS or PERPETUAL SUMMEE. 43 
 
 We found out later on in tlie evening that the pretty damsel who 
 had first brought us fruit was the headman's daughter, ' Sa' Tira' 
 by name. Most of the evening she knelt by the fire, her dainty little 
 fingers busily making cigarettes for her papa's guests, many of whom 
 had arrived from other villages near to look at us. Altogether we 
 spent a very pleasant evening with these hospitable people, and we 
 have no doubt but that they will long look back to our visit them- 
 selves, seeing that whole months frequently elapse without their 
 seeing anyone from the coast even, much less a white man or two 
 from far-off Labuan." 
 
 ^^The Journal of the Indian Arcliipelago '^ for 1849 
 contains some interesting notes by Mr. Burns, "the 
 first European/^ says the editor, "who has ventured to 
 explore the interior of Borneo Proper.''^ Speaking of 
 the Kayans_, he says the sexes are in about equal 
 number; that they enjoy the social intercourse of 
 civilised people; that unchastity is of rare occur- 
 rence ; that marriage takes place at an early age ; that 
 adultery is punished with death, so also is theft, while 
 murder is a matter of compromise with " the parties 
 concerned/^ The Kayans are a proud race. The men 
 as a rule do not tattoo, but many of the higher classes 
 have small figures of stars, beasts, or birds on various 
 parts of their bodies, the highest mark of distinction 
 being the colouring of the backs of the hands, which 
 is only conferred upon the brave in battle. With the 
 women, the arms, from the elbows to the points of the 
 fingers, are beautifully tattooed, as are also the legs 
 from the thighs to a little below the knees, and like-
 
 44 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 wise tlie upper parts of the feet ; and tliose of very 
 higli rank liave in addition one or more small spots on 
 the breasts. In tattooing the performer pricks the 
 design or pattern with three needles, and afterwards 
 smokes it with a dammar torch, by which process a 
 beautiful dark-blue is produced ; but inflammation of 
 a serious nature frequently follows. The operation 
 of tattooing begins when girls are about four 
 or five years of age, and is continued gradually, 
 the latest ornamentation being finished at woman- 
 hood. With both sexes while very young, the 
 lobes of the ears are perforated, and large rings of 
 copper, brass, or tin inserted, by which that part of 
 the organ is extended commonly from five to seven 
 inches, but frequently more. In women especially, it 
 is considered a mark of beauty to have them extended 
 to the breasts, which is quite common among them. 
 As the loss of her flowing locks to a European belle, 
 so to a Kayan beauty would be the deforming or 
 breaking of her pendant ear-lobes. The earrings are 
 commonly in weight about twenty ounces each pair. 
 
 The traveller came upon no evidences of canni- 
 balism, and the natives whom he saw indignantly 
 repudiated the suggestions of such barbarism. 
 "But,^^ he says, '^ it would seem to have been pre- 
 valent amongst them formerly, especially on the 
 occasion of the king or principal chief taking posses-
 
 LAXDS OF PEEPETUAL SUZklMER. 45 
 
 siou of a newly-built liouse, and also on tlie occasion 
 of liis death.''^ An instance of this revolting custom 
 was acknowledged to have taken place about two 
 years previously, when Batu Dian entered upon his 
 new abode. ''The victim was a Malay slave girl 
 brought from the coast for the avowed purpose, and 
 sold to the chief by a man who was also a Malay. 
 It is said to be contrary to the Kayan custom to sell 
 or sacrifice one of their own nation. In the case 
 alluded to, the unfortunate victim was bled to death, 
 the blood was taken and sprinkled on the pillars and 
 under the house, but the body was thrown into the 
 river. It is the blood only that is prized, or 
 considered efficacious. During my stay in the 
 house of the chief Knipa Batu, one of his chil- 
 dren, a little boy, was at the point of death from 
 fever. After exhausting all their skill in applying 
 remedies, as a last resource the chief took a young 
 chiclien and passed it a number of times over the face 
 of the child, then with his most valued war sword 
 killed it at the window, and threw it upwards from 
 him in the direction of the setting sun. The sword 
 with the blood on it he then held over the face of the 
 child as before, with fervent invocation, desiring that 
 his beloved child might not die, and laying himself 
 down beside the unconscious little sufferer, indulged 
 in the wildest paroxysm of grief."
 
 46 THE NEW CETLON. 
 
 Many other strange and barbarous customs are 
 mentioned by travellers in the olden days. Some of 
 their narratives may be taken with a grain of salt. 
 Several recent visitors to Borneo, especially in the 
 north, seem only to have found regions of Arcadian 
 simplicity.* 
 
 V. 
 
 / It is curious that the barbarism described by early 
 I travellers should have had, according to tradition and 
 history, a previous period of something akin to com- 
 i mercial prosperity and civilisation. In an official 
 statement made by Mr. J. Hunt to Sir Stamford 
 Baffles in 1812, he says that "when the Portuguese first 
 visited Borneo, in 1520, the whole island was in a 
 
 * " A voyage of a few weeks brings ns to these beauty-spots of the 
 Eastern Seas — to an ' always -afternoon ' kind of climate — where 
 winter is unknown. Warmed by perpetual sunshine, deluged by 
 copious rains, and thrilled by electricity, they are really enormous 
 conservatories of beautiful vegetation — great Zoological Gardens 
 inhabited by rare birds and curious animals. In these sunny 
 garden scenes man is the Adam of a modern Eden. Primitive in 
 habits and numerically insignificant, he has scarcely begun his 
 battle with things inanimate, or his struggle for existence as it is 
 known to us. At home we have man as in some sort the master of 
 Nature, but in the Bomean forests Nature still reigns supreme. 
 Here with us man wrests ^his sustenance from her — there she is 
 lavish in the bestowal of gifts unsought." — Preface to " Gardens of the 
 Sun," 1880.
 
 LANDS OF PEEPETUAL Srii:\IER. 47 
 
 most flourisMng state. Tlie numbers of Chinese tliat 
 had settled on her shores were immense ; the products 
 of their industry, and an extensive commerce with 
 China in junks_, gave her land and cities a far different 
 aspect from her dreary appearance at this day, and 
 their princes and courts exhibited a splendour and dis- 
 played a magnificence which has long since vanished/^ 
 This is borne out by Pigofetta, who spoke of the town 
 of Brunei having 25,000 houses and being " rich and 
 populous/^ Later accounts describe the frequent 
 visits of Chinese and Japanese junks to the Bornean 
 ports. In 1809, however, there were not 3000 houses 
 nor 6000 Chinese in the place, and up to that 
 time (nor since, I believe) a junk had not for years 
 been seen in Bornean waters. " But,^^ says Mr. Hunt, 
 '' the ports of Borneo have not dwindled away more 
 than Acheen, Johore, Malacca^ Bantan, Ternate, etc. 
 All these places likewise cut a splendid figure in the 
 eyes of our first navigators, and have since equally 
 shared a proportionate obscurity/^ 
 
 Mr. Hunt attributes the cause of this remarkable 
 change to a decay in commerce. ^^ In exact propor- 
 tion as the intercourse with the Europeans with China 
 has increased, in precise ratio has the decrease of their 
 direct trade in junks become apparent. The Portu- 
 guese first, and subsequently the Dutch, mistress 
 of the Eastern Seas, exacted, by treaties and other
 
 48 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 ways^ tlie Malay produce at tlieir own rates^ and were 
 consequently enabled to undersell the junks in China. 
 But these powers went further; by settling at ports 
 on Borneo, or by their guardes de costas, they com- 
 pelled the ports of Borneo to send their produce, 
 calculated for the China market, to Malacca and 
 Batavia, which at length completely cut up the 
 direct trade by means of the Chinese junks/^ The 
 loss of direct intercourse with China compelled the 
 adoption of a circuitous course which doubled the cost 
 of carriage, and finally destroyed the trade. Not only 
 did this throw labourers out of employment, it stopped 
 the emigration of the Chinese, whose industry and 
 mechanical skill had enhanced the local prosperity. 
 The rajahs, finding their revenue reduced, turned their 
 attention from trade and commerce to maritime and 
 piratical enterprise. Agriculture was thus neglected, 
 and lands hitherto profitably cultivated were allowed 
 to run to jungle and to waste. 
 
 VI. 
 
 The fertility of Borneo in the matter of vegetation 
 is a favourite theme of all travellers, ancient and 
 modern j and without the same established and easily 
 accessible proofs to back their statements, they are 
 all agreed as to its enormous mineral wealth. In the
 
 LANDS OF PERPETUAL SUM:^IER. 49 
 
 past^ exaggerated reports were pablished by travellers 
 who excited tlie imaginations of tlieir readers with 
 descriptions of Borneo diamonds and Borneo gold. 
 According to some of these romances, it would seem 
 as if these precious treasures were lying about, await- 
 ing the arrival of venturous explorers to pick them up. 
 It is true that dangers were suggested^ some of them 
 not inferior to the monstrous guardians which watch 
 over the treasures in "The Arabian Nights.''^ But 
 with all this smoke there was a certain amount of 
 fire. "When Mr. Hunt was in Borneo, there were gold 
 mines in the vicinity of Sambas and also at Ma tan. 
 Mention of this latter district recalls the subject of 
 '' the largest known diamond in the world,^' the reality 
 of which is doubted by several writers and travellers. 
 Mr. Edwin R. Streeter, in his recent work on "Precious 
 Stones and G-ems,^^ however, considers the history of 
 this diamond to be sufficiently estabHshed for record 
 as a genuine stone. Models of it exist, and many 
 travellers have seen it. Several battles have been 
 waged for its permanent possession, and it is said 
 that the Governor of Batavia offered 150,000 
 dollars and two ships of war for it. The Rajah, 
 in declining the offer, is reported to have replied 
 that he would not part with it on any terms, 
 believing that it is a talisman upon the possession of 
 which depends his happiness and that of his family.
 
 60 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 Of more genuine interest tlian a crystal representation 
 of this questionable diamond^ were some fine speci- 
 mens of Bornean pearls^ imported during the present 
 year from the North Borneo Seas, which Mr. Streeter 
 showed me. One of these is still to be seen at Bond 
 Street, in its original condition, attached to the shell ; 
 another has gone to Messrs. Tiffany, of New York. The 
 favourite pearl fisheries of the ancients were in the 
 Persian Gulf, the Indian Ocean, the Eed Sea, and on 
 the Coromandel coast. The Phoenicians traded with 
 Ceylon for pearls.- In 1640 the Dutch seized the 
 Ceylon fisheries, and in 1798 the English, haying 
 come into possession of the island, obtained in one 
 year a profit of £140,000 on the fishery. This success 
 was, however, the result of giving the beds a long 
 rest. The yearly harvest of pearls is estimated at 
 £350,000. The merchants engaged in the trade are 
 chiefly Indian, Arabian, and Persian. The pearls 
 found in the Persian Seas are sent by way of Muscat 
 to Bombay, and on to China, ''^ which adds to its 
 stores many pearls from the Sooloo Archipelago, 
 lying between Borneo and Mindanao.^^ Philip lY. of 
 Spain had a pearl weighing 160 carats. It came from 
 India, and is now in the possession of Princess 
 Youssopoff, and its value to-day is £16,000. The 
 Shah of Persians famous pearl, more than an inch in 
 diameter, is valued at £64,000, and the Sultan of
 
 LANDS OF PEEPETUAL SUMMER. 51 
 
 Muscat has one worth £32,000. Within the past few 
 years many valuable pearls have been "in the 
 market. ^^ A very fine white pearl was sold in London 
 a few years ago for £2600. It weighed 116 grains. 
 In 1878 another was imported weighing 114 grains, 
 and, like the first-mentioned, of a peculiarly brilliant 
 sheen. They were on view at the Paris Exhibition, 
 and are now in the possession of the Baroness 
 Alphonse Rothschild. " No European regalia con- 
 tain such a pair ; they are thought to be unique.''^ 
 To students of Bornean gems, there is a far more 
 interesting treasure on view, at Mr. Gordon's place 
 of business in Bond Street, than the pear-shaped 
 model of the Rajah diamond. This is a genuine 
 stone, which was purchased from a Chinaman 
 about four years ago by the Rajah of Sarawak. 
 Found at Landak, it weighs 70 carats, and is of the 
 purest water. This exquisite gem is known as " The 
 Star of Sarawak. ''^ The tradition of Borneo as a 
 diamond region, and the non-scientific character of 
 some of the explorers, occasionally lead to serious dis- 
 appointment. Recently a traveller shipped to Eng- 
 land a stone which was to eclipse in splendour some 
 of the most notable of known diajnonds. It was 
 pronounced by several amateur mineralogists to be a 
 genuine diamond. The finder entered into a bargain 
 with a certain traveller for its sale. Having insured
 
 52 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 it for £4000^ "tliey committed it to the care of the 
 Peninsular and Oriental Company, who delivered it 
 safely to a trusted friend in London. Submitted to 
 an expert, the verdict was, " A pebble of no value/^ 
 The doubt which rests upon the Rajah stone lies 
 chiefly in the fact that the owner will not have it cut : 
 and there is much reason to fear that it must be 
 relegated to companionship with "the Braganza ^^ of 
 the Portuguese state jewels which remains in the 
 rough, a reputed diamond of 1680 carats, the value 
 of which, if genuine, might be set down at over 
 £58,000,000 sterling. 
 
 Mr. Crocker, a former Resident of Sarawak, whom 
 I have previously quoted, read a paper at the Royal 
 Geographical Society in February, 1881, in which he 
 stated that the upper country of Borneo is rich in 
 minerals, that gold is still worked by the Chinese, 
 and diamonds* by the Malays. In Sarawak all their 
 
 * " From the slovenly manner in whicli the diamonds are sought 
 for by the Dayaks, they seldom collect them of a size exceeding 
 three or four carats weight each. When rough, the Landa diamond 
 has a white or yellow hue; but none are found of that inky and 
 flinty tinge so valuable in some of the Golconda diamonds. Bat that 
 Landa does produce them of a very considerable size, the extensive 
 and valuable specimens in Java, as well as the quantities annually 
 sent to Batavia, will evince. The King of Matan is at this instant 
 in possession of a diamond weighing 367 carats, the value of which, 
 according to the old mode of calculation, would be 367 x 867 x 2 = 
 £269,378. The Sultan of Pontianak says, however, that a much
 
 LAXDS OF PEEPETUAL SUMMER. 63 
 
 minerals are leased to a company Tvliose exports 
 of antimony and quicksilver are tlius set forth in 
 their trade returns: ''^ Antimony exported from 1859 
 to 1879, 25,000 tons, value more than one milKon 
 dollars. Quicksilver exported from 1870 to 1879^ 
 15,000 flasks, value 717,500 dollars." Gambier and 
 pepper are being cultivated with great success, and 
 there is every prospect of a large influx of Chinese 
 capitalists and coolies. Experiments have also been 
 made from time to time in cultivating coffee, sugar, 
 and tapioca. 
 
 In an elaborate report on the distribution of the 
 useful minerals in Sarawak, made in 1874 by Mr. 
 A. Hart Everett, late Eesident of Bintulu, Sarawak, 
 and now an officer of the British North Borneo 
 Company, he discredits somewhat the traditional 
 belief in the vast deposits of the precious metals.* 
 
 larger price was offered for it by the Dutch Government of Java. 
 He refused, it is said, twenty-five laks of dollars, two sloops of rice, 
 fifty pieces of cannon, and a hundred muskets. Several from twenty 
 to thirty carats have been dug up. At Mompava there are said to 
 be very rich copper mines ; but from want of population, a vigorous 
 government, and scientific mineralogists, little is to be hoped from 
 them at the present day. At Pulo Bongorong, near Borneo Proper, 
 there is plenty of loadstone found." — J. Hunt, Esq., to Sir Stamford 
 EafjUes, 1812. 
 
 * Formerly, if the labours of the miners were rewarded by success, 
 which is very uncertain, stones under four carats were their 
 property; all of that size and upwards were claimed by the
 
 54 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 '^ It has been tlie office of time/' lie says, to 
 dissipate " tlie golden fancies '^ whicli have always 
 more or less existed in connection with the island 
 of Borneo. ^''Nevertheless/' he adds, ^'' there does 
 
 Panambaham, then a tributary of Bantam, from the Sultan, of 
 ■whicli State the former Dutch Company purchased this monoply or 
 royalty, for 50,000 dollars. At present, by treaty with the Panam- 
 baham, all the stones must be delivered to Government at twenty per 
 cent, below the market price which is ascertained by appraise- 
 ment on the spot, the necessary advances being of course first 
 made to miners by Government. The small stones are sold at 
 Pontianak, and the large ones, for which there are no purchasers 
 there, are disposed of at Batavia, and the profits equally divided 
 between Government and the Panambaham. There is every reason 
 to believe that in the first year and a half succeeding this 
 arrangement, which was made in the middle of 1823, these 
 amounted to about 19,000 guldens, 390 carats having been delivered 
 to the agents of Government in the latter part of 1823, and 1900 in 
 1824, the cost of which must have been 33,000 guldens, and the 
 proceeds 52,000. The existing regulations are no doubt as often 
 evaded as that mentioned above must have been, and if such be the 
 case, 2290 carats are less than the actual produce of the period in 
 question. The number of persons employed during it is unknown, 
 so that no idea can be formed of the profit on mining speculations. 
 The deliveries of 1825 and 1826 were less than that of 1824, and will 
 be still less this year, Government not advancing to an equal extent, 
 in consequence partly of an outstanding balance against the miners, 
 and partly to the disinclination of the latter to receive copper money. 
 Some natives are of opinion that the veins are not so productive 
 as in former times ; others, making due allowance for the decrease 
 occasioned by the measures of Government, say that they are not 
 worked with equal zeal. 
 
 Gold is found in almost every part of the Eesidency, also in the 
 Areng strata, and takes many names, being invariably designated by
 
 LAXDS OF PEEPETITAL SUMMER. 55 
 
 exist a certain amount of solid foundation for tlie 
 idea that Borneo is well furnislied with the useful 
 metals and minerals/'' Upon the subject of "the 
 mineral resources of Borneo as a whole/^ he describes 
 some of the leading geological features of the island, 
 and gives instances of gold, coal, diamonds, iron, and 
 cinnabar, being found not only in, but beyond the 
 limits of Rajah Brooke's territory. " Gold,^' he says, 
 '^ occurs in the form of fine sand or minute flattened 
 plates in alluvial deposits over a great part of 
 Sarawak.^' Washinofs are carried on in various 
 districts by Chinese and Malays, but in a very 
 inefficient and superficial way. Nuggets are of 
 
 the name of the place where it is procured. The gold of Siutang, 
 Sangao, and Landak, are about nine touch ; of Muntuhari about 
 eight and a half, that of Mandor a shade below eight ; these are 
 places under Pontianak. That found at Mantradu under Mampawa 
 is about eight touch ; and under Sambas, gold of nine touch is 
 found ; at Sapan of eight ; and eight and a half at Larak ; of eight 
 at Siminis ; and of seven and a half at Salakao. The mines are 
 worked in a similiar manner to those already described, and the 
 Areng cleaned in the dulan, in the centre of which the gold, from 
 its greater gravity, is collected. There are no data for ascertaining 
 the amount produced, or the number of persons employed. The 
 price at the principal ports may be taken at about two dollars and 
 ninety cents per touch; or say, twenty-six Spanish dollars for 
 Sintang gold of nine touch. The Sultan of Sambas has in his 
 possession a lump weighing twelve-and-a-half bunkals, and says he 
 has seen some which weighed twenty-five. — Notes on '^Residency of 
 the North-west Coast of Borneo," in Singapore Chronicle, Odo'ber 6th, 
 and Noveinler, 1827.
 
 56 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 rare occurrence, but '^if the Cliinese are to be 
 
 credited, some of very considerable weigbt liave been 
 
 met with in tlie adjacent Sambas district/^ As to 
 
 the annual produce of gold in the territory of Sarawak, 
 
 the data for making an approximate calculation of the 
 
 total amount produced is unreliable. '^ Mr. Low, of 
 
 Labuan — whose work, in spite of its being somewhat 
 
 out of date, is the most trustworthy yet written on 
 
 Sarawak — places the yearly export of gold from the 
 
 territory at 7000 ounces. Although nominally all 
 
 gold carried out of the country must be declared, as 
 
 much leaves Sarawak in a private way as is declared 
 
 to the export office in Kuching, while a still more 
 
 considerable portion of annual output is bought up 
 
 and remains in the country without in any way 
 
 showing in the trade returns.^' On the whole, the 
 
 opinion of Mr. Everett seems to be that whatever 
 
 minerals may be awaiting discovery in Sarawak, 
 
 '' their importance can only be relative or comparative 
 
 with that of the coal-fields of North- west Borneo.
 
 III. 
 
 BRITISH NORTH BORNEO OR SABAH. 
 
 Geographical Situation — Harbours in wliicli the British Fleet can 
 ride at anchor — Mountains and Rivers — Village Life and Local 
 Agriculture — Soils and Climate — Trade and Barter — Tropical 
 Products — Anglo-Bornean Homes and Gardens — Fruits and 
 Flowers — Crocodile Stories — Opportunities of Sport — Elephants 
 and Ehinoceros — Familiar and Curious Fish — The Sun-bird — 
 Pearls and Pearl Fisheries — A Dramatic Story — The Natives — 
 Cessation of Piracy. 
 
 I. 
 
 A EOUGH line drawn across tlie map frora the Kimaois 
 River on the north-west coast to the Sibuco River 
 on the east coast, will indicate the territory hitherto 
 called Sabahj now to be better known in the future as 
 British North Borneo. This territorial j^ossession is 
 in shape that of an irregular triangle, two sides of 
 it washed by the sea, the apex going out into the 
 ocean in picturesque splendour. A coast-line of 
 more than 500 miles in extent, every part of the 
 country has a seaboard, the commercial advantage of 
 which need not be dwelt upon. No other territory
 
 68 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 in Borneo is so favourably placed eitlier on tlie score 
 of climate^ facilities of trade, or in regard to the 
 possibilities of development. Situated nearly midway 
 between Singapore and Hong Kong, it is in immediate 
 proximity to tbe Palawan Passage, wbicb is a great 
 ocean route for vessels trading to China and Japan. 
 
 The finest harbours in all the coasts of Borneo 
 are G-aya Bay, Ambong, and Abai-Usukan Bay on 
 the west; Kudat on the north, and Sandakan Harbours 
 on the east coast. They are indicated in the map 
 accompanying these brief historic notes, and are also 
 shown in detail on separate charts. 
 
 Gaya Bay will bear comparison with any harbour 
 in the China Seas. Having one entrance capable of 
 easy defence, and with accessible coal beds, its 
 commanding position gives it special strategical im- 
 portance. The entire fleet of Great Britain might 
 ride at anchor in its deep and extensive waters. It is 
 more than probable that the British authorities have 
 taken note of this important fact. Sandakan, having 
 like Gaya Bay an entrance that especially lends itself 
 to easy defence, is a sheet of deep water, fifteen miles 
 long by five miles broad. It has many excellent 
 anchorages that afford perfect shelter in either mon- 
 soon for the largest ships. The Admiralty have 
 published a chart of this harbour, and there is no 
 doubt that Sandakan will eventually become the
 
 BRITISH NOETH BORNEO OR SABAH. 59 
 
 great rendezvous of trade of tlie Sooloo and New 
 Guinea Seas, as Tvell as a place of call for vessels 
 bound to and from Australia. 
 
 No more remarkable example of tlie unexplored 
 character of tlie country can well be mentioned than 
 the fact that one of its finest harbours has only 
 just been discovered. Commander Johnstone^ of 
 H.M.S. EgericLy sent home the first notification of the 
 existence of Kudat in August, 1881, and it now appears 
 for the first time on the Admiralty chart. The 
 Governor of the new territory, Mr. Treacher, with 
 Mr. Everett and Mr. Witti, visited it on the 25th of 
 August in the Company's launch 'Enterprise, and it 
 has been decided to establish a Residency in Marudu 
 Bay, overlooking the newly-discovered harbour. 
 '^ Anyone entering Kudat/'' says a despatch dated 
 August 29th, 1881, ^^ cannot fail to be struck 
 with the commodiousness of the harbour, and the 
 eligibility of the site selected for the future town. 
 I am assured that there is '6 of a square mile of 
 deep-water anchorage, that is, with a depth of not 
 under five fathoms at low water. Scarcely any clear- 
 ing will be required on the proposed town site for 
 some time, and there will therefore be probably less 
 sickness to contend with at first than is usually to be 
 expected on opening a new station. Water will be 
 obtained by means of wells as at Labuan and Alai.
 
 60 THE NEW CEYLOX. 
 
 Mr. Everettj in Ms report on liarbours_, has reported 
 liiglily in favour of Kudat. A harbour on the main- 
 land has many advantages over one on a detached 
 island^ since, in addition to the transit trade it 
 attracts, there is that of the country at its back to 
 help to swell its returns of imports and exports. In the 
 case of Kudat this will in all probability be of con- 
 siderable importance, for Mr. Witti states the country 
 to abound in gutta-percha, indiarubber, ebony, etc., 
 and he seems to have little doubt from the informa- 
 tion he has obtained from natives, that coal exists in 
 Marudu Bay. He also states that there is a large 
 and tractable Dusun population. Sir Stamford Raffles 
 has recorded his opinion to the effect that any settle- 
 ment by Europeans on an island off Borneo would be 
 a failure, and he recommended Marudu Bay as the 
 best locality for a European settlement. Mr. Everett 
 remarks : ^ Kudat is so situated that it would inevit- 
 ably come, in time, to intercept all the trade from 
 Palawan, Balabac, Cagayan Sulu, and Sulu, that now 
 passes westward through the Malawali passage,^ and 
 he thinks it possible that much of the trade of the 
 Southern Philippines may find its way hither in course 
 of time.'' 
 
 The other geographical features of British North 
 Borneo are no less interesting and important than 
 these, which include grand natural bays, alike valuable
 
 BEITISH NOETH BOENEO OE SABAH. 61 
 
 as trading stations and harbours of refuge. Tlie 
 country is traversed by a mountain range averaging 
 from 5000 to 8000 feet in beiorlit, and risino: to 
 the noble altitude of 13,700 feet, crowned in lofty 
 grandeur by Kina Balu, deemed by tbe natives 
 sacred, as are tlie beights of Mount Sbasta by 
 the American Indians in California, and Fusiyama 
 in Japan. Many picturesque spurs branch off 
 from this mountainous backbone of the country, 
 terminating in rich undulating bills, watered by 
 stream and torrent, diversified by plain and forest, 
 rich, in tropical verdure, and presenting many possi- 
 bilities of mineral treasures; besides adding to tlie 
 advantages of agricultural and other operations in a 
 hot country the cooling breezes of high lands, that go 
 down in rush of torrent and rocky majesty to the 
 open seas. Among the many rivers of British North 
 Borneo are the Paitan, Sugut, Sibuco, and Kina- 
 batangan. The latter forms a perfect waterway from 
 the east coast into the heart of the country, and 
 can be navigated for 200 miles with small steamers. 
 
 The spurs and slopes of Kina Balu are peculiarly fitted 
 for growing coffee, tea, and cinchona; while the rich 
 plains that mark the course of the Kinabatangan and 
 other rivers lend themselves to the culture of indigo, 
 tobacco, cotton, rice, and the other well-known tropical 
 products. Such villages as the traveller meets with
 
 62 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 on excursions in the interior are fed and maintained 
 by agriculture, tlie successful features of wLich belong 
 to tlie natural fertility of the soil rather than to the 
 science of the native farmer. Take for example the 
 little village of Tamparulie on the banks of the 
 Tawaran. En route from Labuan to make the ascent 
 of the Kina Balu mountains, you pass this native 
 hamlet. You cross a plain of rice^ bananas, cocoanut- 
 treeSj and other luxuriant vegetation. You see the 
 native cultivator at work; his rude plough drawn by 
 buffaloes^ flocks of white padi birds sailing aloft^ 
 or a few solitary cranes adding an oriental touch to 
 the picture. You halt on the river-bank amidst 
 tropical groves, here and there relieved by neatly -kept 
 gardens fenced down to the water's edge, and con- 
 taining plentiful supplies of sweet potatoes, cucumbers, 
 maize, and kaladi. Farther on, at Kolawat (a native 
 village backed by a grove of plumed palms, the betel- 
 nut variety, yellow with fruit) you will find a village 
 built on poles in a morass, with herds of swine and 
 flocks of tame bees as part of the local treasures. 
 
 Along the valleys that go upwards to the hills you 
 pass straggling huts and bamboo cottages surrounded 
 by irrigated patches of rice, with maize and sweet 
 potatoes growing nearest the houses, and in many 
 cases clumps of bananas at the very doorways. Now 
 and then you meet natives laden with baskets of
 
 BRITISH NOETH BOENEO OE SABAH. 63 
 
 tobacco and beeswax going towards tlie coast on 
 trading expeditions; the gentle manners of the 
 people, their means and mode of life, being charac- 
 terised by great simplicity. While you thus at 
 intervals come upon evidences of village life and ' 
 agricultural work, you may travel hundreds of miles 
 without any other signs of life than those belonging 
 to '^ the forest primeval,^^ Nature^s splendid legacy of 
 fertile soil and umbrageous woods being literally given 
 over to the orang-outang and other strange examples of 
 animal life. You may steam along the Kinabatangan 
 Eiver for a hundred miles at a stretch without seeing 
 a human being, though all the time you are passing 
 through a country presenting unrivalled opportunities 
 for the cultivation of rice, sago, sugar-cane, tobacco, 
 pepper, and other tropical merchandise. Face to face 
 with these scenes of '* luxurious nature,^^ the European 
 traveller cannot fail to regret that such '^ lands 
 of plenty " have remained so long unavailable for the 
 stimulating exercise of capital and labour and the 
 useful arts of civilisation. 
 
 II. 
 
 Authoritative reports, surveys by experts, and 
 scientific analyses of soils demonstrate beyond dis- 
 pute that British North Borneo offers advantages to 
 planters and colonists not surpassed by the most
 
 64 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 favoured and popular countries of tlie tropics. 
 Experienced and observant travellers have indeed 
 spoken of it as ^^ The New Ceylon.''^ * 
 
 It will be interesting to set forth somewhat in 
 detail the vegetable productions of commercial value 
 which are indigenous to the soil and growing wild in 
 the forests. Indiarubber and gutta-percha abound in 
 great plenty, the latter trees growing to the height of 
 nearly a hundred feet and being upwards of six feet 
 round the trunk. The natives do a small trade in 
 these commodities with Labuan and other merchants. 
 The Gonzogin people prefer in exchange for this 
 produce brass of any shape or kind, while, as a rule, 
 coloured cloths, salt, and pottery are the favourite 
 
 * " After weighing the advantages and disadvantages of opening a 
 coffee estate at Pappar, I would not advise anyone to commence 
 operations at Gallamuttai, but, as all Ceylon planters know, our best 
 districts are not twenty miles as the crow flies from our worst, and 
 the resemblance to Ceylon in the lie of the land, appearance of the 
 jungle, soil, rainfall, temperature, climate, and degree of latitude, is 
 so striking, that looking round in the jungle it is difficult to fancy 
 yourself out of the Central or some parts of the Southern Province 
 of that island. I therefore feel certain that valleys along the 
 range can be found far superior to the valley of the Gallamuttai 
 in soil and lie of the land which would grow good coffee and would 
 pay. The difficulties I have mentioned of commencing planting in 
 Borneo are precisely the same as those which planters met with in 
 commencing in Ceylon (except the weakness of the government), and 
 would soon be overcome. The Company will, I am sure, give every 
 assistance towards getting labour and supplies, but pioneers in 
 Borneo would have the great advantages of being able to choose
 
 BRITISH NOETH BOENEO OE SABAH. 65 
 
 material of barter. Tlie camplior-tree is found in 
 many parts of the country. Barus camphor (a different 
 species from the ordinary camphor of commerce) is 
 highly valued by the Chinese for its medicinal pro- 
 perties, and is readily purchased by them at fifteen 
 dollars per pound. The middlemen^ or traders dealing 
 with the natives by exchange, find a good profit in com- 
 pleting their sales for current coin. Along the entire 
 east coast is an immense virgin forest. The woods 
 are of infinite variety, suitable for every purpose of 
 carpentry, building, or ornamental work, the most 
 noteworthy being ebony, mallape, puon (for spars), 
 and the bilian wood. The contiguity of rivers that 
 run out to the great natural harbours of the country 
 make it certain that British North Borneo can easily 
 
 good land and leave the load, as, if they were Ceylon planters, they 
 could tell one from the other, which the pioneers in Ceylon could not 
 do, as they had no practical experience of coffee, and many of them 
 learnt to their cost that it did not always follow that where fine 
 jungle stood good coffee would follow. I have confined my remarks 
 to Coffea Arabica, but I cannot conclude without stating that all 
 along the banks of the Pappar Kiver, and in some of the jungle at 
 low elevations, i.e. up to 200 feet, I found the soil very rich-looking, 
 and I believe the climate is suitable for Liberian coffee (which, how- 
 ever, is still hardly out of its experimental stage in the East), pepper, 
 nutmegs, cocoa, sago, sugar, rice, tapioca, tobacco, in fact all products 
 that flourish in the Malayan Archipelago." — Report on North Borneo, 
 hy T. 8. Dohree, Esq., of Ceylon, made on behalf of several Ceylon 
 merchants and xilanters, October, 1878. 
 
 P
 
 66 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 compete for the large and growing demand of Cliina 
 and Japan for timber of any description. 
 
 Tlie articles in regular cultivation by the natives 
 are rice^ millet, tapioca, Indian corn, sugar-cane, 
 tobacco, cotton, pepper, and several kinds of tropical 
 vegetables. Sugar-cane attains in some districts to 
 an extraordinary beigbt and thickness. It is mostly 
 grown for immediate consumption. While one tribe 
 of natives crush their cane, another use it in the 
 shape of molasses, calling it " paha,^^ the name they 
 give to honey. Cotton is grown in the interior, and 
 samples of it show a long fine staple. It is not 
 yet an article of export, the natives manufacturing it 
 in a primitive way into yarn for their own limited use. 
 The women also make a rough cloth from the fibre of 
 the " lambra,^^ a broad-leaved weed that is often seen 
 growing in or near the scattered villages. Other 
 curious textile fabrics are produced from the bark of a 
 tree having leaves something like the bread-fruit. 
 There are several localities where tobacco is grown, 
 notably near the Ananam Biver in Gaya Bay, and, as 
 in the case of cotton, it is sufficiently good to give full 
 assurance of the adaptability of the climate and soil 
 for the successful establishment of tobacco and cotton 
 plantations; while land and labour for the erection 
 and working of factories are procurable on terms that 
 could not fail to encourage and nurture any suitable
 
 BEITISH NORTH BORNEO OR SABAH. 67 
 
 industry. Eeliable travellers say tliat nowliere 
 could pepper and rice grow more luxuriantly. The 
 sago palm is ttie basis of a fair native trade, the 
 product finding a ready market at Labuan and Singa- 
 pore. Cassia lignea is also exported. Cocoa-nuts, 
 the areca palm (yielding the betel-nut), together with 
 pretty well every variety of fruit known in the tropics, 
 such as mangoes, limes, oranges, bananas, and pine- 
 apples, are found in many parts of the country. 
 Eattans are met with in especial abundance near the 
 river-banks on the north-east coast. They are superior 
 to those of other countries, and ought to represent a 
 very profitable trade in China, as well as in the 
 European markets. 
 
 in. 
 
 While not regarding British North Borneo from 
 the standpoint of a settlement for Europeans, except 
 on the lines of a tropical colony, there are evidently 
 spots among the Bornean hills where the tropical 
 heats are so modified by mountain air that it would 
 be not diflBcult to establish comfortable and pleasant 
 Anglo-Born ean residences, with gardens combining 
 familiar English vegetables and fruits with those 
 of Eastern celebrity. Mr. Spenser St. John found at 
 the village of Kiau that the thermometer never 
 
 F 2
 
 68 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 marked above 77° during tlie day^ and varied from 
 Q6^ to 69° during the nights. The Marei Parei spur 
 of the Bornean mountains he regarded as offering a 
 fine position for a sanitarium at any height between 
 4000 and 5000 feet. In a tent pitched at about 
 4700 feet the thermometer registered 75° (mean) in the 
 midday shade, 56° at 6 am., and 63° (mean) at 6 p.m. 
 Thisj he says^ would be a dehghtful climate in a well- 
 built house. The day will no doubt come when 
 prosperous villages will be found in these salubrious 
 regions. Eeturning to the passing fancy of our 
 English house with its horticultural surroundings^ it 
 is worth while to mention that the garden stuffs of 
 British North Borneo already include onions^ garlic^ 
 pumpkins, beans, greens, and cucumbers. Mr. St. 
 John says turnips, cabbage, and potatoes would also 
 succeed if there were Europeans to attend to them. 
 The sweet potato is indigenous to the country, 
 and think of the fruits an English gardener could 
 grow without glass ! Mr. Burbidge, who is a great 
 botanical authority, says the pine-apple of South 
 America, the mango of India, the delicious little 
 Chinese or mandarin orange, flourish here in the open 
 air, yielding two crops in twelve months, while most 
 of the other fruits may be obtained all the year round ; 
 the forests of Borneo being the native home of the 
 mangosteen, durian, tarippe, langsat, rambutan, and
 
 BEITISH NOETH BOENEO OE SABAH. 69 
 
 jintawan.* A land of perpetual summer, tlie home of 
 all that is beautiful in tropical life, its hills and dales 
 radiant with rare plants and flowers^ its glades and 
 forests rich in the finest fruits of the earth, it is 
 a happy thought of the latest student of its botanical 
 and zoological treasures to collect and publish his 
 notes under the suggestive title of "The Glardens of 
 the Sun.^' 
 
 IV. 
 
 The animal productions of the country are both 
 interesting and valuable. The natives carry on a 
 considerable trade in that luxury of the Chinese, 
 edible birdsnests. They are found in large quantities 
 near the Kinabatangan River and neighbouring pro- 
 vinces, and also in other localities. They sell in 
 
 * Apart from mere commercial estimation, except in so far as 
 ■beauty of vegetation has a trade value, British North Borneo is a 
 natural botanical garden, in which the rarest examples of tropical 
 life that are treasures at imperial Kew are the common plants and 
 flowers of the country. The giant pitcher-plant of Kina Balu was 
 discovered in 1881 by Mr. Low, her Majesty's Resident in Perak, 
 and with its allies is illustrated by Sir Joseph Hooker in the 
 transactions of the Linnaean Society. These strange plants, the 
 search for which and the efforts to cultivate in European countries 
 have occupied so much attention on the part of botanists, are only 
 known to exist at Kina Balu. The list of Bornean ferns set forth by 
 Mr. J. G. Barker is an interesting chapter in " The Journal of 
 Botany."
 
 70 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 China, according to quality, at from 40 dollars for 
 common black to 3000 dollars per pical for the finest 
 white kinds. 
 
 Beeswax is plentiful, the product of bees both 
 tame and wild. A great trade might be done in 
 hides and horns of cattle and deer. On a recent 
 trip up the Kinabatangan Eiver, Mr. W. B. Pryer, 
 the Company's Eesident at Sandakan, noticed that 
 everywhere along the bank the tracks of buffaloes, 
 deer, and pigs were so abundant as to form perfect 
 roads. A fine breed of cattle, far superior to any in 
 China, Saigon, Siam, or the Straits, is found largely 
 distributed along the north-west coast, and might 
 be utilised as an article of export. At Pinowautei, 
 during one of his recent excm-sions, Mr. Witti 
 found herds of buffaloes. They are reared in this 
 locality, he was informed, only for local food. While 
 Mr. Witti mentions these cattle grazing on what may 
 be called flat meadows, Mr. Pryer speaks about the 
 old deserted clearings near Blut and Seebongan as 
 having fine glades of rich grass, in which places deer, 
 buffaloes, and pigs are abundant, the grass often 
 being eaten quite short, and in some places almost 
 ^^ puddled up '^ by cattle tracks. There is an almost 
 total absence of beasts of prey, the feline species 
 being represented by a small cheetah in the interior 
 of the island. The crocodile is found in most of
 
 BEITISH NOETH BORNEO OE SABAH. 71 
 
 tlie rivers^ and various reports are current as to 
 its cliaracter. Most travellers are careful to offer 
 a note of warning against ^^promiscuous bathing ;'' 
 but Mr. Witti^ during quite a recent excursion, 
 says of tbe crocodiles that infest the Tandek Eiver 
 that they are just as tame as those of the Bengkoka 
 are fierce. In the former river people bathe, 
 literally '' keeping company " with these formidable 
 reptiles. He learnt, however, on the river-shore 
 south of Tamalan, that the crocodiles thereabouts 
 carry oJBP dogs, pigs^ and occasionally natives. 
 Mr. Pryer^ referring to his investigations on the 
 Ejnabatangan Eiver, says the crocodile is really a 
 dangerous creature. It rarely ascends the river above 
 Blut, not liking the shallows, but in the neighbourhood 
 of Seebongan it is large and fierce, and has been 
 known to attack large canoes. Hardly a month 
 passes in which a native is not carried off. Mr. 
 Pryer saw a crocodile hereabouts of enormous size. 
 In these days, when crocodile hide has become 
 popular for boots, portmanteaus, dressing-cases, and 
 other articles, sport in the Bornean rivers might be 
 combined with considerable profit. 
 
 Elephants are numerous in the Company^s territory 
 of Sabah. A magnificent tusk was recently sent 
 home to Mr. Dent by one of the Residents. In a 
 letter from Mr. Pryer, from Elopura (Sandakan), dated
 
 72 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 November 22nd, 1879, lie says: "Should tliere be a 
 sliooting yaclit at Singapore (as I bear tbere is), the 
 following bag, by Torrie and bis party, will interest 
 tbem : Four elepbants, a stag, and a bison, and 
 lots of elepbants let off. This is close to the coast; 
 so that the shooting-party need never sleep away from 
 the steamer/^ In another recent letter he says : ^' I 
 have an elephant^s head here. Ibrahim, with four 
 men, sallied out while three elephants were destroying 
 their paddy. Ibrahim had his gun half filled with 
 powder. Two of the elephants (tuskless) ran off, but 
 the third faced about. Ibrahim blazed away, blew 
 up his gun, was knocked down and stunned ; but he 
 had sent a ball right into the brute's skull. The 
 elephant charged right and left, nevertheless, right at 
 the prostrate Ibrahim ; but the other four men fired 
 a volley and killed it. The brute stood nine feet 
 seven inches, and his tusks are thirty-two inches in 
 length.^' 
 
 The two-horned rhinoceros shares portions of the 
 country with numerous kinds of deer and wild cattle. 
 The orang-outang is, however, the most noted 
 '' denizen of the woods ; '^ but he has never been 
 known to betray any of the savagery of Du Chaillu's 
 gorillas. The Bornean ^' wild man " is quite harmless. 
 Mr. Wallace has hunted him, shot him, and, captur- 
 ing him alive^ has tried to train him ; but as yet
 
 BRITISH NORTH BORNEO OR SABAH. 73 
 
 no one has succeeded in puslimg tlie Darwinian 
 theory into the practical illustration of an educated 
 ape or even a useful one.* Old Bornean travellers, 
 however, as we have seen, profess to have discovered 
 a sort of degenerate man, who is possibly accepted 
 by some philosophers as the missing link. 
 
 There are snakes of various kinds in all parts of the 
 island, but death from their bite is almost unknown. 
 The most formidable reptile Mr. Burbidge saw during 
 
 * "The Malays of Samarinda catcli tlie orangs near the small 
 creeks and streams falling into the Mahakham near the town. They 
 told me that the animals only come to the banks early in the 
 morning, returning during the day to the jungle. When they catch 
 one alive they sell it for three dollars to the Chinese, who feed the 
 animals first on fruit and afterwards on rice, but never succeed in 
 inducing them to live long in confinement. The captive animals 
 seem capable of little or no activity, sitting for an hour or longer in 
 the same position, so still that they could be photographed with the 
 greatest ease, then slowly turning on one side and sleeping with the 
 arm under the head. Their eyes are very keen, and give them a very 
 intellectual and human-like appearance. The remarkable listlessness 
 of the orangs in captivity made me extremely anxious to see them 
 in their native woods and jungles, but I was never fortunate enough 
 to see a single orang-utan alive or dead in any part of the interior, 
 though the Dayaks of Long Wai said they were found farther north 
 and on the Teweh ; I also heard that they were by no means rare in 
 the Doesoen district, where they are called ' keoe.' It is only among 
 the Malays that they are known as orang-utan (literally 'wild men'). 
 Dr. Solomon Mxiller, in his ' Travels,' says the natives have distinct 
 names for the sexes ; the male being called ' Salamping,' and the 
 female * Boekoe.' " — " The Head-Hunters of Borneo" by Carl Bock 
 (1881).
 
 74 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 his travels was a sea-snake. The Hon. W. H. 
 Treacher, the Governor, took him on an excursion 
 from Labuan, and, near the Bornean shore at day- 
 break, the native boatmen '^ pointed to a large sea- 
 snake, lying full-length on the surface of the water 
 in the sun. It was about eight feet long, and of a 
 blue-black colour, barred with rich golden-yellow, 
 the belly being dull white. Mr. Treacher fired at it 
 with a shot-gun, striking it about the centre of its 
 body ; and we could see quite plainly where the shot 
 had ripped its skin. As it lay quite motionless for 
 several seconds after the shot we inferred it to be 
 dead; but on the men paddling the boat towards it^ 
 it dived quite suddenly, and, as the water was clear 
 and still, we could distinguish it at a great depth 
 below the surface.''^ Several travellers in these 
 regions have mentioned to me the wonderful clearness 
 of the sea at various points, and also of the rivers, 
 reminding one of the startling and unique examples 
 of this kind which you meet with in the mountain 
 lakes of California, where, sailing in a boat, you seem 
 to be floating in space. 
 
 Fish are plentiful and of many varieties. Recently,, 
 while lying off the entrance to more than one of 
 the rivers, her Majesty^s gunboat Lapwing was
 
 BRITISH NORTH BORNEO OR SABAH. 75 
 
 plentifully supplied from ^' the continual harvest 
 of the seas/^ Among the fish most relished were 
 herrings and mackerel; not exactly like our own, 
 but sufficiently similar to be eminently satisfactory. 
 Opportunities of a large dried-fish trade with China 
 present themselves at several points of the coast. 
 Fresh-water fish are also abundant, and there are 
 travellers who have enjoyed sport with rod and line in 
 Bornean rivers that would have contented the most 
 ardent followers of Izaak Walton. Trout are not only 
 found in the streams, but with the British instinct of 
 striking at flies. It is no exaggeration of terms to say 
 that both land and water in Borneo present remarkable 
 sporting attractions, as have indeed been exemplified 
 by sketches sent home to the editor of The Field. 
 The natives, while rowing you about on sea or river, 
 usually run out a line at the stern of the boat, just 
 as one does in the waters of the Upper Thames. The 
 results are a little different. A monster of formidable 
 growth is often the captive in the former case; a 
 Thames jack of a dozen pounds is not so bad as the 
 trophy of a long quiet pull above Henley. 
 
 But while you are fishing in the waters of ^^ The 
 New Ceylon '^ your gun need not be idle. The 
 avifauna of Borneo is particularly rich. The famous 
 pheasants of China are not more beautiful than those 
 of Sabah, and its hornbills are said to be gigantic
 
 76 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 compared with those of South America. There are 
 many kinds of pigeons; paroquets are common and 
 various ; the oriole, one of the showiest of tropical birds, 
 is seen here to perfection ; a remarkable blackbird is 
 common by the rivers, but more plentiful is a kingfisher 
 of gorgeous plumage. Padi-birds, curlew, sandpipers, 
 crows, eagles, ospreys, owls, bats, flying foxes, and a 
 hundred other examples of winged creation are to be 
 found in the hills and forests, on the plains and by 
 the rivers, including the sun-bird, which may be 
 called the humming-bird of the tropics. They are 
 described as being ethereal, gay, and sprightly in 
 their movements, flitting briskly from flower to flower, 
 and assuming a thousand lovely and agreeable atti- 
 tudes. As the sunbeams glitter on their bodies, they 
 sparkle like so many precious stones, and exhibit at 
 every turn a variety of bright and evanescent hues. 
 As they hover round the honey-laden blossoms, they 
 vibrate their tiny pinions so rapidly as to cause a 
 slight whirring sound, but not so loud as the humming 
 noise produced by the true humming-birds. Occa- 
 sionally they may be seen clinging by their feet and 
 tail, busily engaged in rifling the blossoms of the trees. 
 They appear to be as common in Borneo as they are 
 in Ceylon, where they are familiar in the gardens. They 
 thrust their slender beaks into the flowers, and supple- 
 ment " the nectar of flora ^' with dainty meals off
 
 BRITISH NORTH BORNEO OR SABAH. 77 
 
 small insects and spiders. Sir James Emerson 
 Tennent says of them : " If two happened to come 
 to the same flower — and from their numbers this has 
 often occurred — a battle always ensued, which ended 
 in the vanquished bird retreating from the spot with 
 shrill piping cries, while the conqueror would take up 
 his position upon a flower or stem, and swinging his 
 little body to and fro, till his coat of burnished steel 
 gleamed and glistened in the sun, pour out his song of 
 triumph/^ 
 
 VI. 
 
 In addition to other products, the sea yields mother- 
 o'-pearl shells, seed pearls, beche-de-mer or trepan g, and 
 tortoise shells ; and beyond these treasures pearls are 
 a feature of Bornean trade, and the fisheries which 
 have made Sooloo pearls famous are on the north-east 
 coast. Mr. St. John, in his *^ Life in the Forests of 
 the Far East,^^ says, while there are pearl-banks in 
 the neighbourhood of Brunei and Labuan, the most 
 remarkable are those found in the Sooloo seas, where 
 they are more numerous than in any part of the 
 world, and, ^^if properly developed, would, no doubt, 
 be exceedingly productive/^ The new rulers of North 
 Borneo or Sabah will, of course, see to this. At 
 present the natives are content to dredge for them in 
 a very primitive way, and in comparatively shallow
 
 .78 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 water they will dive for tliem, but not where there is 
 anything like a depth of eight fathoms. ^' I heard," 
 says Mr. St. John, '^ of an Englishman endeavouring 
 to send down men with a regular diving-helmet, but 
 it was said he found that the current was so strong as 
 to prevent the air passing down the tubes by flat- 
 tening them ; but there must have been some mis- 
 management.^^ Occasionally there are magnificent 
 pearls taken to Labuan for sale. Mr. St. John heard 
 of a remarkably fine one, and well shaped, which was 
 purchased by the Hon. Greorge Edwards, late governor 
 of Labuan, '' and was pronounced by all who saw it in 
 the East as the best that had been brought under their 
 notice. I have seen very handsome ones myself, some 
 perfectly round, others slightly pear-shaped.''^ A 
 friend of mine recently brought several fine specimens 
 from Borneo, and as previously intimated, specimens 
 are to be seen in Bond Street, and no doubt at the 
 place of business of any of the great London dealers 
 in gems and precious stones. Mr. St. John relates 
 the following dramatic incident of the fisheries : 
 
 '^ The natives tell a story of a certain chief, who was a great 
 trader, and fond of sailing a prahu from Sulu to Manilla. During 
 the course of his voyages, he made the acquaintance of an English 
 merchant, who had, on various occasions, trusted him with goods 
 and treated him very liberally, not an unusual circumstance in the 
 East. At last the chief took to gambling, and squandered all his 
 property, sold his houses, his slaves, and at last lost a large sum and
 
 BEITISH NOETH BOENEO OR SAB AH. 79 
 
 was obliged to place his •wife and children in pawn as security. The 
 only property he had preserved was a favourite slave-boy, and with 
 him he started in a small canoe to the oyster-banks. There they 
 remained fishing, and had varied success, but every day increasing 
 the amount in the hollow bamboo in which the natives generally 
 keep their small seed pearls. In the evenings the chief would talk 
 over the tales they had heard from other fishermen, who delighted 
 to recount the story of the vast pearl which was seen by the men of 
 old, and actually brought in its oyster into a canoe, but had slipped 
 from the fingers of the incautious captor. The natives declax'e that 
 the oysters containing the largest pearls are always open, until you 
 approach them, and that by cautiously peering into the water they 
 may be seen. 
 
 " One day the slave-boy was preparing to dive, when he started 
 back, touched his master's sleeve, and with signs of great emotion 
 pointed into the water; he could not speak. The chief looked, 
 and there, seven fathoms below them, lay an oyster, with an 
 enormous pearl distinctly visible. Without a moment's reflection he 
 plunged in, and dived with such skill and speed that he reached the 
 shell before it closed, and actually had his fingers caught in it. He 
 thrust hand and shell into his bosom, and, being an expert swimmer, 
 rose quickly to the surface, and was helped into the boat by his 
 anxious follower. They then forced open the oyster, and there lay a 
 pearl, unsurpassed in size, and of an extraordinary shape. They 
 pulled back to Sugh, and selling all his smaller pearls, the chief 
 redeemed his wife and children, and set sail for Manilla. There he 
 went to the house of his English friend and said : ' Take this pearl, 
 clear off my debt, give me what you like in return, I shall be satis- 
 fied.' The merchant took the pearl, gave him what he considered its 
 value, at all events, enough to make Sulu ring with his generosity, 
 and sent the pearl to China, but what became of it afterwards I 
 could never distinctly trace, but I learned that a pearl in Bengal, 
 which was called there the ']V[ermaid,' originally came from China; 
 and as the one found in Sulu was said to be shaped like a woman's 
 bust, it is probably the same." 
 
 It is a general superstition throughout the far Eastj
 
 80 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 tliat if you place pearls in a packet by themselves 
 they will gradually decrease in number until they finally 
 disappear^ but that if you add to them a few grains 
 of rice the treasure is safe. The same belief holds as 
 to gold. In the case of pearls the rice is even supposed 
 to increase their number. 
 
 VII. 
 
 British North Borneo is at present but thinly popu- 
 lated. In the provinces of Kimanis, Benoni^ and Pappar, 
 on the north-west coast and as far as Gaya Bay, the 
 inhabitants of the villages on the rivers and near the 
 seashore are principally of Malay origin, intermixed 
 with a few Bajus and descendants of the natives of 
 neighbouring islands. From the Mengkabong Eiver, 
 on the west coast above Gaya Bay, as far as Marudu 
 Bay in the north, all the villages near the sea are 
 inhabited by Bajus and Llanuns, the latter having 
 originally come from the island of Magindanao, the 
 southernmost of the Philippine group. Prom Marudu 
 Bay, in a southerly direction along the seashore of the 
 east coast, and as far as Cape Unsang, but few villages 
 are met with, and these are principally inhabited by 
 natives from the Sooloo Islands or Bajus, inter- 
 spersed with a few traders of Indian, Chinese, or 
 Arabic origin. All these different races profess the 
 Mahometan religion.
 
 BEITISH NOETH BOENEO OE SABAH. 81 
 
 Tlie interior of tlie country is inhabited by tlie de- 
 scendants of tbe aboriginal population, called variously 
 Muruts, Dusuns_, or Ida'an, and corresponding in 
 their external appearance in many respects to tlie 
 Dayaks of Sarawak and the southern parts of Borneo, 
 although the colour of their skin is much lighter 
 than that of any other natives in the island, owing 
 possibly to the large admixture of Chinese blood 
 in former centuries, when the northern part of 
 Borneo is said to have been largely inhabited by 
 Chinese colonists. The Ida'an are by nature peaceful 
 and docile, and by habit essentially agriculturists. 
 They raise rice, sweet potatoes, yams, Indian corn, 
 sugar-cane, tapioca, tobacco, and cotton, though the 
 latter only in certain districts, and the former only 
 sufi&cient for their own consumption, and for pro- 
 curing in the way of barter such articles of foreign 
 manufacture as they require to supply their simple 
 wants. They are the only natives of the country 
 known to use a plough, and this of very primitive 
 construction. Here and there agricultural implements 
 of a rough kind are used ; and, as nothing of the sort 
 is found in the south of Borneo, they are no doubt 
 remnants of that Chinese civilisation which is alluded 
 to in the earlier pages of the present work. There 
 can be no doubt that under* the new rulers the 
 Chinese will soon be tempted back again to contribute 
 
 G
 
 82 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 their labours and ingenuity towards the development 
 of this long-neglected land of sun and flowers. 
 
 Says Mr. St. John : " I first saw the natives plough- 
 ing in the Tampassuk; their plough is very simple^ 
 and is constructed entirely of wood ; it serves rather 
 to scratch the land than really to turn it over. The 
 plough was drawn by a buffalo^ and its action was 
 the same as if a pointed stick had been dragged 
 through the land to the depth of about four inches. 
 After ploughing, they use a rough harrow. In the 
 Tawaran they ploughed better, the earth being 
 partially turned over to the depth of about six 
 inches. The Ida'an have divided the land into square 
 fields with narrow banks between them, and each 
 division being as much private property as English 
 land, is considered very valuable, and the banks are 
 made to keep in the water. Their crops are said 
 to be very plentiful.^^ These natives use a bamboo 
 sledge drawn by bufi'aloes to take their goods to 
 market. They supply their own district with to- 
 bacco. They are of settled habits, and their villages 
 peaceful. 
 
 It is estimated that the native population in Sabah 
 counts up about 150,000. Piracy in former times was 
 rife along the coast of Borneo, and many of the 
 most dreaded piratical tribes of the Eastern Seas had 
 their fortified strongholds there, causing the island
 
 BRITISH KOETH BORNEO OR SABAH. 83 
 
 to be sliunned and avoided by the navigators of 
 earlier days. All this is now changed since Admiral 
 Sir Thomas Cochrane, with the British fleet under his 
 command, bombarded and took the town of Brunei, 
 and destroyed the powerful piratical settlements on 
 the Tampassuk and Pandassan Elvers, and in Marudu 
 Bay ; and since Captain (now Admiral) Sir Henry 
 Keppel, in H.M/s ships Bido and Mceander, assisted 
 by Sir James Brooke, performed similar and equally 
 efficient service against the fleets of sea rovers in- 
 festing the seaboard of Sarawak and the southern 
 part of Borneo Proper.* Ever since that time the 
 piratical fleets of former days have entirely disap- 
 peared. Practically speaking, piracy has ceased to 
 exist on the north-west coast, while on the east 
 coast occasional piratical attacks by Sooloo or Balignini 
 pirates on native coasting craft are still reported, 
 although they are not of very frequent occurrence. 
 Steamers and European sailing vessels navigate those 
 seas in perfect safety, and it may be asserted without 
 exaggeration that more piracies are committed at the 
 present day on the much-frequented coast of China, in 
 the immediate vicinity of British settlements, than in 
 the isolated waters of Borneo. 
 
 * For a graphic and complete description of the operations of 
 H.M.S. Bido, see Admiral Sir Henry Keppel's " Expedition to 
 Borneo," two vols. (Chapman and Hall) . 
 
 G 2
 
 lY. 
 
 STRANGERS AMONG STRANGE PEOPLE. 
 
 Recent Expeditions and Discoveries in Sabah — Forest and Stream — 
 A Novel Mode of Travel — From Pappar to Konquot — Mr. Dobree 
 on Coffee-planting — Hunting the Ebinoceros — Slavery — Mr. 
 Witti's Overland Journey from Marudu Bay to Pappar — Dis- 
 covery of a New Oil — Dusun Girls in Danger — Singular Toilettes — 
 Native Weapons — Head-hunting — Buffaloes — The First White 
 Men in Tambuan — Notes on the Pappar River — Geographical 
 Fables — Native Canards — Men and Women with Tails — English 
 and other Maritime Powers in the Eastern Seas — Present and 
 Future of the Indian Archipelago — European Capital and 
 Chinese Labour. 
 
 I. 
 
 If Borneo* is a "strange and unknown land/^ Sabah, 
 the territory of the British North Borneo Company, 
 is the least explored portion of this remarkable 
 island. For nearly two centuries it has remained a geo- 
 graphical mystery^ a fabled treasure-house^ a region 
 
 * " Borneo and Celebes, and indeed the greater portion of the 
 islands of the Malayan Archipelago, are still unknown, and the 
 apathy of two centuries still reigns supreme with the enlightened 
 people of England ; whilst they willingly make the most expensive 
 efforts favourable to science, commerce, or Christianity in other 
 quarters, the locality which eminently combines these three objects
 
 STEANGEES A^SIONG STRANGE PEOPLE. 85 
 
 of tropical wonders, tlie paradise of botanists^ a realm 
 of strange and traditional romance. Even the natives 
 of other parts of Borneo^ notably at Sarawak^ regard 
 
 is alone neglected and alone uncared for. It has unfortunately been 
 the fate of our Indian possessions to have laboured under the pre- 
 judice and contempt of a large portion of the well-bred community. 
 Whilst the folly of fashion requires an acquaintance with the deserts 
 of Africa, and a most ardent thirst for a knowledge of the usages of 
 Timbuctoo, it at the same time justifies the most profound ignorance 
 of all matters concerned with the government and geography of our 
 vast acquisitions in Hindostan. The Indian Archipelago has fully 
 shared this neglect ; and even the tender philanthropy of the present 
 day, which originates such multifarious schemes for the ameHoration 
 of doubtful evils, which shuddex'S at the prolongation of ajDprentice- 
 ship for a single year in the West, is blind to the existence of slavery 
 in its worst and most aggravated form in the East. Xot a single 
 prospectus is spi'ead abroad, not a single voice is upraised to relieve 
 the darkness of Paganism and the horrors of the eastern slave trade. 
 Whilst the trumpet-tongue of many an orator excites thousands to 
 the rational and charitable objects of converting the Jews and re- 
 claiming the gipsies ; whilst the admirable exertions of missionary 
 enterprise in the Ausonian climes of the South Sea have invested 
 them with worldly power as well as religious influence ; whilst we 
 admire the torrent of devotional and philosophical exertion, we can- 
 not help deploring that the zeal and attention of the leaders of these 
 charitable crusades have never been directed to the countries under 
 consideration. These unhappy countries have failed to rouse attention 
 or excite commiseration ; and as they sink lower and lower, they afford 
 a striking proof how civilisation may be dashed, and how the purest 
 and richest lands under the sun may be degraded and brutalised by a 
 continued course of oppression and misrule. It is under these cir- 
 cumstances that I have considered individual exertion may be use- 
 fully applied to rouse the zeal of slumbering philanthropy, and to 
 lead the way to an increased knowledge of the Indian Archipelago." — 
 Rajah Broolce, in Keppel's ^^ Expedition to Borneo"
 
 86 THE NEW CETLOX. 
 
 tlie unfamiliar districts of tlie nortli witli awe and 
 superstition. Tliey have on several occasions assembled 
 to gaze with admiration upon pioneers and explorers 
 setting out for the countries that lie in the splendid 
 shadows of Kina Balu. 
 
 It is only within the past few years and under the 
 auspices of the Company that Sabah has been ex- 
 plored at any distance from the coast. In the year 
 1878^ Mr. T. S. Dobree, a distinguished planter of 
 Ceylon^ visited the new cession of North Borneo on 
 behalf of several planters and merchants connected 
 with Ceylon, for the purpose of ascertaining if the 
 land is suitable for the cultivation of coffee. His 
 report is eminently favourable. I propose to strip it 
 as much as possible of mere technicalities, and deal 
 with those portions which are most likely to interest 
 the general reader. There can be nothing more 
 interesting in the way of travel than the first 
 impressions of an explorer in a new country; while 
 the ancient books of our first adventurers who sailed 
 through unmapped seas to equally unrecorded countries 
 are amongst our most fascinating literature. The 
 diaries of Stanley, Speke, Grant, Barton, and other 
 modern travellers have the special charm of a current 
 realism. They deal with men and things that are 
 known to exist to-day, with countries which are open 
 to our own personal investigation as they were to
 
 STRANGEES AMONG STEANGE PEOPLE, 87 
 
 tlieirs; and tlieir narratives are not open to tliat 
 suspicion of '^ over-colour '' wliicli belongs to some o£ 
 those early histories which criticism has relegated to 
 the literary company of romances under the cynical 
 title of " Travellers' Tales/' 
 
 The reports and letters which I propose to examine 
 and discuss with the reader were not prepared for 
 publication. They are semi-official documents, written 
 chiefly for the edification of business men. Neverthe- 
 less, here and there we shall come upon incidents 
 and episodes of travel which are of peculiar interest. 
 As plain statements of fact they have a special value 
 of their own. Mr. Dobree travelled through the 
 forest lands on the banks of the Rivers Galamuti and 
 Leemai, situated thirty-five miles south of Pappar 
 village^ which, with the other points mentioned in 
 this and previous chapters, will be found duly marked 
 in the accompanying maps. He found the Pappar 
 River lined with cocoa-nuts and roughly-cultivated 
 patches of sugar-cane, hill-paddy, mango, plantain, 
 and other products. He began his journey up the 
 river on the 23rd of June, and was on the banks of 
 the Galamuti on the 28th. Two days later he sent 
 off the baggage in a canoe to Pappar, and started with 
 Tahatan, his guide, on buffaloes, as he wanted to see 
 the land away from the banks of the river. He does 
 not recommend this as a comfortable way of travelling.
 
 88 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 but he says it is better than walking if yon are going 
 anywhere on the plains where a canoe is not available. 
 The buffalo path cuts off the bends of the river, but 
 crosses several tributaries, which the buffaloes have to 
 swim_, and until you have learnt to stand on the 
 animals back while it is swimming (as his guide 
 did) a buffalo mount is not pleasant. It is nevertheless 
 much better than swimming yourself, and marching 
 constantly for a mile at a time through swamps. 
 They arrived at Pappar very stiff and wet, ' the canoe 
 having got there about an hour earlier. All the land 
 Mr. Dobree rode through was more or less cultivated, 
 and was said to be private property, chiefly belonging 
 to the Dusuns, who live in the country lying between 
 Pappar and the hills, and do all the cultivation. The 
 Malays live in Pappar, and are a thoroughly lazy, 
 worthless set, their accomplishments loafing and 
 paddling canoes. They trade a little with Brunei, and 
 make a little cocoa-nut oil, but burn the fibre. 
 
 Pappar village is a group of about twenty houses, 
 all built on piles of the nibong palm, bamboo walls, 
 and roofed with cadjans made of nipa palm-leaves ; 
 the floors are also of split nibongs. The headman 
 would give no assistance to the expedition. The 
 Dusuns, on the other hand, were attentive, and ren- 
 dered all the aid they could. From Pappar to 
 Nygapass (with the exception of the build of the
 
 stra:n"gees among steange people. 89 
 
 houses and the language of the people) the surround- 
 ings of scenery and vegetation are so similar to that 
 of parts of the southern province of Ceylon^ especially 
 about Ginganga, that Mr. Dobree found it difficult to 
 fancy himself anywhere else. 
 
 From Pappar to Konquot (the place where Mr. 
 Dobree commenced his march) it would be extremely 
 difficult to construct a road that w^ould be always 
 passable,, on account of the swampy nature of the 
 ground^ but the river is navigable and would be 
 suj05cient for all purposes. From Konquot to the 
 hills a good road could easily be made along the 
 bank of the Galamuti without any necessity for cross- 
 ing the river once. 
 
 " From wliat I heard in Singapore and Hong Kong, I feel quite 
 confident that any number of Chinese coolies might be had for 
 about fourteen rupees a-month, who would in a short time work as 
 well as or better than our Tamil coolies. There would of course be 
 trouble and expense in starting this, but no real difficulty. Chinese 
 would have to be imported for curing and shipping the coffee at 
 Pappar, as I don't believe the inhabitants of that village would do 
 anything. Chinese shops and banks would follow as soon as their 
 necessity arose. All rice, and food of every kind, would have to be 
 imported, also all requisites for estate purposes. The rice would 
 come from Saigon at Es. 2.50 a-bushel, other things from Singapore." 
 
 After commending the country as a good field for 
 coffee-planting, and dwelling upon its various advan- 
 tages in the matter of land at a nominal rent, easy 
 means of transport, and the plentiful supply of labour
 
 90 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 to be liad from China, Mr. Dobree mentions districts 
 whicli lie considers suitable for coffea arabica and also 
 for Liberian coffee. Between Pappar and Benoni lie 
 says there is an enormous swampy forest of about 
 8000 acres, all available and suitable for sago; and 
 security for life and property being established, he 
 says British North Borneo is "a splendid field for 
 tropical agriculture.^^ 
 
 n. 
 
 In his report on Sandakan Bay and the country 
 round the harbour and up the Kinabatangan and 
 Se-Gally Hood Rivers^ Mr. Dobree says : " Sandakan 
 Harbour is on the north-east corner of Borneo, and is 
 about forty- eight hours' steam from Labuan. It is 
 fifteen miles long and about five broad in the widest 
 part, perfectly sheltered from all winds, and with 
 plenty of water for the largest ships. The land all 
 round the harbour is one dense forest, extending right 
 up to Kina Balu on the north-east, and as far as the 
 eye can reach on the west^ south-east, and south. On 
 the north side of the harbour the land is steep, rising 
 to 600 feet in three hills near the mouth, in which 
 coal has been found. On the south side it is flat, with 
 rolling hills up to the height of about 200 feet. The 
 forest, which is magnificent, especially on the south 
 side, comes down to the water^s edge, where there is a
 
 STEANGEES AMONG STEANGE PEOPLE. 91 
 
 fringe of mangroves. Tliere are tliree small native 
 villages in the bay, German, Timbang, and Oopak ; 
 the largest, German, has about sixteen houses, all built 
 on piles in the water, cadjan walls and roof. The 
 inhabitants live on fish, with which the bay abounds, 
 and rice, which they get by exchanging for beeswax, 
 trepang (or sea-slug), birdsnests, shark-fins, seed 
 pearls, gum damer, gutta, camphor, and rattans. The 
 harbour abounds with fish." On the Se-Gally Hood 
 River, which he reached about the middle of July, 
 1878, he found numerous tracks of elephants. 
 
 " On the 28tli I went out below the village on the right bank, 
 and about two miles from the clearing found the fresh track of a 
 rhinoceros, which I followed up, and, coming on him in about a mile, 
 killed in a mud hole. I also saw a bear to-day, and tracks of wild 
 cattle and pig; the jungle was the same as I went through the day 
 before, magnificent, and the soil rich and deep. I saw some 
 camphor trees, and enormous mallapu and tappan trees; fi-om the 
 latter the natives generally get the honeycomb ; the former, which 
 is commonly eighteen feet in circumference above the roots, and 
 150 feet to the branches, is used for canoes and planks. If a market 
 could be found for this timber, any amount might be procured and 
 cheaply floated down to the hai-bour." 
 
 Slavery exists in some part of the country. While 
 Mr. Dobree was at Sandakan early in 1878, three 
 prahus came in with slaves for sale from the Sooloo 
 groups of islands; the slaves were in a wretched state 
 of starvation, and several died of dysentery. One that 
 died at Oopak was taken on shore, and the natives
 
 92 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 practised witli their krises on tlie dead body. On tlie 
 wholej however, he thinks the slaves are very well 
 treated while alive. They look as well fed and dressed 
 as their masters. The poor creatures brought into the 
 prahus had been suffering from a famine at Sooloo 
 before they were caught. 
 
 m. 
 
 Mr. Dobree reported on the country about Tampassuk 
 and Pandassau and the valley of the Ginambau. After 
 a brief geographical sketch of the first-mentioned 
 river, he says that recently he went to see one of the 
 finest sugar estates in the Straits Settlements, and 
 from what he saw there, he believes the soil at 
 Tampassuk to be finer than that of the Straits, while 
 the Tampassuk climate is certainly more suitable for 
 the canes. It also appeared to him that the canes 
 grown at Tampassuk by natives, without any care, 
 were finer than those under cultivation elsewhere. 
 There is a rapid about a mile above the Residency, 
 which would give water-power for the necessary works. 
 
 There are no powerful fighting tribes in any part of 
 the Cession, as there are at Sarawak, so that there 
 need be no difficulty or bloodshed in establishing 
 order and security throughout the country. '^The 
 few turbulent spirits will soon subside when they find 
 there is an armed force ready and able to avenge
 
 STEANGEES AMONG STEANGE PEOPLE. 93 
 
 any lawless act they may commit.'" At Tampassuk, 
 Pangerarij Sree Raj all Muda is tlie most influential 
 chief, and lie has gone in heartily with the Company, 
 and renders them every assistance in his power. 
 Mr. Dobree heard at Labuan that several shops had 
 sprung up at Pappar, which shows that confidence 
 has been established among the natives. Since his 
 visit to North Borneo nearly three years of steady 
 exploration and administrative work have fully endorsed 
 his belief, that the Company will have no difficulty 
 in exercising its powers and bringing about a rule of 
 security and order. 
 
 IV. 
 
 Mr. F. Witti, in the special employ of the Company, 
 lately as Assistant Resident at Tampassuk, and an ex- 
 perienced pioneer, courageous in venturing upon un- 
 known tracks, exploring strange rivers, visiting villages 
 where the white man has never been seen, has made 
 excursions into the heart of the territory, and has 
 everywhere been received with kindness, not only 
 by the headmen of villages, but by the natives 
 themselves. Mr. Witti, during 1880 and 1881, has 
 transmitted to London several diaries of his official 
 excursions. One of his earliest reports relates to 
 a journey which he made to the oil shale at the
 
 94 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 Sekuati River^ and to an exploration overland from 
 Marudu Bay to Pappar. Attended by guides and 
 accompanied by a small party of coolies in tlie 
 Company^s employ, lie left the Abai in tbe Residency's 
 prabii on November 4tli, 1880. He went ashore 
 at Agar Point and walked to the mouth of the 
 Sekuatij which occupied about an hour. The white 
 cliffs shown on the Admiralty chart are situated 
 at the common mouth of the Sekuati and the 
 Kurnia Rivers. He found the banks of these rivers 
 uninhabited. At Kurnia Creek, a cable's length 
 from the mouth, he found oil emanating from the 
 river-bed. In the sunlight the water was beautifully 
 iridescent. When the tide was out on the following 
 day he made holes where the oil was oozing out, 
 and soon had for each small excavation a spring 
 yielding oil and water ; the surrounding soil was 
 found highly bituminous for a surface extent of 
 eighty square yards. To fill several jars with crude 
 petroleum took merely the time required to raise 
 it from the improvised well. He also filled two 
 kerosine cases with the matrix itself. As he bored 
 a couple of yards deep, he found that the proportion 
 of bitumen evidently increased. The rock near the 
 well is ordinary clay containing some hydrated oxide 
 of iron; he cannot say on what that formation may 
 rest, but in digging he now and then came on
 
 STEAXGEES A]\IONG 'STEANGE PEOPLE. 95 
 
 pieces of very massive lignite. Outside those eiglity 
 square yards no bitumen could be founds but lie 
 did not^ however, carry his research far. The ebb- 
 stream brought no indications of petroleum from 
 up country, and people say this is the only outcrop 
 known. The Illanuns formerly used the solidified 
 petroleum to give the bottoms of their prahus a 
 coating. Examples of the oil were sent to England, 
 and have since been chemically investigated with 
 interesting results.* 
 
 * "Notes on a Natural Oil obtained from ax 'Oil Shale' in 
 North Borneo. 
 
 " EoYAL College of Chemistry, 
 " South Kensington, August 9th, 1S81. 
 
 " The substance as secured, mixed with water, is a thick oil or 
 bitumen, with a not unpleasant odour. 
 
 " The thick oily portion was distilled in steam, that is, it was placed 
 in a retort with water raised to 100° C, and steam from a small 
 boiler forced in. When thus treated, a considerable quantity of 
 oil came over with water, from which it was separated by means of 
 a globe. "When dried by calcic chloride and submitted to distillation, 
 the greater part was found to boil at about 230°-24;5° C, although 
 some oil began to come over at 200°. The portion distilling between 
 230°-240° was collected apart. It formed a beautiful clear oil, with 
 a slight camphoric odour. It evaporates very slowly when exposed 
 to the air, as might be expected from its high boiling-point. It is 
 not affected by exposure to the atmosphere ; a sample placed in a 
 porcelain dish retained its clearness for a long period. 
 
 " It burns alone with a smoky, highly luminous flame, and with a 
 lamp-wick gives a light of an intensity equal to the best petroleum.
 
 96 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 On the 9tli of November Mr. Witti readied Layer- 
 Layer, where the Sultan received him in full dress, 
 and was not easily persuaded to save his gunpowder. 
 Various other chiefs came in. Amongst these Illanuns 
 
 The mean composition of the distilled oil as determined by numerous 
 
 analyses was as follows : 
 
 Carbon 82 per cent. 
 
 Hydrogen 10 „ 
 
 Oxygen 8 „ 
 
 100 
 
 " It is not, however, a'petroleum of the ordinary kind (which are all 
 hydrocarbons, that is, consist of carbon and hydrogen only), but a 
 mixture of at least two substances ; one of which is a petroleum, or 
 paraffin oil, and the other an oxidised body which, as far as the 
 examination of the small amount would allow of an opinion being 
 formed, is of the nature of a terpene ; in other words, closely related 
 to the camphors. When larger quantities are operated upon, 
 it will, no doubt, be found that the separation of these two 
 bodies is an easy matter ; and this separation will be going on 
 at the place of natural occurrence; the thicker part, or tarry 
 portion, containing the oxidised constituent of the oil. . . . 
 From the presence of this oxidised substance it would seem that 
 the geological formation is a recent one, probably tertiary. The 
 strata at the point of occurrence will be found inclined several 
 degrees, and cut through by a stream at a fault in the vicinity. If 
 a boring be made in the beds there is little doubt that a quantity of 
 oil would be obtained and could be easily worked. In some cases 
 oils may be used direct for burning, but when distilled this oil would 
 be yerj useful either as a luminant or for lubricating purposes. The 
 sample operated on by us had probably been exposed for some time
 
 STEANQERS A3I0XG STEANGE PEOPLE. 97 
 
 every adult is, if not a slave, at least a Data. He 
 noticed here Lalf-a-dozen females weaving Sarong 
 clotli. At night lie put up at the " big house ^^ of the 
 village of Tigaman, where the natives, from being 
 at first somewhat reserved, became very friendly. 
 Thence he travelled by road and river to Moroli. En 
 route he says : ^^ Emerging on the Sonchum Reach, we 
 saw two females in the midst of the swollen stream 
 struggling against being swept away ; up to their 
 waists in the water, heavy loads on their backs, a 
 single weak prop, and the younger Dusun girl clinging 
 to the elder one — and the roaring rapid but a few 
 yards off. Thus we found them making an attempt 
 
 to the air, as the percentage of light boiling oil was small. As 
 obtained from a boring, the quantity of these light boiling bodies 
 •would, of course, be greater than where the oil has been exposed to 
 evaporation. It will be very easy to separate these lighter oils from 
 those containing oxygen by distillation on a large scale, when also, 
 probably, the oxidised body may be obtained in a solid form. In 
 this case, if it be really a camphor, its value wiU be much greater 
 than an ordinary petroleum. The best kinds of native or natural 
 pitch are formed by the slow oxidation of these already partially, 
 oxidised carbon-hydrogen bodies, and in this case there will be 
 an accompanying natural deposit of this substance at the points of 
 natural oxidation, and when distilled a usef al pitch will be obtained 
 as residual matter after the lighter oils have come over. Simple 
 filtration through sand might be sufficient to separate the oil in a 
 state pure enough for ordinary illumiuatiug purposes. 
 
 "Frank Hatton, F.C.S., A.I.G. 
 
 "W. R. HOEGKINSON, Ph.D." 
 H
 
 98 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 to ford the river, but they were extricated in time. 
 The remarkable thing was that the poor girls in their 
 predicament did not scream at all, although their 
 becoming upset entailed drowning.^^ At Moroli he 
 found the natives differed considerably in their cloth- 
 ing and ornaments from those they left in the morning 
 of the same day. 
 
 " The men wear their head-dress in form of a nightcap, and tie it 
 down to the lower jaw, which makes them appear as if they had 
 toothache. Then the men wear armlets, hip circles, earrings, and 
 that awkward spiral round the neck, like the girls up Kudat ; their 
 ordinary dress, however, consists in the fig-leaf waist-cloth and 
 nothing else. I noticed females who wore a jacket without sleeves, 
 made of some fibre. Their complexion is remarkably light ; but 
 that cannot make us sympathise with them, as they are rather a 
 suspicious lot. I doubt if they will assist to-morrow morning in 
 carrying our luggage, as the Kinoroms did, as far as this place j 
 being paid for it of course." 
 
 At Tolungauj made up of the villages of Sesapan 
 and Bundo, the natives welcomed Mr. Witti and his 
 companions. The men here tattoo themselves. 
 
 " The effect produced is quite the same as frequently seen on a 
 stripped ' Jack.' I told our self -pricked friends here that white men 
 do the same thing, for this and that reason — though I am not aware 
 really of any reason at all ; however, I thus learnt that tattooing here 
 distinguishes the men who have slain a foe in an inter-tribal war. 
 There are five such warriors in the three houses of Bundo. The 
 ornament begins below the stomach and rises to the shoulders, like 
 the skirt of a coat, then down the upper arms; here the two or
 
 STRANGEES AMONG STRANGE PEOPLE. 99 
 
 three pai-allel broad stripes end, and the fore-arm on its inner side 
 shows a number of narrow stripes. These ktter are more numerous 
 if the man-slajer be at the same time well-to-do." 
 
 A few days' travel and Mr. Witti halted at Mituo, 
 where Kina Balu was seen free from its load of 
 clouds just long enough for a bearing: 276°, or say 
 from Mituo, W. J N. The country here is much 
 undulated — not one acre of level land ; and the high 
 range bordering the eastern slopes of Kina Balu ap- 
 pears still more distinct than from Moroli. In this 
 district he met another set of natives. They proved 
 to be agreeable and friendly, and in appearance com- 
 pared favourably with the Dusuns on the west coast, 
 being a finer set of men. " They are not more savage 
 either, although many of them are tattooed, and 
 all use the blowpipe (in Dusun ^sopok,' not 
 'sampitan'), as their main weapon. To the one 
 end of the blowpipe is always made fast a spear- 
 blade. They never heard the report of a rifle ; and 
 believed us that it was much better never to become 
 acquainted with firearms in any way. I noticed the 
 homespun of these people is not uniform bluish-gray, 
 but striped with black.'' 
 
 H 2
 
 100 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 VI. 
 
 About the 22nd of November, 1880, Mr. Witti's 
 expedition readied Koligan. At various points en 
 route there were numerous spring-traps set in the 
 bush, which had no warning tablets about them but 
 for the keen eye of the native Dusun. His guide 
 pointed out how those traps are constantly set close 
 by the footpath, which path itself is often quite 
 obscured. Wild pigs and wild buffaloes abound in the 
 forests, as also deer and other game ; and a travelling 
 party could always procure some food in these regions. 
 But the larger animals, such as elephants, rhinoceros, 
 and tapirs, are totally absent. The natives were 
 astonished on being told that the ivory handle of 
 a kris belonging to one of AYitti^s men was carved 
 out of the tusk of an animal living in herds down 
 the Kinabatangan. The men hereabouts wear on 
 a rattan-string round their neck a short knife, the 
 handle of which is invariably a boards tusk. It is 
 quite an effective addition to their scanty wearing 
 apparel. Here at Koligan Mr. Witti saw the first 
 glazed potteryware inland, or rather the Dusuns them- 
 selves offered it for barter ; one piece was a sort 
 of teapot representing a fantastic bird, the other a 
 miniature jar. " Their parting so easily with these
 
 STEAXGERS AMONG STRANGE PEOPLE. 101 
 
 articles would imply tliat the old cliina craze has not 
 penetrated to this secluded village/^ 
 
 At Danao he found an interesting custom prevail- 
 ing, in the fashion of welcoming a visitor. The 
 young wife of the headman met Mr. Witti as he 
 entered the villao-e. She moistened some rice in a 
 small bamboo. *''' I had then to open my hand, and she 
 poured some grains on it, after which the rice was 
 again put back into the bamboo. This opened their 
 hospitality, and I may subsequently partake of their 
 rice and betel. They are not so barbarous as to call 
 me ' Tuan,' they simply say ^ Pinai,' which means 
 friends/^ 
 
 Formerly the Danao Dasuns were head-hunters. 
 In the house of the headman here there are still 
 preserved three dozen skulls, forming no doubt an 
 heirloom. Among the skulls in question, Witti 
 noticed two which were taken from children, and it 
 is remarkable how firmly set and how white the teeth 
 in all of them are. Previous travellers have shown 
 that in the head-hunting districts of Borneo, small 
 heads, those of women and children, are considered 
 most honourable, as evincing especial courage in the 
 captors, it being understood that the tribes attacked 
 would fight hard for their women and children. 
 
 Walking on from Makal towards Pinowantei, a herd 
 of buffaloes was met, on what might be called in this
 
 102 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 part a flat meadow. Buffaloes here are reared for no 
 other purpose than food. They are of a heavy breed. 
 The mountain slopes are not practicable for cattle, 
 and the people as yet know nothing of the plough. 
 A buffalo is here worth twenty tinokals^ or forty 
 dollars^ while at Tampassuk a fine riding bull costs 
 twelve dollars. The tinokal at two dollars forms the 
 unit of value, and is taken from a small gong-like 
 instrument. '^Nobody remembers buffaloes being 
 brought from outside into this tract of very difficult 
 ground, else it would offer a chance for traders from 
 the coast.-*^ The hill rice is sometimes grown on 
 declivities of forty-five degrees. The necessary 
 recourse to that alone excludes any fitness of this 
 soil for higher objects of planting. The rice is of a 
 peculiar description, retaining a reddish colour even 
 after being boiled. 
 
 " These Dusuns have a way of their own in striking fire. Steel 
 and flint is replaced by a fragment of china and a small bamboo 
 cane. Their tinder is sure to burn on the first stroke. From fire to 
 water: pipes of bamboo are laid at the crossings of most of the 
 numerous streamlets, and also lead to the fields, forming neat little 
 fountains (native aqueduct)." 
 
 At Margis and Tambunan, where the expedition 
 arrived on November 29th, the women knew nothing 
 of foreign cotton-yarn, while their sisters ^' up Sugut " 
 know it and like it ) " but these here are as keen on
 
 STEANGEES AMONG STEANGE PEOPLE. 103 
 
 needles as tliose.''^ Needle in Dusun means a liuman 
 parasite of a very disagreeable kind, and tlie natives 
 here are sadly infested " with that wingless, hemip- 
 terons insect.''^ "We yesterday passed a nnmber of 
 rustic damsels whose hair was quite carroty from 
 neglect." This may have given rise to the report of 
 fair-haired people living somewhere to the south. 
 
 The Tambunanians appear to indulge occasionally 
 in a little head-hunting. There were many skulls in 
 one old man^s housOj some of which looked very fresh 
 indeed. The lower jawbone was wanting in them. 
 The taste of the Dusuns in this respect is manifold. 
 In most villages the skulls of monkeys are preserved ; 
 in others those of deer or pig ; in many only the lower 
 jaws of deer, the carapaces of land-tortoises, the 
 bladders of goats, and the drumsticks of fowls. 
 However, the collection of crania here, at first sight, 
 unnerved Witti^s men a little, considering that the 
 Dusuns were pouring in while the inspection was 
 going on. Later in the evening the expedition managed 
 to get up a concert and dance ; and after that all 
 enjoyed a quiet sleep. No white men ever visited 
 Tambunan before, and the people eagerly questioned 
 the travellers as to where they came from. In the 
 first part of their journey they were asked : '^ Where 
 are you going to ? ^'
 
 104 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 VII. 
 
 Early in December, Mr. Witti found himself at 
 Tungao, getting there by following tlie course of tlie 
 Pappar. The river meanders west, south, west, 
 south; in a few reaches it sweeps round as far as 
 S.S.E. the one, and N.W. the other way. At 900 feet 
 above sea-level, it is already as wide as down at the 
 Residency, but it is bouldered up and forms many 
 rapids. At a level of 1200 feet above sea a fall occurs, 
 the water dropping from about nine feet. The Dusuns 
 call that '^Wasch.^^ Where the banks are bold, the 
 river takes its sharp turns and causes landslips. 
 These require an ascent and a descent of 100 feet 
 each way, and the footing of a goat would answer best 
 for such scrambles. Thus, while moving for the 
 greater part in the shallow water, Witti had to make 
 many a '^ portage " without employing rafts. The 
 banks are in many places rocky. The river flows in a 
 bed of sandstone. Now and then the rock shows a 
 slaty structure, and in one place, just below Tungao, 
 the right bank is built up of conglomerate. The 
 fords were found to be between two and three feet 
 deep. The affluents to the Pappar in this part are 
 the Kalangan, the Purog, the Ponobukan, and the 
 Tikuh. Villages and hamlets succeed each other
 
 STEAXGEES AMONG STEAXGE PEOPLE. 105 
 
 down river : Tapa^ Buntingnabai, Purog, Eomit, Kapa, 
 Ponobukan, Kobulu, Boyan_, and Tungao. 
 
 Mr. Witti arrived at tbe Residency at Tampassuk 
 early in December, having been away a montb and 
 two days. The rafts with his companions turned up 
 in due course. Of the thirty-three miles which he 
 floated down the river, the names of villages and 
 affluents to the Pappar River are only partly recorded, 
 but the course of the river is put down more accurately. 
 It continues in a W.S.W. direction^ until some fourteen 
 miles from the Residency, when its windings mostly 
 turn W.N.W. Of the last four miles only a single 
 reach lies W.S.W. ; all the others between W.IST.W. 
 and N.N.W. The line from Pappar village to the 
 Residency Pappar lies W. by S. Beginning from 
 Kagaban village, both banks present one continuous 
 cocoa-nut plantation, interspersed with numerous 
 hamlets and single houses. 
 
 The whole course of .the Pappar River, as traced by 
 Mr. Witti, may be computed at fifty-five miles — 
 that is, between Pappar village and the Company^s 
 station. Its navigability ceases some twelve miles 
 above the latter place, say sixteen miles from the river 
 mouth. The last dangerous rapid is about twenty 
 miles distant. The river meanders a good deal ; none 
 of the reaches are longer than half a mile, and most of 
 them are only two cable-lengths. The Pappar could
 
 106 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 "by no means be called an outlet for tlie ricli district of 
 Tambunan. A sort of outlet exists at tlie Patatan, 
 but only for valuable produce, as gutta and beeswax. 
 Wbetlier anything readies the coast by way of tlie 
 Nabai country and the Kimanis Mr. Witti does not 
 know. The experienced Abang Drahman, Kesident 
 Everett's right-hand man, told him that the Tambunan 
 people go by the name of the '' Great Dayaks/' that 
 they are rather avoided by traders, and never asso- 
 ciated with by other adjacent tribes. 
 
 VIIT. 
 
 During this and other excursions Mr. Witti, and 
 Mr. W. B. Pryer, the Company's Eesident at 
 Sandakan, have exploded some of the most cherished 
 fictions of geographical history, more particularly that 
 of the wonderful lake of Kina Balu. In a paper read 
 before the Royal Geographical Society, February 4th, 
 1881, Mr. William M. Crocker said : 
 
 " There are several lakes in Borneo ; the largest is supposed to be 
 Lake Kina Balu, which in all existing maps of Borneo is marked as 
 lying to the southward of the Kina Balu Mountain, in the newly- 
 acquired territory of the North Borneo Company. Mr. J. Hunt, who 
 communicated an account of Borneo, in 1812, to Sir Stamford 
 Baffles, reported the existence of this lake. Mr. Spenser St. John, 
 who ascended Kina Balu, and who had a good view over the country 
 lying to the south and south-east, says that it certainly does not lie
 
 STEAXGEE3 AMOXG STRA5TGE PEOPLE. 107 
 
 in that direction, -where he says there is a large plain. But a man 
 who accompanied Mr. St. John said that he had traded -with the 
 villages on the banks of the lake, and asserted that, standing on the 
 beach, he could not see the other side. 
 
 " Mr. St. John must have lived long enough in Borneo to kno-w the 
 value of native reports. Not long since I passed the night in a Dayak 
 house in the Sadong district, where I met an old man who informed 
 me that he was a Malow — one of a tribe li-ving on the upper waters 
 of the Kapuas. He assured me in the most solemn manner that he 
 had seen men -with tails. He said he ascended the Kapuas to near 
 its source, and then walked across to the head of the Banjer, which 
 rises near a very high mountain named 'Batu Bulan' (moonstone). 
 Here he fell in with a tribe of men with tails. He could not speak 
 their language, but he and his friend managed to make themselves 
 understood, and were treated very kindly by them. They remained 
 seven days and nights amongst the tribe. Both men and women 
 had tails.* They wore bark of trees as a covering, through which a 
 hole was made for the tail to pass through ; they planted paddy, and 
 lived in long houses. These and other particulars he recounted, 
 which gave a colouring of truth to his statements. I have heard 
 
 * Mr. Carl Bock, in his interesting narrative of travel up the 
 Mahakkam and down the Barito, published under the title of " The 
 Head-Hunters of Borneo," heard of people with tails at the village 
 of Dassa, a settlement of the Beona Dayaks. Carl Bock wonders if 
 "Mr. Darwin received the first suggestion of his theory of man's 
 simian descent from the fables concerning the existence of tailed 
 men which obtained credence among so many uncivilised people." 
 Such definite statements were made to the traveller in this village 
 that he ultimately, with the consent of the ruling authority, sent one 
 Tjiropon, who had seen the tailed people in an adjacent country, on 
 an expedition to bring two of them safely to Dutch territory. The 
 messenger was well paid, and credited with letters from his chief to 
 the Sultan of Passir, in whose territories the tailed people were said 
 to exist. Some time afterwards Carl Bock returned to Passir. 
 Tjiropon gave a meagre account of his mission. He had seen the
 
 108 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 these stories continually from other sources, but I am convinced 
 these wonders are all invented by Dayaks and travellers, who have 
 returned from long journeys into the interior, for the purpose of 
 magnifying their own importance. 
 
 " From personal experience of lakes in Borneo, I am inclined to 
 think that the numerous rivers which no doubt descend the Kina Balu 
 mountain in the rainy season would naturally overflow the plain 
 mentioned by Mr. St. John as lying to the southward, and that the 
 district thus inundated, having been visited by native travellers, has 
 been mistaken for a lake." 
 
 Since this paper was read and discussed Mr. Crocker's 
 theory has been fully confirmed, more particularly by 
 Mr. Pryer and Mr. Witti, who_, in their explorations 
 of the country south of Kina Balu mountain found no 
 lake in or near the position marked on the maps. 
 
 Sultan of Passir, and had delivered to him the letter of his Highness 
 of Koetei, but he had seen no tailed jDeople this time, though " before 
 Allah " he swore he had long ago. With great difficulty Mr. Bock 
 organised another. party of inquiry, with the following result : 
 
 " After twenty-five days' absence the party returned with an inter- 
 esting communication from the Sultan of Passir. It appeared that 
 Tjiropon had after all delivered the letter from the Sultan of Koetei, 
 in which the latter potentate asked his royal cousin to send him two 
 of the Orang hoentoet, or 'tail people;' but the letter had been 
 misunderstood by the Sultan of Passir. The suite in attendance 
 upon him were known collectively as the Orang hoentoet di Sultan di 
 Passir — literally the * tail people of the Saltan of Passir;' and his 
 Highness, taking offence at the supposed request of his brother ruler 
 that two of his personal attendants — in fact, his confidential men — 
 should be sent to him, had waxed exceedingly wroth, and, calling 
 Tjiropon before him, he ordered him to depart immediately. ' If the 
 Sultan of Koetei wants my Orang hoentoet,' said he, ' let him fetch 
 them himself.' And so the Sultan of Passir, expecting an attack
 
 STRANGERS AMOXG STRAXGE PEOPLE. 109 
 
 There were some other points brought forward at 
 the raeeting of the Royal Geographical Association in 
 question which it will not be out of place to allude to 
 here. Mr. Crocker^ for instance^ referring to the map 
 of the Indian Archipelago_, demonstrated how desirable 
 it is to England that, with our present possessions 
 in the Straits of Malacca and China, and the im- 
 portance of our commercial relations in the far 
 East, we should still further strengthen our po- 
 sition in those seas_, the opportunity for which is 
 afforded by North and North-west Borneo. ^^The 
 splendid harbours on these coasts, in which the 
 combined fleets of the world could ride in safety, and 
 the unlimited supply of coal, secure a commanding 
 
 fi'om the Sultan of Koetei in response to his challenge, had been 
 arming himself ever since, erecting fortifications, and preparing for 
 war. The letter from Mr. Meijer had satisfactorily explained matters, 
 and put his Highness at his ease. His mistake was, perhaps, par- 
 donable, for he sent word that the only Orang hoentoet he had ever 
 heard of were those, so called, forming his suite." 
 
 It seems to me that the author of " The Head-Hunters of 
 Borneo" unconsciously offers in his illustrations a possible explana- 
 tion of the current fiction. His Boi'nean hunter wears an outer 
 skin in such a way that the tail of it might in the distance be 
 mistaken for a human dorsal appendage ; while the scant toilette 
 of the Dayak boys lends itself to the same idea. Natives of tribes 
 not cultivating this kind of dress might naturally enough sjoeak of 
 others as Orang hoenioet, and native travellers desiring to exalt 
 their own importance may have invented the living tail out of the 
 ornamental one.
 
 110 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 position in tHe event of a naval war. Already tlie 
 Eussians possess strongly-fortified settlements on tlie 
 Mancliurian coast to the north of China^ and are said 
 to covet the commodious havens of the Korea, where 
 their daily increasing fleets might find protection. It is 
 therefore manifestly of paramount importance to British 
 interests and trade that England should maintain her 
 supremacy in those waters by securing those advantages 
 in Borneo which are now within her grasp, and which 
 can be acquired with such evident benefit to the nation/^ 
 Lord Aberdare, the President of the Geographical So- 
 ciety, in introducing Mr. Crocker, said that gentleman 
 had peculiar advantages for obtaining a knowledge 
 of his subject, ^'^ inasmuch as he had spent no less than 
 sixteen years of his life at Sarawak, and had taken an 
 active interest in all its affairs. During a large part of 
 the time he had officiated as Resident, and during the 
 absence of Bajah Brooke he had administered the 
 affairs as President of the Administrative Committee. 
 Throughout the whole period he had taken an in- 
 telligent interest in the interior of Borneo, an island 
 second only in size to Australia, and which contained, 
 probably, nearly as much unknown land as any other 
 portion of the globe of equal dimensions." 
 
 Lord Aberdare also made some observations at 
 the close of the meeting, bearing upon a question 
 referred to several times in the course of this work,
 
 STEAITGEES AMONG STEANGE PEOPLE. Ill 
 
 and soraewliat eloquently exploited in tlie graphic 
 details of a river-trip described by tlie Resident at 
 Sandakan in the chapter following this. I mention 
 these succeeding pages here, feeling that the general 
 reader may find the present chapter, possibly, over- 
 weighted with the political and economic aspects of 
 the new cession to British enterprise and money. 
 Lord Aberdare, in proposing a vote of thanks to 
 Mr. Crocker, is reported, in the ^^Proceedings of the 
 Royal Geographical Society,^' to have said : 
 
 "Englislimen are very apt to consider themselves the great colonisers 
 of the world, and indeed they have done a work of which they may 
 j astly be proud. They have taken possession of and extended them- 
 selves over immense tracts of country, which are likely to perpetuate 
 a race as vigorous and enterprising as our own ; but there are certain 
 climatic conditions which oppose their spreading in every region of 
 the world. Although men like Sir James Brooke and Mr. Alfred 
 Dent may lead the way in civilising districts at present inhabited by 
 barbarous or semi-barbarous people, it is quite clear that Borneo can 
 never be settled altogether by persons of English race ; and as it seems 
 to be the fate of inferior races to give way to others more energetic, 
 it is probable that the huge islands of the Eastern Seas will in process 
 of time be inhabited by descendants of the Chinese race. There is, 
 however, one great feature of present times which cannot be over- 
 looked. Unfortunately, it cannot be said that wars have ceased, but 
 they are now generally on a comparativelysmall scale, and the devas- 
 tation caused by them is slight indeed when contrasted with that of the 
 wars of past days. I believe that if an accurate census could have been 
 taken in India at the time that England became possessed of it, and 
 if another were taken at the present day, it would be found that the 
 population has increased by upwards of 50,000,000. No doubt, as 
 Asia becomes more and more under the domination of the three great
 
 112 THE NEW CEYLOX. 
 
 empires, Eussia, China, and Great Britain, the iDopulation vrill increase 
 enormously, and in process of time overflow to the south, just as in 
 ancient times it overflowed to the west. The west is now too strongly 
 occupied to permit of wholesale immigration. In all probability 
 China, with its 400,000,000 inhabitants, is destined to find an outlet 
 in the magnificent islands to the south. The Chinese constitution is 
 fitted to the climate which persons of the English race are unable to 
 stand." 
 
 IX. 
 
 The subject of tlie influence of England and other 
 naval powers in tlie Eastern Seas_, and more particu- 
 larly in tlie Pacific, was carefully considered by an 
 essayist in " The Edinburgh Eeview '' of July, 1880^ 
 the occasion being a critical review of Ravenstein's 
 ^' Russians on the Amoor,^^ Bax^s " Eastern Seas/' 
 Colomb's " Russian Development and our Naval and 
 Military Positions in the North Pacific/' and Paul 
 Graffarel's '*Les Colonies Francaises.''' It was here 
 shown that the English population of our colonial 
 possessions in the year of the Great Exhibition of 
 185], was not more than two millions, reckoning them 
 up in all parts of the world ; while to-day the colonies 
 in the South Pacific alone contain nearly three millions 
 of inhabitants of European descent. Their united 
 revenues are greater than that of many an ancient 
 and important state in Europe. The total value of 
 their imports and exports is nearly a hundred millions
 
 STEANGERS AMONG STEANGE PEOPLE. 113 
 
 sterling. The statistics of their realised wealth, of 
 their railways, their telegraphs, their post-offices, and 
 their shipping, compare favourably with those of 
 many far- earlier-settled communities. Important as 
 they are, however, and closely as they are connected 
 with the mother country by the ties of commerce as 
 well as of nationality and loyal affection, our inter- 
 course with them includes but a part, and not the 
 greater part, of our commercial interests in the Pacific 
 Ocean. The exchange of commodities — exclusive of 
 bullion — between the United Kingdom and our great 
 dependencies at the Antipodes reaches in money value 
 a total of about forty millions of pounds sterling. 
 With our other possessions and the foreign countries 
 which may be taken as belonging to the "Pacific 
 system,^^ we have a trade reaching a value of nearly 
 sixty millions. In fact, about one- sixth of the whole 
 external commerce of Great Britain is carried on with 
 the states and colonies which compose it. 
 
 Hydrographically and strategically considered this 
 colonial system may be said to extend from the Straits 
 of Malacca on the west to the American coast on the 
 east, and from Kussian Tartary on the Amoor, to 
 Southern Chili and Tasmania. It comprises the whole 
 seaboard of the Chinese Empire and of Western 
 America, north and south, besides the great Dutch, 
 French, and Spanish colonies. Our business relations 
 
 I
 
 114 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 witL. these countries are intimate and extensive. 
 With the treaty ports of China and with Hong Kong 
 we exchange annually upwards of twenty million 
 pounds' worth of goods. With Japan we do a busi- 
 ness of over three millions^ with the Philippines of 
 more than two^ and with the Dutch islands three and 
 a half. With French Cochin- China, Siam, and our 
 Straits Settlements our yearly trade amounts to close 
 on five. On the other side of the ocean the figures of 
 our commerce with the Spanish American Republics 
 amount to about twelve millions ; whilst a still larger 
 sum would represent the value of our increasing inter- 
 course with California and of our transactions with the 
 remaining countries. 
 
 In addition to these figures the British carrying 
 trade is mentioned. In the year 1877, exclusive of 
 the coasting trade, the tonnage of ships entered and 
 cleared in the Australasian ports was 6,394,529 British, 
 and 608,963, or less than one-tenth, foreign. About 
 four-fifths of the transport of commodities to and 
 from the Chinese Empire by sea are effected in vessels 
 carrying the British flag. Lines of steamers flying 
 the same ensign pass and repass across the South 
 pacific from Panama to the Antipodes, along the coast 
 of South America, and between Japan and China and 
 our possessions in Australia and Malacca. 
 
 Even these impressive facts take no account of the
 
 STRANGEES AMONG STRANGE PEOPLE. 115 
 
 enormous trade between our colonies tlirougliout tlie 
 world and tlie several Pacific States on both sides of 
 tlie ocean, and tlie food tliat comes for our bome 
 population from tbe Port of San Francisco. 
 
 The Pacific Ocean occupies nearly one balf of tbe 
 wbole surface of tbe globe. Its extent is greater tban 
 tbat of all tbe dry land. Otber Powers beside our 
 own possess important dependencies in its western 
 portion, near our own colonies and our great trade 
 routes. Between tbe Straits Settlements and Hong 
 Kong lies tbe Frencb colony of Cocbin-Cbina. Not 
 far from tbe coast of Queensland are tbe islands of 
 tbe New Caledonian group, wbicb bave been 
 in tbe bands of tbe Frencb for nearly tbirty years. 
 Fiji lies between tbem and tbe cluster of islands in 
 tbe Soutb Pacific, Ta'iti, Tuamotu^ and tbe Marquesas, 
 wbicb last are also dependencies of France. Tbe 
 Dutcb Indies of tbe Arcbipelago are neigbbours of 
 our settlements in tbe Straits of Malacca and at 
 Labuan. Portugal still retains a memory of ber 
 former conquests in tbe island of Timor. Tbe great 
 group of tbe Spanisb Pbilippines lines one of tbe old 
 routes to tbe Cbinese ports. On tbe otber side British 
 Columbia marches with tbe territory of the United 
 States, both on tbe north and on the soutb. Colonial 
 possessions of all the maritime powers^ with the 
 exception of the British province just named, lie 
 
 I 2
 
 116 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 only in tlie western and soutliern portions of tlie 
 Pacific. Along tlie whole eastern side, from Vancouver 
 to tlie Straits of Magellan, there is a wide belt of 
 water, in which, islands rarely occur. This circum- 
 stance tends to complicate considerably the question 
 of providing coaling stations for the steam fleets which 
 already traverse its great spaces, and for the squadrons 
 to which some day or other the rapidly-increasing 
 commerce may have to look for protection. 
 
 " One of the most powerful of European nations has for many- 
 years had a footing on the shores of the Pacific ; though, having first 
 made her way to them by land, her possessions are continental rather 
 than insular. Eussia is the owner of great tracts of coast on the 
 North Pacific; and though of late years she has resigned her 
 American territory to the United States, with the adjoining group 
 of the Aleutian islands, she has compensated herself by extending the 
 southern limit of her Amoor province of Eastern Siberia to the frontier 
 of Corea ; whilst her cession of the Kuriles to Japan has given her 
 undivided ownership of Sakhalin, which is close to, and forms but an 
 outwork of, her possessions on terra firma. The development of the 
 Russian Empire in this quarter has not been watched in this country 
 with the interest which it deserves. The history of her colonisation 
 of the remote regions drained by the Amoor and its tributaries and 
 washed by the waters of the Seas of Tartary and Okhotsk is a record 
 of adventure, persistence, and conquest of hardships, which is well 
 worth attention." 
 
 The essayist, after an exhaustive examination of the 
 strength of the Russian naval position in the Pacific 
 as compared with our own and every other power, 
 dwells upon the great desirability of England's
 
 STRANGERS AMONG STRANGE PEOPLE. 117 
 
 possessing an island station in the waters between 
 Japan and Corea, or off tlie soutliern extremity 
 of the latter peninsula. In the absence of such a 
 possession it would seem that the only course open 
 to a navy called upon to protect the trade of 
 this country against cruisers issuing from the 
 Siberian ports would be to attack and destroy the 
 ships which they might contain. One significant 
 anecdote may be given, which will explain with much 
 distinctness what the escape of a cruising squadron 
 from those harbours would imply as against our 
 commercial interests in the Pacific. When, towards 
 the end of 1878, the late Prime Minister was pre- 
 sented with a gold box by the British residents in 
 San Francisco, the spokesman of the deputation, 
 Mr. Harrison, said in the course of his address : '^ We 
 had thirteen Russian cruisers lying in our harbour, and 
 some 600,000 or 700,000 tons of shipping about 
 leaving it.''^* As the greater part of the cargoes of 
 the ships whose sailing depended upon the event of 
 peace or war, was composed of food for this country, 
 we may concede that there was something more than 
 mere business interests that might have had to look 
 to our navy for protection. 
 
 * Commander Gurdon, E.N., says ("Journal of Royal United 
 Service Institution," vol. xxi. p. 686) : "I have seen 70,000 tons 
 of British shipping lying at anchor at one time in the harbour 
 of San Francisco."
 
 118 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 Tlie Eussian naval force in the Pacific lias been 
 recently increased. There are 15_,000 troops main- 
 tained in the Amoor region, most of them in or near 
 the coast ports. Several battalions of riflemen are 
 formed out of the local settlers. Some of these 
 extensions were made in view of possible troubles 
 with China. We have a respectable force in these 
 distant waters; but in the north-western portion of 
 the Pacific we have no coaling stations north of Hong 
 Kong which would be available in war. Japan and 
 China would supply us with coal, but they belong to 
 the family of nations, and would be entitled to issue 
 proclamations of neutrality, and they have fleets which 
 are not to be despised as engines for compelling a 
 proper international observance thereof. The Russian 
 ships would have the enormous advantage of a long 
 line of coast and many harbours to which they could 
 resort, where they would find plenty of fuel and 
 supplies of all kinds procured on the spot or brought 
 to them by a land route quite secure against attacks 
 from hostile ships. No other European power has the 
 same resources on the spot.
 
 STRANGERS AMONG STRANGE PEOPLE. 119 
 
 The cutting of the Panama Canal will sooner or later 
 attract increased attention to our interests in the 
 Pacific. Trade may be attracted into fresh routes 
 and demand new means of protection. Touching the 
 North Pacific, General Selby Smyth, commanding 
 the military forces of Canada, in a report pubUshed 
 last year, speaks of the inadequate force at Victoria, 
 and directs attention to the fact that Vancouver is 
 only 4500 miles from Petrapaulovsk, and that the 
 Amoor is barely 500 miles farther off. 
 
 " * In the event of war,' he says, 'Russia would be in a position to 
 harass not only Hong Kong and the China and Japan trade, but to 
 send a squadron across the ocean in thirty days to attack the 
 western seaport of the Dominion. Our security in the Pacific requires 
 Esquimalt to be well guarded; our fleets must keep the sea, if 
 necessary, in all weathers, and they cannot do so without coal. That 
 important element is in ample stock and of prime quality at Nanaimo. 
 The British navy is scattered over the Pacific, and there were no 
 works of defence at Vancouver till last year ; no forts for the pro- 
 tection of our coal ; nothing but British prestige and a few companies 
 of militia at Victoria and up the Fraser River.' " 
 
 Upon this, and other points of equal importance, 
 the Edinburgh Reviewer comes to the conclusion
 
 120 ' THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 that few will care to deny that our whole naval 
 position in the Pacific Ocean has undergone an im- 
 portant change ; and without for a moment regarding 
 other powers jealously, with every wish to be respect- 
 ful to Rassia, and only desirous of maintaining our 
 own, it would be a grave mistake should we shut our 
 eyes to the changing necessities of our maritime forces 
 in the Eastern Seas. '^Interests, which thirty years 
 ago we could hardly have considered very important, 
 have attained dimensions which render their pro- 
 tection a matter worthy of serious consideration. A 
 great colonial empire has grown up there in the 
 interval, which not only promises to increase in 
 wealth and size, but which also draws to it more and 
 more of our trade, and is now holding out the hope 
 of aiding in the supply of food which we require. A 
 large proportion of the capital of the country invested 
 in shipping and the cargoes carried by it is con- 
 tinuously employed in the commerce of the Pacific. 
 Throughout its wide spaces we have but few resting- 
 places for our ships. We have no real basis for naval 
 operations between Sydney, Vancouver, and Hong 
 Kong. The days in which the coast ports of Spanish 
 America monopolised nearly the whole of the tonnage 
 sailing on its waters under our flag have quite gone by. 
 New routes upon it are every day being followed. 
 At the same time powers far more formidable than
 
 STEANGEES AMONG STEANGE PEOPLE. 121 
 
 the turbulent republics of the Soutli and Central 
 American coast, or than the Celestial Empire, have 
 gained a footing on its shores. If ever our navy 
 should be called upon to protect our trade against an 
 enemy, it will not be in the Pacific that the least 
 important portion of its duties will be performed.'" 
 
 The geographical and strategical position of 
 British North Borneo formed a leading topic at a 
 meeting held at the Westminster Palace Hotel, 
 March 26th, 1879, to discuss the affairs of the new 
 cession. Mr. Thomas Sutherland, chairman of the 
 Peninsular and Oriental Steamship Company, in 
 speaking of the important geographical position 
 of North Borneo, said : " It is an exceedingly 
 advantageous position from a political point of view 
 for England to control. The great majority of those 
 who are here, I presume, like myself, have some 
 particular acquaintance with the East, more particu- 
 larly with the China Sea, therefore it must appear to 
 them with far greater force now than ever, that in our 
 commerce we are at a great loss for the want of a 
 sufficient and commodious harbour between the two 
 places to which we now trade, namely, Singapore and 
 Hong Kong. If we can only gain the advantage of 
 having a port so conveniently situated and so admirably 
 suited for strategical purposes, and if we can gain the 
 great advantage of prosecuting there an entirely new
 
 122 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 trade wMcli this country of ours requires so mucli at 
 tlie present moment^ I think I need say no more in 
 favour of the resolution which I now submit to the 
 meeting : ^ That North Borneo holds such a position 
 geographically in the midst of the China Sea, midway 
 between the great trading centres of Singapore and 
 Hong Kong, with exceptionally good harbours and 
 coal supplies, as will at no distant date render its occu- 
 pation of undoubted importance to the commerce and 
 interests of this country as a great maritime power/ '' 
 Admu-al Keppel, addressing himself to another 
 branch of the same subject, said : 
 
 " I think I can state from personal experience that there 
 is no place in the Eastern Seas so well adapted, so far as the 
 coast and harbours are concerned, as this is, and so well calculated 
 to protect the trade or any establishment which may be formed 
 there. The first thing I can naturally suppose for any Government 
 to consider would be likely to be this : Whether or not protection 
 can be afforded to those who expend their capital in this proposed 
 settlement ? Now, I can find no place so easily defended as this 
 place could be, at so little expense to the Government. With one or 
 two gunboats at the outside (natives have a very great respect for 
 that small class of vessel), together with the assistance of the 
 torpedo, of which we have lately heard so much, I think the whole 
 coast could be very easily defended. There is the harbour of Gaya, 
 which is one of the finest harbours in the world and capable of 
 holding any amount of shipping, and there is a larger harbour on 
 the eastern coast called Sandakan. That would be of the same 
 importance on the east coast as the harbour of Gaya on the western 
 coast, the latter, however, being more in the line of the trafiic 
 between China and Singapore and other ports."
 
 STRANGERS AMONG STEANGE PEOPLE. 123 
 
 Referring to tlie political aspect of tlie cession, 
 wMcli Sir Douglas Forsyth had mentioned in a speech 
 approving of the desirability of the Government sup- 
 porting the efforts of the association, Sir Rutherford 
 Alcock said : 
 
 "Then there is the political point of view which Sir Douglas 
 Forsyth touched upon very successfully and properly. No doubt 
 every proposal to occupy any new land — whatever its advantages 
 may be — will meet with some amount of opposition from the common 
 argument, that it does not matter whether you make it a colony or 
 only allow British subjects to go there ; they will sooner or later get 
 into a quarrel, and will want protection, and then we shall have the 
 cost and the trouble and anxiety of protecting them. I think in my 
 introductory observations I almost met that objection by anticipa- 
 tion. It is impossible to conceive, in the present state of the world, 
 that such a tempting territory as Borneo, with one if not two of the 
 finest harbours in the Eastern Seas, will long remain unoccupied by 
 other Powers. It becomes a question, theu, whether it should be 
 occupied under the British flag, or by those who may be our enemies. 
 Now, looking to our possessions in this part of the world, and to the 
 fact that this is right in the fair way to them, certainly if this 
 territory were in the hands either of Eussia or of any other of the 
 European powers with whom we might unfortunately be at war, it 
 would make a very material difference in any efforts we might make 
 to carry on our commerce without molestation. Gaya as a port not 
 only might be very easily defended by any Power in possession, but 
 it would afford protection to privateers and ships of war which might 
 dash out on this line of commerce ; and even a large fleet like ours 
 would hardly be able to protect it. If it were, on the contrary, in 
 our possession, we should have shelter for our own ships instead of 
 having others thus sheltered to attack us, and from whence we could 
 look out for any privateers or fleet which might attempt to disturb 
 the even course of our commerce."
 
 124 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 XI. 
 
 It would seem, then, that the chief hope of civilising 
 and making prosperous the islands of the Indian Archi- 
 pelago lies in the power to attract the very class of 
 labour which America has obtained from China, with 
 power to control and economise it. At the meeting 
 just mentioned, Mr. Errington, M.P., who takes a deep 
 and active interest in the welfare of all natives, spoke 
 with satisfaction of the fact that the new Company 
 would only employ free labour. '^ The meeting,'^ he said, 
 " will be glad to observe the great advantages which 
 Borneo possesses in this respect from its position, 
 being within such easy reach of the Chinese coast, 
 from which ample supplies of free labour may be 
 obtamed. In other places, not so circumstanced, it is 
 necessary to have recourse to the system of indentured 
 coolie labour. I believe it is admitted that Cliinese 
 labour needs no such indenture system. Therefore, 
 by the mere encouragement of free immigration from 
 China, you will be able to supply your settlement in 
 Borneo with ample labour, under conditions which 
 will commend themselves to the approval of the
 
 STRANGEES AMONG STEANGE PEOPLE. 125 
 
 people of this country/^ Tlie vast islands of tlie 
 Eastern Seas are evidently destined to become actively 
 subject to foreign governments — tlie administra- 
 tive power and capital being European, the labour 
 largely Chinese.* The Dutch at Java, the English at 
 Sarawak, have shown what can be done in this 
 direction ; and a further and probably more rapid 
 development may be looked for in the territory of 
 British North Borneo. 
 
 * " But the phases of character in which the Chinese possess the 
 most interest for us Western peoples are those which so peculiarly fit 
 them for competing in the great labour-market of the world. They 
 are good agriculturists, mechanics, labourers, and sailors ; and they 
 possess all the intelligence, delicacy of touch, and unwearying 
 patience which are necessary to render them first-rate machinists 
 and manufacturers. They are, moreover, docile, sober, thrifty, 
 industrious, self-denying, enduring, and peace-loving to a degree. 
 They are equal to any climate, be it hot or frigid j all that is needed 
 is teaching and guiding, combiued with capital and enterprise, to 
 convert them into the most efficient workmen to be found on the face 
 of the earth. In support of these assertions it is only necessary to 
 refer to our experience of them in America, Australia, India, and 
 the Eastern Archipelago. Wherever the tide of Chinese emigration 
 has set in, there they have proved themselves veritable working bees, 
 and made good their footing, to the exclusion of less quiet, less 
 exacting, less active, or less intelligent artisans and labourers. Even 
 in China they have already proved their worth by helping to con- 
 struct, under foreign superintendence, men-of-war of first-class 
 workmanship and formidable proportions ; and their artificers are 
 daily acquiring increased skill in the arsenals now in active work at 
 Tientsin, Shanghae, and Foochow. The marvellous energy of which 
 they are capable as mere labourers is moreover constantly exhibited
 
 126 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 at the port of Shanghae, where they have been known to^accomplish 
 the discharge of a ship in less time, as I have been assured, than can 
 be effected by dock-labourers at home, even with all the appliances 
 of cranes and otherwise which these latter have at disposal." — " The 
 Foreigner in Far Cathay," hy Sir Walter Medhurst, formerly H.B.M. s 
 Consul at Shanghae.
 
 A TRIP ON THE KINABATANGAN. 
 
 Art and Travel — The UnkrLO-^\Ti — Tropical Scenery — A hundred and 
 fifty miles of River never previously visited by Europeans — 
 Edible Birdsnest Farmers — Savagery — Tales of Blood and 
 Plunder — English Influences — Floating Houses — Native Men 
 and Women at Home — Open-air Bivouacs — Living Wonders of 
 the Tropics — Gorgeous Birds and Butterflies — Human Heads in 
 Wrong Places — At Imbok — Natives in Splendid Attire — Wild 
 Animals — Opportunities for Sport — The Kinabatangan of the 
 Future — The Vanished Race and the Coming Labourer. 
 
 I. 
 
 Art loves the shadows of gray old towers^ or their 
 reflected iniages in shallow waters^ rather than the 
 wild torrents of forest-wastes and mountains. 
 
 The English painter seeking space on the walls 
 of the English Academy, finds his most popular sub- 
 jects in familiar stories, in domestic incident, in the 
 illustration of history or the current life of the times, 
 keeping upon the ordinary human track of existence. 
 If he is a landscape artist he rarely gets away from
 
 128 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 the calm restful scenes of his own country, unless 
 it is to wander in the sunny lands of an ancient 
 civilisation. 
 
 One would have thought that the representative 
 painters of a great empire, which counts its chief 
 possessions in the tropics, would have striven to bring 
 home to us through the medium of their glowing 
 canvases a continual sense of the strange beauties of 
 those countries of everlasting summer. I suspect 
 only a great master would dare to exhibit anything 
 like true transcripts of Nature as she is seen at the 
 equator; but the etcher, the worker in black and 
 white, need fear no adverse criticism which the 
 colourist would be sure to encounter the closer he 
 adhered to the truth. 
 
 By an odd coincidence the other day, I bad 
 laid down this manuscript diary of a journey along 
 one of the most important waterways of Sab ah 
 near a copy of Mr. Hammerton's familiar contri- 
 bution to art and letters, "The Unknown Kiver." 
 Everybody knows the delightful etchings with which 
 the author has studded his poetic pages. " The 
 explorer of a nameless European river," he says, 
 "need not hope to be remembered like Livingstone 
 or Speke, but he may set forth in the full assurance 
 of finding much that is worth finding and of enjoying 
 many of the sensations^ deducting those connected
 
 A TRIP ON THE KmABATANGAN. 129 
 
 with personal vanity, wMcli give interest to more 
 famous explorations/' Mr. Hammerton, of course, 
 only speaks of his river from an art point of view. 
 Old enough in the recorded history of the district, it 
 had, however, not been " illustrated.''^ He registers a 
 qualification in this respect when he says : ^' It is 
 necessary to the complete enjoyment of an excursion 
 of discovery that the region to be explored, whether 
 mountain or river, or whatever else it may be, should 
 not have been explored by others, or, at any rate, not 
 with the same objects and intentions. A geologist 
 has a certain satisfaction in marching, hammer in 
 hand, over a tract of country not yet conquered for 
 geology; and an artist likes to sketch in secluded 
 valleys where it is not probable that any artist has 
 been before. '^ If Mr. Hammerton or some kindred 
 genius could only be induced to follow this liking to 
 its extremity, and explore with pencil and etching- 
 plate a Bornean river, the result would be some rare 
 artistic compositions of marked and positive form, 
 with studies of lights and shadows that would be 
 both interesting and instructive when compared with 
 pictorial illustrations of our northern clime. The 
 real "unknown river" of Kinabatangan for example, 
 what a companion volume it would make to Mr. 
 Hammerton's idealised stream that hurries by the 
 towers of Autun ! 
 
 K
 
 130 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 II. 
 
 The following notes are from tlie diary of an 
 excursion up the Kinabatangan River, by Mr. Pryer, 
 the Company^s Resident at Sandakan, who explored it 
 a distance of one hundred and fifty miles farther than 
 it had been visited by any other European. He left 
 Sandakan ^^on the 23rd February, 1881, in the steam- 
 launch 'Boyah^ (Crocodile). Mr. W. in charge of 
 engines, an engine-driver, stoker, and steersman ; my 
 boy (a heathen Chinee) Banjer, a Banjermassin man 
 who had been captured near that place by Balignini 
 pirates, sold in Sooloo, and subsequently freed by me ; 
 a Sooloo pilot, in general charge of the expedition, 
 and therefore termed ' the Commodore ; ' and three 
 other Sooloos in a gobang (canoe) towing astern.''^ 
 
 Having with some difficulty pushed through the 
 Langan langan Manook (" in some maps another way 
 is marked from Sandakan Bay to the Kinabatangan 
 River, which does not exist ^'), they entered the lagoon 
 district, a swamp of some forty or fifty miles in length 
 and about twenty deep, fringed with mangroves and 
 nepas ; covered at high water, but black slime and 
 mud at low ; intersected everywhere by lagoons and 
 backwaters. 
 
 " One of my boats was once lost Lere for five days, the men being 
 reduced to great straits for -svant of water, and I myself, with good
 
 A TRIP ON THE KINABATANGAN. 131 
 
 guides, have twice been lost for a day each time. One lagoon or 
 creek is exactly like another, and sometimes after proceeding along 
 one in search of the true way, we would find that we had wasted a 
 couple of hours or more exploring a blind alley. At the back of this 
 dreary region, its mouth debouching into, and being lost amongst 
 the numerous lagoons, is one fine river, the Alfred, and as in the 
 course of the day we passed no less than five large openings down 
 which water, partly fresh, was discharged, I expect it is not the only 
 one. In times long past the Booloodoopy tribe had its headquarters 
 somewhere amongst these waters, choosing this strange locality so 
 as not to be easily found by the fierce pirates constantly haunting 
 the coast. Once, with an old Booloodoopy, one of the fathers of the 
 tribe, as guide, I found my way through the swamps into the 
 Alfred Eiver, and ascended it for several miles. At the farthest 
 point reached, it was nearly two hundred yards wide; eleven fathoms 
 deep ; fresh water ; virgin forest on either bank; a rich soil; and a 
 flat ground alternating with low hills." 
 
 Steaming up tlie river till ten o'clock and tliere 
 anchoring for tlie night, Mr. Fryer's expedition went 
 on the next morning at five, and arrived at Malape, 
 the first sign of human dwellings seen in the river 
 from its entrance. The village had its origin in 
 the Gormanton caves, some 25,000 dollars' worth of 
 birdsnests is yearly bought, and it is also at present 
 used as the depot for up-country produce. It is fairly 
 prosperous, and as a mild but firm government is 
 being introduced instead of the old Sooloo style, many 
 people are flocking to the place, which is rapidly ex- 
 panding. Starting off again about eleven o'clock, 
 for one hour or more the expedition steamed past 
 campongs, houses and gardens, until all signs of culti- 
 
 K 2
 
 132 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 vation ceased; for seven hours afterwards nothing 
 was seen but low thick forest on either bank. 
 
 February 24th saw the launch under way again; and 
 all day the expedition passed through " nothing but 
 interminable forest, without any indication of human 
 life.'^ Even the birds and butterflies and other tropical 
 wonders of ^'wing and feather ^^ were absent. The 
 river rolled on in solitary state, fringed with untrodden 
 woods. *^*'At Seebongan/^ says Mr. Pryer, '^I made 
 inquiries about the prospects of sport. *Any ele- 
 phants ? ' ' Mataod ^ (lots). ' Ehinoceros ? ' ' MataodJ 
 'Deer?' ' MataocU 'Pigs?' 'Mataod.' 'Buffaloes?' 
 ' Oh ! mataod sehaliJ Then a noise, something 
 between a squeal and a snort, was heard, apparently 
 within a few yards of the chief ^s house, which was dimly 
 visible against the clear black sky : ' That's one 1 ' '' 
 
 Two days were spent here in visiting the chief 
 and taking in wood to replace the exhausted coal. 
 On the 27th they steamed away again, passing many 
 abandoned clearings, about which, Banjer, an old 
 river man, spun many yarns. Here was one chief's 
 place, there another's; at this point Dato So-and-so 
 fought Pangeran Someone else ; in a house over there 
 had been big " bichara " between two chiefs ; here the 
 Sultan had a " Bintang-marrow "* station (a custom- 
 
 * A Bintang-marrow station is made by slinging a rattan across 
 the stream, for raising which a heavy duty is charged.
 
 A TEIP OX THE KINABATA.XGAN. 133 
 
 house) ; down this long reach, for miles together, the 
 Tunbumohas had houses and gardens on either bank, 
 and so forth and so on. Banjer was a Sultan's man, 
 and had once been put on a ^^Bintang-marrow '^ 
 station. The man in charge of it thought the time 
 had come to take a little duty in blood, just to let 
 people see that the Sultan didnH keep "Bintaug- 
 marrow '^ stations for nothing. So they caught a 
 trader_, accused him of evadiug the payment of duties, 
 and tying a rope round his wrists, fastened him to a 
 post with his feet off the ground, and left him hanging 
 there. He cried continually all day long : " I have 
 committed no fault, I have committed no fault."" 
 They returned in the evening with their krises and 
 hewed him to bits. Banjer went on to tell Mr. 
 Pryer that he was present when the Tunbumohas 
 ''' semungup-ed '^ a man who was a bought slave. 
 The Tunbumohas tied him up with his arms out- 
 stretched (crucified in fact), and they danced round 
 him. A.t last the headman approached, and wishing 
 him a pleasant journey to Kina Balu, stuck his spear 
 about an inch deep, and no more, in the man's body ; 
 and another then said, " Bear my kind remembrances 
 to my brother at Kina Balu," and did the same ; and 
 in this way, with messages to deceased relatives at 
 Kina Balu, all those present slightly wounded the 
 man. When the dance was over they unbound
 
 184 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 him, but lie was dead. This custom is known as 
 *^ semimgup/' and is practised by the far inland 
 tribes to this day. The Tunbumohas, however, havings 
 an intuitive idea that white men might not view such 
 a custom with approval, have abandoned it so far that 
 they substitute a pig for a man. 
 
 Banjer was full of local stories of blood and 
 plunder. Mr. Pryer speaks of the chief (whom 
 Banjer calls Date) as " Dato Haroun al Easchid/' 
 which gives a spice of suggested fiction to all Banjer^s 
 stories; but, judging from the works of other recent 
 travellers in Borneo, they are no doubt only too true. 
 
 " Dato Haroun al Easchid once sent Banjer on an erpedition to 
 * rampass ' (plunder) a Chinese trader at Lingcabo. Taha was their 
 leader; there -were four of them, Hasah was one (the disgraced 
 Commodore). Hasah was very active in picking out the Chinaman's 
 most valuable goods (Hasah, simpering, denies the soft impeachment, 
 and intimates that Banjer's alacrity on the occasion in question excited 
 his highest admiration). But there was one man who didn't care for 
 the Dato, Toongal of Pulo Guya; he came with his boats and blockaded 
 the Kinabatangan, and Dato Haroun sent two big boats out to fight 
 him, and he captured one and killed every soul on board. The other 
 boat escaped, but with three men of the crew killed. Then Dato 
 Haroun went down to Pulo Guya and smashed Toongal's jaw. What 
 with this on the one hand, and conferring a title on him on the 
 other, he prevailed upon Toongal to keep quiet for a bit. He, 
 however, broke out again afterwards, raided up the coast of Borneo, 
 and round Sooloo itself, and away up the Palawan. He never gave 
 any quarter, but killed everyone. When Banjer was down there the 
 other day in a British man-of-war, the Pulo Guya people said : * Ah ! 
 it's well for you you are on board a man-of-war. If it were not for
 
 A TEIP ON THE KINABATANGAN. 135 
 
 these '' Engrees," with their steam-launches and breech-loading rifles, 
 we would kill every Soolooman we could lay our hands on, as we 
 used to do in the good old times.' " 
 
 Mr. Pryer finds food for pleasant reflection in tlie 
 fact that the bare knowledge that an Englishman is in 
 the country has stopped murders and human sacrifices^ 
 and has confined fierce head-hunting tribes within 
 their own boundaries; has put an end to '^Bintang 
 marrow '' and its accompanying horrors ; has caused 
 the fierce islanders, in a great measure^ to abandon 
 piracy, and has put a stop to an incalculable amount 
 of misery, " though plenty yet remains to he done.'' 
 
 III. 
 
 After steaming away till late in the afternoon, 
 at last they came to houses — two small villages, 
 Terbilliong and Blut, inhabited by Tunbumohas. 
 Amongst other people they met here the identical 
 Taha alluded to by Banjer, and were warmly welcomed 
 by him. Taha was on a trading expedition, and 
 occupied what is termed a ^^lanteen/^ a dwelling 
 which demands a word of description. It is a house, 
 in fact, built on a bamboo raft j Taha^s raft was about 
 thirty feet long by twenty-four broad. About six 
 feet of one end was open, forming a sort of verandah,
 
 136 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 where cookings etc. was done. The rest had an attap 
 roof over it, shed fashion, about a third only being 
 surrounded by side walls, forming the sleeping apart- 
 mentj raised about three feet above the floor. In 
 front was a porch, giving quite an air of finish to 
 the whole. In this lanteen Taha could float down 
 comfortably, from village to village, collecting his 
 debts and storing his payments, which are generally 
 rattans, always carrying his wife and family with 
 him. The voyage up, with the trade goods, is done in 
 a canoe, the goods being sold on credit from house to 
 house, and the debts collected on the downward 
 journey. 
 
 Haviog visited the chief of the village, who 
 received him with hearty demonstrations of welcome, 
 the launch was tied alongside Taha^s lanteen for 
 the night, and the next morning (February 28th), 
 shortly before daybreak, the expedition plunged once 
 more into the seemingly endless forest. Meeting at 
 length with difficult shallows, Mr. Pryer returned to 
 Blut, where he transferred a few stores to the 
 lanteen, kept the four Sooloos and Banjer with 
 him, and sent the launch back to Elopura. On 
 March 1st, with Banjer, the boy, four Sooloos, and 
 two Tunbumohas, borrowed from the village, he 
 started in the canoe to explore the higher part of the 
 river. From six in the morning till about eight in
 
 A TRIP OX THE KINABATANGAN. 137 
 
 tlie evening they held their way, with but three stops 
 of about half an hour each. As they were able to 
 keep alongside the bank, out of the force of the 
 stream, and in fact generally found a backwater that 
 they were able to take advantage of, they did not 
 travel less than forty miles. Mr. Pryer occasionally 
 walked alongside the boat on firm dry mud, and found 
 that, even in the long reaches, they managed three- 
 and-a-quarter to three-and-a-half miles an hour. In 
 fact, he was delighted at the change from the heat, 
 clatter, dirt, and smoke of the launch. 
 
 *' The principal matter of interest seen this day was a Dajak * long 
 house,' which we came on rather to my surprise. They were of the 
 Tungara tribe, and in their ways, manners, and customs seemed much 
 the same as the well-known Dayaks of Sarawak. The entrance to 
 the house was up a high notched post. Inside was a row of rooms on 
 the left hand, with doors opening into the central passage, opposite 
 to which, on the right, was a slightly raised platform, running the 
 length of the house ; the whole being under one roof, and raised on 
 piles several feet from the ground. No one was visible on my first 
 entering, but the door nearest to me being ajar, I pushed it, and 
 going in found myself in a queer dirty little place, divided into two 
 or three compartments. There were two or three women and one 
 old man. The women crouched away, clinging together, half trying 
 to hide themselves, while the old man puffed away at a pipe, and 
 pretended not to see us. He wore enormous brass earrings which 
 weighed down the lobe of his ear, making a hole over an inch broad, 
 and round his waist was a girdle of brass wire, to which, at back and 
 front, was attached a small piece of dirty T cloth, which was all he 
 wore by way of clothing. The girls wore similar earrings and girdles, 
 as well as rolls of brass wire round the arm, so as to resemble the 
 gauntlet of a long glove. They all seemed to think something
 
 138 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 dreadful was going to happen immediately, so I spoke to the old 
 man in a reassuring tone of voice, but he failed to rise to Malay, or 
 even to the most barbarous Sooloo patois. So I had to send for one 
 of the Tunbumohas, and after a short time and a little tobacco, I 
 put the old boy quite at his ease, and detailing quite a little list of 
 grievances which I promised him should be inquired into. He was 
 the only male in the house, the rest being away at work." 
 
 This was tlie only house they saw all the day. At 
 night they hauled the canoe on the beach. The men 
 made a fire, cooked their fish, made their tea, and 
 after their meal stretched themselves out on the hard 
 stones of the beach, arched a kadjan mat over their 
 heads, by way of a tent, and went to sleep. 
 
 " These open-air bivouacs are very enjoyable (when it doesn't rain). 
 The ruddy light of the fire ; the rapid river ; the dark background of 
 trees ; the sense of freedom ; the lazy attitude of the men, who seem 
 to know they have earned a rest and a meal ; and the general wildness 
 of the whole proceeding, have a charm which only those who have 
 experienced it can understand. As for myself, I slept in the open 
 canoe under a kadjan like the rest. I here take the opportunity of 
 mentioning the absence of mosquitoes, and other insect pests, which 
 under similar circumstances are usually such a trial to travellers in 
 the tropics. These appear to be rare in this part of Borneo." 
 
 IV. 
 
 On March the 2nd, the little expedition reached 
 the junction of the Quamote with the Kinabatangan 
 before noon. This is quite an unexplored river, owing 
 to its interior being in the hands of a fierce tribe, the
 
 A TRIP ON THE KINABATANGAN. 189 
 
 Tinggalums, who sometimes make a raid u^Don tlie 
 Kinabatangan. In the pre-smallpox days, there 
 were villages all along the river at this point, but 
 what few were left by that fell disease were killed off 
 by the Tinggalums, and the whole district is now quite 
 uninhabited. " A fort erected at the junction to hold 
 these people in check, and a conciliatory but firm dis- 
 position shown towards them, would soon set a thriving 
 trading-station on its legs here. The amount of valu- 
 able produce, such as rattans, gutta, and camphor, 
 that must have accumulated in these richly-endowed 
 forests must be very great. •'^ Owing to the English 
 having come to the country, there have been no raids 
 out of this river for the last three years. 
 
 The expedition held on, the river winding through 
 trackless and untouched forest, with the exception of a 
 few old clearings, fast being overgrown, which were 
 frequently seen on its edge. Mr. Pryer estimated that 
 they had gone close on three hundred miles and had 
 only seen three villages, Malape, Seebongan, Ter- 
 billiong, and Blut, and the Tungara house — '^ a truly 
 pitiable state of affairs,'' as he truly remarks, ^^on 
 such a magnificent river/' 
 
 At midday they rested and ate. The men chose 
 for their cooking fire a secluded spot under an over- 
 hanging tree which was in full blossom. Though 
 they had not seen a score of butterflies on the trip^
 
 140 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 here gaily- coloured moths flew about in bright showy 
 clusters, a dozen together, and among them were 
 several splendid ornithopia. Mr. Pryer rarely goes 
 out of his way to dwell upon the natural beauties 
 of the country, but on this occasion he is eloquent 
 in his description of the mid-day resting-place and 
 the run along the river for some time afterwards. 
 
 " The three ornithopia which I saw here all at once were larger[than 
 many little ennbirds which were hopping and fluttering about from 
 flower to flower, peering into their recesses with their sharp little 
 bills for the minute beetles and other insects which take refuge 
 there. I know that these birds were of bright and brilliant plumage, 
 but they always kept so exactly overhead that I could only see their 
 black outlines from below, and they might have been as sober coloured 
 as nuns for all I could tell to the contrary. These were about the 
 only birds I noticed the whole journey. Perhaps half-a-dozen times, 
 large kingfishers, of a beautiful bright blue, skimmed the surface of 
 the river and then perched and looked at us with the utmost indif- 
 ference. The croaking of hornbills was frequently heard, and once 
 or twice the stray * swish swish ' of their wings was audible as they 
 flew by perhaps nearly a quarter of a mile off. These, with the few 
 monkeys already alluded to, were the only features of animal life 
 that presented themselves. Everywhere along the bank, the tracks 
 of buffaloes, deer, and pigs were so abundant as to form perfect 
 roads, but they only come out of the depths of the forest at night. 
 The calls of birds, however, are always to be heard. In this part of 
 the world birds do not seem to sing, but most of them have some 
 call, generally strange and peculiar, but frequently quite melodious. 
 Amongst others those of doves and pigeons are often heard, espe- 
 cially where old clearings are common. The call of the Argus 
 pheasant is easily imitated, and if given, is sometimes answered from 
 the forest, and I believe on one occasion Banjer would have induced 
 one of these fine birds to come quite close to us, if we had had time 
 to stay."
 
 A TRIP ON THE KINABATANGAN. 141 
 
 On tliis afternoon of the eiglitli day of tlie excursion 
 tlie expedition arrived at the first of the real villages 
 of the interior. It was pleasantly situated among fruit 
 trees, potato and other vegetable patches, and with 
 the forest for a background. A recently- cleared 
 hill a short distance off showed paddy, a foot high, 
 growing all over it, and on all sides were to be seen 
 the universal plantain. Underneath the house, in 
 a sty, was a pig. The people are Tunbumwah 
 Sundyaks, but whether converted to Islam or not 
 Mr. Pryer could not learn. If they are, he says, they 
 have evidently made a reservation in favour of pork. 
 The house at which he visited he describes as ^^ dark and 
 comfortless," and that may be taken as a description of 
 the remainder. He found no betel-nut trees there, no 
 cocoa-nuts, no goats, and the chickens were very small. 
 
 " The absence of cocoa-nuts particularly indicates a disregard as to 
 food, which, on examination, I found to be the case. The Malay- 
 races of these parts, or of Sooloo, and many up the Philippines seem 
 to attach no importance to the taste of food. As long as they get 
 the merest something to fill their stomachs, they are satisfied, and as 
 each man finishes stuffing himself, which is what the process amounts 
 to, he gets up and moves off directly. The ' social meal ' is evidently 
 quite an unknown idea to them. A Banjermassia Malay I met farther 
 up complained bitterly to me on the subject of food, saying that with 
 his rice he then had salt, but nothing whatever else, and that until a 
 few days before he had not even liad that. In the Philippine Islands 
 I was once in the same predicament myself for several weeks. One 
 consequence is that the people get swellings, sloughing sores, and 
 similar kinds of disease.
 
 142 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 During tlie whole of tlie nintli day, March. 3rd, the 
 expedition passed many villages, houses, and clearings. 
 The houses were pretty thick along the banks all the 
 way. The people seemed contented and healthy. 
 Only one man, however, appeared to possess ^' a proper 
 plantation.-'^ It was composed of about two thousand 
 sago palms, thirty or forty cocoa-nut and penang trees, 
 besides durian, buah, nona, and other fruits. The 
 owner took a great interest in his garden, and Mr. 
 Pryer promised to send him some young mango and 
 orange trees, a peculiar absence of which was notice- 
 able throughout the Kinabatangan region. 
 
 " At one place we found two human heads suspended on a pole, in 
 front of a house. I had heard that they were there before reaching 
 the place, so going ashore, I entered the house, and its owner having 
 been pointed out to me, abruptly asked him : Why should I not serve 
 him in the same way ? Hasah pricked up his ears, gave a fierce cock 
 to his head-gear, brought his creese a couple of inches more to the 
 front, and I heard him whispering something to Banjer about * old 
 times,' while the delinquent had an absolutely livid streak down 
 each side of his face. However, at the intercession of some of the 
 village fathers, I consented to reserve the matter for a bichara on 
 a future day." 
 
 V. 
 
 The destination of the expedition was Imbok. This 
 important village was reached on the tenth day, 
 March 4th, and the Eesident of Sandakan was 
 received with great rejoicing. Questions of local
 
 A TRIP OX THE KINABATAXGAN. 143 
 
 interest were laid before him in his magisterial 
 capacity, for the Company and its authority had been 
 well proclaimed and accepted. A curious application 
 among others was made from an inferior tribe, who 
 " wanted a slave to semungup/^ Mr. Pryer, it need 
 hardly be stated, rejected the demand, and treated the 
 natives to some explanations of the white man^s views 
 of humanity and civilisation. 
 
 " I must sav I rather liked the people at this place. The chiefs 
 and men were a lithe, active, leopardlike lot ; very light brown 
 colour ; wearing their hair about fifteen inches long, hanging down 
 over their shoulders, in the same way as I have seen the Sarawak 
 Dayaks do; but whereas in their case it has an uncouth effect, here it 
 seemea to add a grace to the people. They also had a cheerful 
 springy sort of way of setting about things, that was quite taking. 
 Their dresses were very brilliant. The Pangeran himself had on 
 green silk trousers and a yellow silk jacket. Among other costumes 
 I noticed a red jacket and yellow trousers ; a blue jacket and red 
 trousers, and other similarly strikingly-coloured garments, the 
 material being chintz. I felt rather overpowered by all this magnifi- 
 cence, and was quite relieved when I saw Banjer come in, garbed in 
 a sky-blue jacket and scarlet trousers, a yellow sash with a very big 
 creese in it, and a head handkerchief of many colours with a tag of 
 it sticking up over his left ear in a most knowing style. I felt he 
 was doing his duty and ' keeping up on end ' in a conscientious 
 manner." 
 
 The chief's house at Imbok is situated on a hill. 
 It commands a birdseye view of the river. The 
 scene is very picturesque, with its vista of banks 
 lined with plantations, houses, and fruit trees, and the
 
 144 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 forest as a continual background. There are a few 
 hills, but the country may be described as flat. The 
 whole of the opposite horizon to the north is bounded 
 by a bold range of mountains some 2500 feet high 
 and about eighteen or twenty miles long. These 
 mountains, it struck Mr. Pryer, would be just what 
 would be required for tea, coffee, or cinchona, and he 
 picked out some plateaux at a high elevation as 
 capital sites for plantations. When he asked about 
 the hills, the people, strange to say, said there were 
 tigers there, and that they dare not go to them. By 
 tigers, Mr. Pryer believes they mean ^' the small and 
 comparatively harmless clouded tiger.^^ Of other 
 animals there is a profusion in this district. Elephants 
 are rather commoner lower down the river, but 
 buffaloes, deer, pigs, and rhinoceroses are abundant. 
 In the fruit season, the Pangeran says, rhinoceroses 
 come quite commonly underneath the fruit trees, par- 
 ticularly the durian. There are also bears, but small 
 in size. A fair example of them may be seen in the 
 Zoological G-ardens, Kegent's Park. It is a bow- 
 legged, comical-looking animal, remarkably insignifi- 
 cant when compared with its neighbours from Asia 
 and America. Mr. Pryer saw many monkeys, but 
 only one orang-outang. Before he could get his rifle 
 ready, however, the creature was gone, although at 
 one time the Eesident was within ten yards of him.
 
 A TRIP ON THE KTNABATANGAN. 145 
 
 '' What struck me most about liim/' lie says, ^' was 
 that he was almost black instead of the usual red. 
 That evening I was told^ in a house we came to, that 
 a short time before a Soolooman^ armed with gun and 
 creese, walking in the forest, was suddenly seized by 
 one, which tore off all his clothes and threw away his 
 weapons, but did no further harm to him. He ran 
 off as hard as he could, and fainted just as he reached 
 his house. The animal to be really feared in these 
 parts is the crocodile/' The Resident thinks that 
 good sport might be had among the deer. At one 
 place where the expedition stopped on the return 
 journey, there were three deer calling from the 
 opposite side of the river not two hundred yards 
 away. A boat floating down the river (with a '' fire 
 pan'' in it) would be sure to run into favourable 
 opportunities for its occupants to use their rifles. 
 " Indeed,'' says Mr. Pryer, " for anyone fond of sport 
 or natural history, I cannot imagine a pleasanter or 
 more inexpensive trip than floating down the Kina- 
 batangan on a 'lanteen,' and stopping at any spot 
 required. Provisions, etc. could be sent up by canoe 
 previously, and everything got ready with but little 
 trouble." 
 
 How long a time will it take, one cannot help 
 wondering, for the new territory to be sufficiently 
 well known for shooting and fishing parties to be
 
 146 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 familiar in this country of "unknown tongues" and 
 people ? Mr. Pryer himself offers some suggestive 
 forecasts of the future of many of the deserted 
 villages which he passed in the first days of his 
 excursion. Smallpox and other diseases incidental 
 to savage life, as well as hostile incursions in the 
 olden days, had carried off such of the former inhabi- 
 tants of these deserted homes as had not left for 
 " fresh woods and pastures new.^^ Mr. Pryer thinks 
 an instructive lesson may be read in this episode of 
 Bornean history. The natives who have thus disap- 
 peared were, " in some respects, civilised ; could read, 
 write, and argue; wore well-made clothes of cotton 
 and silk. The general level of intelligence amongst 
 the Sooloos is at least higher than that of the English 
 rustic, and yet they have disappeared so utterly, that 
 fifty years hence all traces of them will be entirely 
 lost, and their clearings again covered with young 
 forest trees. Suppose that in some few years' time, 
 as seems likely to be the case, the irrepressible 
 Chinese appear on the scene, clear the forest, and 
 cultivate the ground: they will know nothing about 
 this recently vanished race whose few remnants will 
 mix in with the new comers, and the faintest traditions 
 of the past will be obliterated." 
 
 If the judgment of Eastern travellers and ethno-
 
 A TEIP ON THE KINABATANGAN. 147 
 
 logical experts is to be depended upon, tHe outlook so 
 well sketched in tkese closing sentences is one tkat 
 will be quickly realised under a vigorous adminis- 
 trativOj backed with the capital of a great and 
 powerful company.
 
 VI. 
 RIGHT ACROSS BORNEO. 
 
 From Marudu Bay to Sandakan — Incidents and Discoveries en route 
 — Sharks and Crocodiles — Enormous Gutta Trees — Native 
 Peculiarities — Tattooing and Head-hunting — Omens — " Bad 
 Birds " — Relics of Slavery — General Kindness and Hospitality 
 of the Natives — Adventures Afloat and Ashore — Song and 
 Dance — Capsized and in Danger — Native Patience under Diffi. 
 culties — Hungry and Forlorn — Rescued — " All's Well that 
 Ends Well." 
 
 If you look at any map of Borneo, however recent, 
 outside the one which accompanies the present work, 
 you will the better understand the geographical im- 
 portance of the expedition across North Borneo which 
 Mr. F. Witti made from May 13th to June 17th, 1881. 
 The interest of the trip as a chapter of modern travel 
 and an episode of current progress, will similarly be 
 best appreciated by the student who has mastered 
 such history of the island as our literature possesses, 
 or by the traveller who has navigated the China and 
 Scoloo Seas.
 
 KUDAT HARBOR 
 
 -^ 
 
 7 
 ^2 
 
 •douil^ 
 
 
 idf< 
 
 HARBORS 
 
 BRITISH NOKTH BOKNEO 
 OR SABAH
 
 London : Published for the British North Boraeo Oampioiy 
 
 r
 
 EIGHT ACEOSS BORNEO. 149 
 
 Mr. Witti left Bongoiij Marudu Bay, on the 13tli 
 of May. A journey of two hours and a half brought 
 him to Kalimo, a village which is " ruled over by 
 Sheriff Loya, a woman. ''^ She received him with a 
 brief address of welcome and confidence. '^ I do not 
 run away from you/'' she said^ " as my brother, Sheriff 
 Yassin, told me I need not do so.'^ With this she 
 pressed the traveller's hand and gave him the friendly 
 offering of two eggs. He found that the crocodiles 
 hereabouts have a reputation for that peculiar harm- 
 lessness which has been mentioned in previous chapters. 
 "This reminds me/' he says, "how one night we were 
 fording a muddy creek near Ambong. The water 
 there was beautifully phosphorescent ; all of a sudden 
 a crocodile rushed past that made me jump ; but my 
 guide, a Bajow, calmly said, 'Don't mind that; these 
 crocodiles never bite you.' The Dusuus, near the 
 west coast, are very fond of shark^s flesh. On hearing 
 a remark made about the diversities of a shark's living, 
 they protestingly asserted that no fish ever eats man ; 
 only the crocodile does." Mr. Witti takes the pre- 
 caution, which he recommends to other travellers, to 
 steer clear of both of these creatures, and to be con- 
 tent, in strange waters, with a shower-bath on board 
 your boat, and when navigating Bornean rivers to 
 make your ablutions on the banks. 
 
 During the 15th of May, the region "pronounced
 
 150 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 by a professional planter to be tbe Ceylon of tlie 
 future " was passed, and tlie next day the village 
 of Penenian was requisitioned for fresh water. 
 " Penenian is a little community of Mamagun Dusuns. 
 They live a quiet existence on the rice and vegetables 
 they grow, on the fowls they rear, and never bother 
 themselves about indiarubber and the outer world. ^^ 
 Ascending from this place to the south-eastward, the 
 traveller went through a heavy timber forest. On the 
 road to Toyon the highest level above sea was 2300; 
 Toy on is situated at 1800 feet. Kina Balu bears from 
 here due S.W. In the vicinity of Toyon is Liput ; 
 and this is the Sonzogon country, the source of nearly 
 all the gutta that finds its way over to Marudu. 
 
 " When emerging from the thick forest, -what a burst of landscape ! 
 How the mountains crowd towards this peninsula ! A coffee-planter 
 would - find it worth while to examine it. He could select his eleva- 
 tion up to 3500 feet, and the Bengkoka offers water carriage. The 
 forest is partly the same growth as on the range between Tambunan 
 and Papar. The soil is very porous." 
 
 The Marudu Sheriffs largely export gutta-percha. 
 It is collected and dressed and sold by the Dusuns, 
 and carried by serfs to the sea. The bondage system 
 exists here, and under rather hard conditions for the 
 slave. In this district the Dusuns call themselves 
 Namagun, but by outsiders they are given the name 
 Sundaya. They received the Company^s representative
 
 EIGHT ACEOSS BOENEO. 151 
 
 ■witli great friendliness. Their old man is blind. He 
 said to Witti : '^ I have never seen a white man^s face, 
 and I cannot see yours, but I am glad to hear you 
 talk our tongue/'' 
 
 A journey of three days through forest and jungle, 
 and by several villages, saw the travellers in the 
 country that is watered by the Souzoyon rivulet, an 
 affluent to the Bengkoka, and is mostly jungle instead 
 of timber forest. Both the gutta creeper and the 
 gutta tree flourished abundantly. The latter, a 
 Sapotacea, yields the stiff variety known in the 
 Singapore market as Gutta kras, or Gutta merah 
 (Gutta-percha). From the former, representing Rox- 
 burgh's " urceola elastica/' is obtained the Gutta 
 lichak, or Gutta susu, the Indiarubber proper. The 
 natives extract the milk by a number of circular 
 incisions from eight inches to one foot apart. The 
 milk of the urceola was snow white, but of little 
 consistency at the time. The stem in question was 
 one foot in diameter, and but recently tapped. Among 
 the Dusuns to the south of Kina Balu a fine is imposed 
 for cutting a tree down ; at the Upper Kimanis the 
 offender has to pay a buffalo. '''As gutta collecting 
 gradually comes under the practical control of the 
 Company's officers, a sort of jungle- conservancy might 
 be established with advantage. Thus, the collectors 
 ought to be taught the American (Para) method.
 
 152 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 Dusuns are a tribe open to sensible advice/^ In tlie 
 jungle whicli was explored the next day Mr. Witti 
 saw trunks of the gutta-percha tree having a girth 
 upwards of six feet^ and nearly a hundred feet in 
 height. The natives here live chiefly on sweet 
 potatoes and water. The returns for their rice and 
 gutta they hoard up in the darkest recesses of the 
 bush^ consisting of brass in every conceivable shape — 
 that is the only thing their heart is set on. 
 
 " Mount Kaidangan of the geograpliical maps is not known under 
 such name either here or on the coast. There is a rivulet, Kai- 
 dangan, discharging itself to the north of Paitan. Over the position 
 Kaidangan we travelled yesterday (May 19th) afternoon. There 
 we were 2000 feet above the sea, but the point was not conspicuous 
 among its surroundings. At present I am unable to guess 
 which mountain-top may first have caught an eye in the oflSng, of 
 importance enough to have been charted as Kaidangan. The 
 mountain descried from Tankal (Bongon Eiver), in N. 106'' (?) E., 
 and called by the Dusans there ' Palin,' corresponds, generally 
 speaking, to the tract of Palin we find ourselves in now, when, three 
 days ago, we were nearing Toyon we had a glimpse of blue water. 
 The bearings of an island answered to Teegabu (south from 
 Mallawalle)." 
 
 The passage of Nipis Nulu had been described to 
 Mr. Witti^ by natives met en route, in a very dis- 
 couraging light. He found it beset with some 
 difficulties, but not of a serious character. 
 
 Nipis Nulu is the top of a cone, of which (through 
 consecutive landslips) just enough is left to allow of a 
 footpath between two precipices. One of these falls
 
 EIGHT ACROSS BOEXEO. 153 
 
 off perpendicularly to a depth of perhaps 500 feet. 
 ^' Of the top the natives assert that, in a strong wind, 
 it oscillates, reminding one of the celebrated rocking- 
 stones of Cornwall/' Mr. Witti found its height, by 
 Boiling Point, to be 2446 feet above the sea. Pailin 
 and Waigan are situated at 1230 and 840 feet respec- 
 tively. The vegetation is timber forest, but not so 
 open as that we passed through of late. Sugar-cane 
 attains here an extraordinary thickness. It is grown 
 for immediate consumption. 
 
 II. 
 In approaching the Sugut (which is mentioned in 
 the Diary notes of May 22), the country was found 
 to be well watered, the jungle irritatingly dense, and 
 the road through it abominable. Of the rivulets 
 crossed, and partly traversed, the Longom and 
 the Kavilian belong to the Melinzao, which flows 
 past the village Tinagas and is received by the 
 Sugut on its left shore. The main stream is still 
 some distance off, but the district of Tinagas extends 
 on both sides of it. Tinagas is visited by the Sooloo 
 traders. The inhabitants barter jungle produce of 
 every description for salt, cloth, brassware, pottery, 
 and miscellaneous articles. At Likabao a small Chinese 
 settlement is said to exist. The Chinamen do business 
 principally in the rubber line. Likabao can be easily
 
 154 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 reacted by ascending the Sugut. '' We^ on onr part, 
 shall next look to the country between here and 
 Mokodao, the eastward point of our route in Xovem- 
 ber last. Our visit then was reported to these people ; 
 and the character we were given as paying for every- 
 thiug we got serves as an introduction now.''' It is 
 one of the encouraging signs of all the explorations 
 under the Company that, on their second visit, the 
 officers are received with increased favour, and that 
 in some cases distant tribes go to them with appeals 
 for extensions of the white government; while the 
 inhabitants of the immediate villages, on the way, 
 lay before the Company's people grievances to be 
 redressed and misunderstandings to be arranged. 
 
 " In the diary of November last, I stated that the tribes to the east 
 of Kina Balu surpass those nearer the west coast in a physical respect. 
 And here I notice the splendid heads of hair of the male population. 
 Their hair is mostly three feet long, and is worn tied up in a knot 
 behind when at work or on the tramp, but when at ease it is 
 loosened. It is a curious sight to see a number of men combing each 
 other's hair, and forming a chain in doing so. But their hair is by 
 no means so thick as to support the theory of an improvement of the 
 Dusun race by a mixture of Chinese blood. Men and women alike 
 wear the neck spiral, and the former also a closely-fitting spiral 
 around their biceps. Asa tribe the Tinagus Dusuns are 'Mamagun.' " 
 
 Mr. Witti gives many minute details of geographical 
 interest, which, however, it is not necessary to set 
 forth in this summary of his trip. 
 
 Between ISTolumpis and Kagasingan the country does
 
 EIGHT ACROSS BORXEO. 155 
 
 not rise to more tlian 1100 feet. It is mostly covered 
 witli old forestj and well watered. On the fields 
 around Kagasingan the nicotiana strikes the eye 
 most. Badly cured, it yields a good second-class 
 tobacco. The people of Kagasingan received the expe- 
 dition in a friendly way ; and when guides to Kirokot 
 were asked for, they came forward, on condition that 
 they might be back in time for a wedding that was to 
 come off that night ; thus both parties were satisfied. 
 They arrived at Lansat on the 26th of May. It is 
 situated on the right bank of the Morali River, a 
 considerable affluent to the Mokodao-Sugut. The 
 rock hereabout is serpentine. Between Mokodao and 
 Lansat the country is almost flat, and on an average 
 1000 feet above the sea. ^' In the course of an after- 
 noon and evening we made close friends of our hosts. 
 These people are peaceful, sober, and tattooed. Head- 
 hunting has become obsolete among them. The crania* 
 
 * " Traces of head-hunting in North Borneo are very rare, and they 
 chiefly belong to a past time. The practice still exists in other parts 
 of the island, but only in a small way. It is satisfactory to learn 
 from Captain Mundy's notes, in the 'Journals of Eajah Brooke,' 
 that, even in the year 1840, the Bornean head-hunters of the Sarawak 
 country respected the persons of white men and Malays. The 
 following interesting 'interview' of a Dayak chief of great intelligence 
 who spoke Malay fluently, is from the work above mentioned : 
 " ' Did he know anything of God .?' (Allah talla.) — 'No.' 
 " ' Did his tribe believe that anyone lived in the clouds ? ' — ' Yes ; 
 Tupa lived there.' 
 
 Who sent thunder, lightning, and rain ? ' — * Tupa.' 
 
 (I c
 
 166 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 collected in former times seem but little honoured, for 
 they are kept in baskets, mixed up with all sorts of 
 rubbish. Curious, that in sifting the human heads 
 I came on the skull of a sun-bear (ursus malayanus).'^ 
 
 *' ' Do they ever pray to Tupa, or offer sacrifice ? ' — ' No.' 
 
 *" When a man dies, what do they do with his body?' — 'They 
 burn it.' 
 
 "'Where do the dead go to after they are buried?' — 'To 
 Sabyan.' 
 
 " ' Where is Sabyan ? '— * Under the earth.' 
 
 " ' Where is his father gone ? ' — ' To Sabyan. All the Dayak men 
 and women who are dead are under the ground in Sabyan.' 
 
 '"How long will they stay at Sabyan?' — 'Don't know.' 
 
 " ' When he dies, will he meet his father ? ' — ' Yes ; and his mother 
 and all the people.' 
 
 " 'Are they happy in Sabyan ? ' — ' Yes ; very happy.' 
 
 " ' If a man was wicked, would he go to Sabyan ? ' — ' Yes ; but to 
 another place, and he would not be happy.' 
 
 " On being questioned about taking heads, he said : ' They always 
 take the heads of their enemies, never of their friends.' 
 
 '"If they met strangers in the jungle, would they take their 
 heads?' — 'Yes, if they were strange Dayaks, but not the heads of 
 Malays or white men.' 
 
 " ' Could they marry without first having a head ? ' — ' They could ; 
 but if they had a head it was considered honourable, and any young 
 woman would then marry them.' 
 
 " ' How many heads had they ? ' — 'A good many old ones, but only 
 three new ones.' 
 
 " ' Whose heads were the new ones ? ' — ' Brang heads.' 
 
 " (I was aware that the Brangs had recently been defeated.) Of 
 their laws I could make nothing. If a man stole, he had to return 
 the goods and pay a fine. 
 
 '"In case of murder in their own tribe, what did they do?' — 'Such 
 things never happened ! ! '"
 
 EIGHT ACROSS BOENEO. 157 
 
 Nerawang was tlie next halting-place. There lives 
 here an old man who has on the left side of his face 
 a fleshy appendage which, on closer inspection, shows 
 the rudimentary features of a reverted face, without 
 eyes and mouth-opening. This extraordinary growth 
 is of the size of a child's head, and is covered with 
 skin of the usual colour. At Mangilan — on the next 
 day. May 28th, with fresh guides — they found that 
 the main level of this district is 1200 feet above the 
 sea ; the ground rises to 1600 in two ridges which we 
 crossed, and there are a few out-of-the-way cones 
 attaining perhaps to 1800. Everywhere are traces of 
 the migratory habits of the Dusun tribe : they shift 
 their planting-grounds as shepherds their pastures. 
 The Morali River at this place is a torrent. It should, 
 perhaps, be remarked here that villages in the interior 
 are currently spoken of under the name of their head- 
 man, if such headman be popular, or if the village 
 consists of but one single house. This custom tends 
 to create a certain confusion, and one cannot too pre- 
 cisely ask for the name of the place proper. It is 
 better to apply to the old man himself. Younger 
 members of Dusun communities are often ignorant of 
 the proper name of their native haunt. 
 
 " From Inowantei we carried off the whole male population as 
 guides ; that is to say, three men were handsomely recompensed in 
 advance for taking us to Tamalau. During a halt, one of their
 
 158 THE NEW CEYLOX. 
 
 spears, stack in the ground, happened to fall down and to inflict a 
 slight cut on the head of one of our men. The Dusuns, at 
 first mortally frightened, composed themselves on our assurance 
 that we would not hurt them in return. The wounded man, a Sooloo , 
 ■was disciplined enough not to run amuck on the spot." 
 
 Daring tlie few days about this period of tlie journey 
 the native guides wanted to turn back on account of 
 ^' bad birds." Dusuns are superstitious in a great 
 many ways. The bird-omens here refer to their note^ 
 and notj as with the Dayaks and Eomans, to the manner 
 of their flight. Each village seems to have particular 
 good and bad birds of its own. 
 
 " Early yesterday morning some member of the lark family warbled 
 beautifully, when the guides suddenly stopped. * What do you think 
 of that bird ? ' they asked me, who happened that instant to look at 
 the compass. 'Well, it is a good one, I am sure.' 'Do you feel 
 quite easy in hearing it ? ' they continued asking. * I do ; and now 
 go on.' They obeyed, and I fancied they were persuaded. But on 
 nearing the next village on the road, the Dusuns declared they 
 would rather give back their fee than walk any further, on 
 account of that bird. ' All right, we'll get fresh men in that 
 village.' In fact, however, the same men took us as far as we 
 wanted. Why ? Simply because their * good bird ' made itself 
 audible in time. ' On hearing that, we are no longer afraid,' 
 they confessed when a hornbill over-croaked a whole congress of 
 ■winged singers." 
 
 Travelling a little farther on the Linogu Eiver^ 
 Mr. Witti noticed that nearly all the men of Tamalau are 
 tattooed, including even mere lads. They are marked
 
 EIGHT ACROSS BORNEO. 159 
 
 on breastj slioulders^ and arms, the same as tlie natives 
 on the Upper Sugut. Bat while with the latter 
 tattooing distinguishes the hero of an inter-tribal war, 
 here at Tamalau it signifies something very different. 
 When remarking about these signs of prowess, they at 
 once said their custom was different from the people of 
 Bundo, Morali, Kagasingan, Lansat, etc. ; and then a 
 story was told which betrays a horrible side of the 
 Dusun character, although the narrators spoke with a 
 glee as children might in talking about their sport. 
 They laughed good-humouredly at their guests^ cross 
 questions about slowly extracting blood from their 
 victims^ or preserving the heads. 
 
 " This ' costumbre del paes ' consists in the following : When they 
 had been damaged in their plantations and other property by the 
 ' Suing ' they kill every Soolooman they can get hold of. The 
 Mahometan chiefs, in order to keep the river open, then used to 
 reconcile them by giving the aggrieved community some slave — to 
 dispose of ; this is done by tying the slave up and spearing him 
 through the thorax, which accomplished, the men in the village each 
 take a cut at the quivering body. "Whoever does that has a 
 right to tattoo himself. They afterwards bury the dead without 
 retaining the skull, ' for the Sooloo chiefs do not wish them to do 
 that,' They assure us they are not the same tribe who are reported 
 as catching the blood of such victims in small bamboos on purpose 
 to sprinkle it over their fields ; but they are certainly the same people 
 of which the Danao men, pointing to the E.S.E., said, 'Don't go 
 here ; they are very bad.' Evils like that must needs be faced 
 before they can be cured. We are now prepared to meet, south of 
 Kinabatangan, two-legged man-eaters."
 
 160 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 The cannibal, however, did not turn up. On the 
 contrary, the travellers experienced nothing but hos- 
 pitable and respectful treatment. Less than half a 
 century ago, they could not have journeyed through 
 some of the pit villages of England either as safely or 
 as comfortably as they can to-day in the wilds of 
 Sabah. 
 
 The river shores to the south of Tamalau are in 
 places fiat and overrun with Lalang grass. There are 
 crocodiles hereabout, by which the Dusuns lose dogs, 
 pigs, and their worthy selves, which may show 
 that the Linogu is between this and the lower grounds 
 by no means blocked up by shallows. Its generally 
 considerable depth is also indicated by the river's 
 name, for ^^ Linogu '' means a '^ deep water ; " in Bajau 
 and Sooloo, '^ Liugkabo.^' All the villages here are 
 situated high above the river level : Inowantei, for in- 
 stance, 500 feet; Tamalau, 500; Mirawandei, 700. 
 For their plantations the people select localities hidden 
 from view from the river; and the ascent is as 
 precipitous as the descent. Asked why they perched 
 so high, they expressed much fear of the Dumpas 
 men, a Mahometan community midway, perhaps, 
 between this and the sea. 
 
 " From here (Mirawandei) we see Kinabalu ; its highest top bears 
 317°, and in 220° is the Wodan Mountain. The Wodan— the name 
 sounds somewhat like northern mythology — answers exactly to the
 
 EIGHT ACEOSS BOENEO. 161 
 
 northernmost top of the ' Backbone Range,' which is on the maps 
 drawn as if pulling up short on the southern shores of the 'Lake.' 
 I estimate the Wodan at 8000 feet ; the same is very likely a centre 
 of elevation." 
 
 III. 
 
 Having descended to the riverside^ tlie expedition 
 built rafts. On these tliey floated down until they 
 reached Si Hino^s, a Suluman's house. The distance 
 is only five miles^ the river gentle. Whenever shoals 
 occur there are also channels deep enough for small 
 craft. Si Hino^s place was on our arrival converted 
 into a sick-room. The head of the party came down 
 in a delirium of fever. Some of his men who had been 
 sick were, however, now getting better. In a short 
 time Mr. AVitti recovered. One cannot fail to notice^ 
 in his provisioning of his expeditions, an indifference 
 as to his own requirements and comforts which almost 
 amounts to recklessness. An iron constitution and an 
 ardent desire to be continually moving especially 
 characterise this pioneer of the Company; but, after all, 
 the commissariat is an important function in successful 
 exploration. It is not every European who can live as 
 the Dusuns do; and it is hardly wise to overtax a 
 fine natural physique in competition with such unso- 
 phisticated " feeders ^^ as the Dusun men. 
 
 On the 1st of June, the Linogu was reached, lat. 
 50 38' N., having more than half the distance from 
 
 M
 
 162 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 Danao flowed E.S.E. and then S. A little below 
 here (Mangkalabu), Si Hino says, commences the turn 
 towards E., as corresponding with the mouth of the 
 Labuk marked on the Admiralty chart. Kina Bala, 
 throwing off his cloak of clouds, was visible at sunset 
 in N.W. I N. There being no track to the Kinaba- 
 tangan, they had to descend the Linogu farther. They 
 did so for twenty- one miles, and put up at a single 
 house, called Liposu, for the night (June 3rd). "On 
 what seems to be the lower limit of Sogolitan we 
 noticed a queer exhibition of the animosity towards 
 Dumpas. There a rope, i.e. rattan, was stretched 
 across the river, from which dangled all sorts of 
 friendly mementoes, such as sharpened bamboos, 
 wooden choppers, snares, etc." At Liposu, where they 
 stayed at night, the family by whom they were enter- 
 tained would only take glass beads in exchange for 
 their rice. 
 
 The gutta and camphor hunters, when at Koun 
 Koun, dig out canoes, which, when not in use, they 
 conceal in the forest. " For us, the question resolved 
 itself into either doing the same thing or hauling 
 canoes across the watershed. We decided on the latter 
 course for palpable reasons.''^ Punguh and Buis are 
 the last non-Mahometan villages down stream; the 
 inhabitants are Tambonuas. Rowing down the river, 
 several groups of Dumpas men were seen busy in
 
 RIGHT ACROSS BORNEO. 163 
 
 manufacturing tlie gutta of commerce from the 
 produce collected in the adjacent forests. To them 
 both the varieties are known. Also at Punguh several 
 people from Dumpas were met. They speak Sulu 
 besides their own idiom. To the S.S.E. of Liposu 
 rises the mountain group of Meliao, the highest top of 
 which may be some 4000 feet. Both the Mentapok 
 and the Meliao are by the western and northern 
 Dusuns believed to be as high or higher than 
 Kina Bala. The Mentapok we could see this afternoon 
 again. Its highest peak bears from here N. by W. 4 
 W. ; it is very likely not above 7000 feet. 
 
 IV. 
 
 The arrangements for the purchase of three canoes 
 occupied all day on June 5th. An important business 
 was also to think of the sick companions. It was 
 decided to send ten men down the river^ and to enable 
 them to procure a conveyance to Sandakan. To that 
 end they were provided with trade goods and medi- 
 cines enough for ten days, and with a Malay letter 
 addressed to all the hajis and chiefs of the river and 
 country Labuk, requesting that the men should be 
 assisted in every way ; and in particular asked that 
 some craft should take them on to Elopura, where 
 Mr. Pryer would defray the expenses. " To-morrow 
 
 M 2
 
 164 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 morning our two parties will separate ; under the cir- 
 cumstances it is tlie best I can do for our invalids. 
 The impression I derived from Dumpas men and the 
 people here tends to quiet me on the point of safety 
 in this river, between here and the sea. Then our 
 men take four rifles and one revolver with them, 
 besides so many krises. The leading man, Hussein, 
 is also plucky enough to ward off any attempt at 
 enslavement. The latter point is the only one that 
 gave me any occasion for reflection. After what is 
 experienced on the west coast, in the vicinity of a 
 Crown colony like Labuan, my apprehensions will be 
 understood.^^ 
 
 In the district of Pugula Delamasan the natives well 
 remembered Mr. Fryer's visit last year, and at one of 
 the villages applications were brought before Mr. 
 Witti in regard to local affairs which he undertook to 
 report to the Resident at Sandakan. The house of the 
 headman of Punguh, Pangerapan, turned out to be a 
 very clean and airy abode. In the evening a concert 
 came off, when a Tambonua song was sung in which 
 some of Witti's men took part. The tune was mono- 
 tonous, but the performance had a homely touch in it, 
 for it consisted in the persons slowly moving in a 
 circle around the Damar light. In doing so they held 
 each other crosswise by the hands, as if " for the days 
 of auld lang syne.'''
 
 EIGHT ACEOSS BOENEO. 165 
 
 On the 7tli of June tlie canoes were duly launclied. 
 Daring the next day ^' a nasty snag prepared us a 
 regular mishap.-'^ The leading canoe passed it, but 
 the other two capsized. The tide was strong, the 
 depth two fathoms, and the crocodiles — well, they did 
 not think of them. As it was, everybody saved him- 
 self, and all tried to save their wrecked chattels. The 
 actual loss consisted in one basket of beads and 
 brassware, one Snider rifle, two krises, one spear, and 
 a couple of saucepans. This was not the worst of 
 their mishaps. After spending the night ashore, 
 the next day they re-embarked below some rapids, 
 when behind a sharp turn, the trunk of a tree was all 
 but blocking up the river. The current, setting at 
 this particular spot not less than six knots an hour, 
 threw the leading canoe athwart that mighty obstacle, 
 upset it, and keel-hauled canoe and all. 
 
 " The loss sustained is more serious than that of yesterday; nearly 
 all the instruments and medicines went to the bottom, to say nothing 
 of private property. The other two canoes were some distance 
 behind, and remained invisible for a long while. Our misgivings 
 that they should have come to grief on a previous snag proved true. 
 The longest canoe, very leaky, turned up at last, reporting that they 
 had both capsized, and that the smallest craft, a new one though, 
 had gone to pieces ; men and stores were all right, and the men 
 would close up with us on foot — in any case they would walk on 
 towards the village, let it be for two days. I at once despatched the 
 longest canoe down stream to try and make the village, pressing on 
 as hard as they could, and to return with assistance. They were
 
 166 THE NEW CETLON. 
 
 given the great part of trade goods, and all the papers ; rice 
 we retained, the little yet available, leaving them enough for 
 one meal. We on our part would wait for our companions behind, 
 and then arrange further. Three men thus proceeded in one canoe, 
 while four of us waited in the second canoe for the remaining nine 
 men. . . . From the morning's start, the rapids, we only covered 
 six miles ; the nine men were cast ashore at about half the distance. 
 We shall extend our present halt over night. Here we sit shouting 
 for our friends and cooking for them. They have but little boiled 
 rice in keeping." 
 
 Disaster, not fatal, but seriouSj scarcely left the 
 expedition from this point to the close. 
 
 " June 10th. — Another day of trial. Towards midnight we awoke 
 in our leaf hut — swamped. The water had since nightfall risen by 
 one-and-a-half fathom. We retired to a higher level, the water 
 followed us. In the morning we had to run the gauntlet in our tiny 
 craft ; no bamboo or other buoyant wood available to make it more 
 steady. For eleven cable-lengths it went on ; at the twelfth we 
 were caught by the branch of some tree, which would be, perhaps, 
 eighteen feet above a medium level of the river. The struggle for 
 the canoe was short ; we had to let her go and the rice-basket 
 with it. 
 
 " Among my men is now but one Illanun ; two other Illanuns were 
 among the batch of invalids ordered down the Labuk to Sandakan. 
 It is characteristic that, while the Bajaus assist each other and try 
 to save our goods, the Illanun lets go everything and makes straight 
 for the land. The individual in question and most of us swim like 
 sharks ; and yet, could you have seen these plucky Bajaus how 
 piously they thanked God for the preservation of their lives, and I 
 must in justice add, for that of their master ! The Koun Koun in 
 flood is a wild water. 
 
 "We "happened to find ourselves on the left bank, our missing 
 friends were said to be on the right one. Towards sunset we
 
 EIGHT ACROSS BOEKEO. 167 
 
 prepared our usual shelter of leaves and twigs. Then there was a 
 hailing, audible from the river : we responded. In fact, we were 
 continually hailing and shouting all day long. We recognised the 
 voices as belonging to the nine men ; they were on rafts. Two of 
 the poor fellows did not object to join us by swimming a pool and 
 climbing np a steep mountainside. In reward we had to disappoint 
 them : ' Can you give us something to eat ? ' they gasped." 
 
 On the next day tlie head of the expedition went to 
 visit the second raft. There were fonr men on it. 
 Three others had preferred to drift on a log, bnt had 
 not been seen since early yesterday. The raft of the 
 two men that spent the night with us was smashed. 
 After urging the men afloat to make the village, they 
 parted company. About two miles farther on, another 
 hail from below, and the four other navigators re- 
 appeared. They had been wrecked, and now preferred 
 to walk. Choppers worked a winding path through 
 the jungle ; but in wielding them the hands grew 
 weaker and weaker. " What a store this forest is of 
 everything that makes a tropical dominion valuable 
 from the very outset ! But there is in this glorious 
 waste of trees absolutely nothing which the homo 
 sapiens could feed upon in an emergency. It must be 
 understood that we were drenched to our very gun- 
 powder.^^ The Bajaus^ bred in the jungle, were at a 
 loss, in spite of their many resources against famine. 
 
 " Then I told them we should keep to the river, where we could 
 make rafts of rotten logs that float, the fresh wood being through-
 
 168 
 
 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 out heavy as iron. The men could not stand the continual ' up-hill 
 and down-hill ' any longer. ' Yes, master,' they said, ' let us cling 
 to the river ; it is so much easier to die near the riverside, if we 
 have to die at all.' The European, hungxy though, but better fed 
 than they are, could here laughingly answer : ' We certainly have to 
 die, but not yet.' In fact, we shortly afterwards reached a spot 
 which was a former planting-ground. Among the weeds and scrub 
 the Bajaus revived, and so did the undersigned himself : we were as 
 good as grazing. Then we had a halloo from our three faithful 
 companions that had escaped the flood and reached the village in 
 safety. They were now in search of us, in a fine canoe, accompanied 
 by Orang Kaya Binua, of Parayon. We all embarked, and descended 
 to Parayon. It was late at night when we arrived at the Orang 
 Kaya's house, which is the one situated farthest up the river." 
 
 The three men reported adrift on a log were still, 
 however, missing, and Witti organised a searching- 
 party to go after them. But the next day he learnt 
 that they had been picked up, and, with the exception 
 of one man, little the worse for their privations and 
 " four days^ flirtation with crocodiles."'' Four of the 
 party were, nevertheless, unserviceable. Accompanied 
 by Sawad, who possessed a knowledge of the native 
 languages, he put them into a safe canoe, with pro- 
 visions, and sent them on from Sabongan. 
 
 " 15th June. — The diary is beingwritten up on board of the Sandakan 
 steam-launch. That came to pass in the following manner : 
 
 " Continuing this morning up-stream, I could see we had arrived at 
 that stage when, on a pioneering journey, the men must be allowed 
 a few days', say a week's, recreation. We should not need that had
 
 RIGHT ACEOSS BORNEO. 169 
 
 we the freshet of the river with tis instead of against. I decided on 
 returning to Sabongan in order to give the men a rest. At four in 
 the afternoon we were just hunting for a supper (hunting sweet 
 potatoes), when a steam-launch appeared at the lower end of the 
 reach. * What launch is that ? ' 'I know,' said a Sabongan man, 
 'the Governor is sending rice to Quarmote, where he has built a 
 house.' ' Indeed, then we shall be able to get soon to Quarmote 
 after all.' My men : ' Yes, master, let us go to Siboku.' The 
 launch was soon boarded. I found Datu Kabugatan in charge— the 
 same Datu whom I believed to be expecting us at the month of the 
 Siboku. The poor man was all done up with dysentery. He is an 
 opium-eater, without being a De Quincey, I am sorry to say. Hardly 
 could he explain the point of his instructions. There was, however, 
 a letter from Mr. Pryer, written on the 11th inst., the day when our 
 Linogu invalids had come to Elopura (after having experienced 
 friendly treatment throughout the Labuk). Mr. Pryer ordered the 
 launch to intercept us. He calculated very well that we should 
 emerge at Kuala Lakan, and would think of striking in again at 
 Quarmote. His very kind note runs in the main as follows : * I 
 hope the steam-launch will pick you up all right. Please don't think 
 of going over to the Siboku this time. I cannot at present send to 
 meet you at its mouth. When you come here we will talk over a 
 trip for some other time there,' etc. I presume there are political 
 considerations that bring our journey across the Company's territoiy 
 to an unexpected end." 
 
 The five men wlio were sent down stream on June 
 14tli returned in the launch to the expedition, which 
 returned to ElojDura, Sandakan, Monday, June 27th, 
 1881. 
 
 During this excursion the Company's officer halted 
 at something like thirty villages and passed many 
 more. Nowhere did he meet with rebuff or obstruc-
 
 170 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 tion. On tlie contrary, lie received kindness and 
 assistance ; and whenever ^'' tlie lords of tlie Company ^^ 
 were mentioned by the natives, it was with respect, 
 with liking_, and with hope of advantage from the 
 government of the white man.
 
 VII. 
 THE PIONEEES AT WOEK. 
 
 Jaya and Borneo — " How to manage a Colony " — Statistics of Pro- 
 gi'sss — Wallace on the Dutch System — The Chinese in relation 
 to North Borneo — A Suggestion for the Importation of Labour 
 from China — An Interesting Scheme — Building up a New Town — 
 The Progress of Sandakan — The First Days of Elopura — Security 
 and Confidence. 
 
 I. 
 
 Just as Java is full of quaint evidences of a past 
 civilisation, Borneo has ample indications of a previous 
 era of prosperity. In Java, records of the vanished 
 power are found in strange mementoes of brick and 
 stone ; but in Borneo the Chinese have only left traces 
 of their commercial supremacy in habits and manners 
 that have survived them here and there in a mixture 
 of the races of men. Five hundred years ago Java 
 was populated by a cultured people, who built mag- 
 nificent temples and other architectural edifices. " It 
 is a wonderful example of the power of religious 
 ideas in social life,'^ says Wallace, "that in the very 
 country where, five hundred years ago, these grand
 
 172 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 works were being yearly executed, the inTiabitants 
 now only build rude houses of bamboo and tliatcli, 
 and look upon these relics of their forefathers with 
 ignorant amazement, as the undoubted productions of 
 giants or demons/^ While there are no traces of 
 building in Sabah, and no opportunities of classic 
 comparison with Java, it is in the power of the New 
 Company to emulate the modern civilisation of Java ; 
 and in doing so they will first seek to revive those old 
 days of Bornean prosperity of which all ancient 
 travellers speak, and proof of which is continually 
 cropping up in the history of current exploration. 
 
 '' Java j or, How to Manage a Colony/^ by J. W. B. 
 Money, is one of the most interesting disquisitions on 
 the science of government which has possibly ever 
 been written. Mr. Wallace recommends the work, 
 and concurs in its facts and conclusions. He believes 
 that the Dutch system, as develojDed at Java, is the 
 very best that can be adopted when a European nation 
 conquers or otherwise acquires possession of a country 
 inhabited by an industrious but semi-barbarous people. 
 
 "The mode of government now adopted in Java is to retain the 
 whole series of native ralers, from the village chief up to princes, 
 who, under the name of Kegents, are the heads of districts about the 
 size of a small English county. "With each Regent is placed a Dutch 
 Eesident, or Assistant Eesident, who is considered to be his ' elder 
 brother,' and whose * orders ' take the form of ' recommendations,' 
 which are, however, implicitly obeyed. Along with each Assistant
 
 THE PIONEEES AT WORK. 173 
 
 Resident is a Controller, a kind of inspector of all the lower native 
 rulers, •who periodically visits every village in the district, examines 
 the proceedings of the native courts, hears complaints against the 
 head-men or other native chiefs, and superintends the Government 
 plantations. This brings us to the ' culture system,' which is the 
 source of all the wealth the Dutch derive from Java, and is the 
 subject of much abuse in this country because it is the reverse of 
 ' free trade.' To understand its uses and beneficial effects, it is 
 necessary first to sketch the common results of free European trade 
 with uncivilised peoples. 
 
 " Natives of tropical climates have few wants, and, when these are 
 supplied, are disinclined to work for superfluities without some strong 
 incitement. With such a people the introduction of any new or 
 systematic cultivation is almost impossible, except by the despotic 
 orders of chiefs whom they have been accustomed to obey, as 
 children obey their parents. The free competition of European 
 traders, however, introduces two powerful inducements to exertion. 
 Spirits or opium is a temptation too strong for most savages to 
 resist, and to obtain these he will sell whatever he has, and will 
 work to get more. Another temptation he cannot resist is goods on 
 credit. The trader offers him gay cloths, knives, gongs, guns, and 
 gunpowder, to be paid for by some crop perhaps not yet planted, or 
 some product yet in the forest. He has not sufficient forethought to 
 take only a modest quantity, and not enough energy to work early 
 and late in order to get out of debt ; and the consequence is that he 
 accumulates debt upon debt, and often remains for years, or for life, 
 a debtor and almost a slave. This is a state of things which occurs 
 very largely in every part of the world in which men of a superior 
 race freely trade with men of a lower race. It extends trade, no 
 doubt, for a time, but it demoralises the native, checks true civilisation, 
 and does not lead to any permanent increase in the wealth of the 
 country ; so that the European government of such a country must 
 be carried on at a loss. 
 
 " The System introduced by the Dutch was to induce the people, 
 through their chiefs, to give a portion of their time to the cultivation 
 of coffee, sugar, and other valuable products. A fixed rate of wages 
 — low indeed, but about equal to that of all places where European com-
 
 174 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 petition has not artificially raised it — was paid to the labourers engaged 
 in clearing the ground and forming the plantations under Government 
 superintendence. The produce is sold to the Government at a low 
 fixed price. Out of the net profits a percentage goes to the chiefs, 
 and the remainder is divided among the workmen. This surplus in 
 good years is something considerable. On the whole the people ar-e 
 well fed and decently clothed ; and have acquired habits of steady 
 industry and the art of scientific cultivation, which must be of service 
 to them in the future. It must be remembered that the Government 
 expended capital for years before any return was obtained ; and if 
 they now derive a large revenue, it is in a way which is far less 
 burthensome, and far more beneficial to the people, than any tax 
 that could be levied." 
 
 According to Mr. Money, Java was in a miserable 
 condition up to 1832. Poverty and crime, dissatis- 
 faction among the natives, failing means, and a yearly 
 deficit in the national income were features of the 
 general situation. A new system was then inaugurated 
 which in a quarter of a century raised the revenue 
 from 24 millions of florins (£2,000,000 sterling) to 
 115 millions of florins (£9,500,000 sterling), and turned 
 the yearly deficit into a yearly net revenue of upwards 
 of 45 millions of florins — equal to £3,750,000, out of a 
 gross revenue of £9,500,000. The reproductive ex- 
 penditure for public works and for developing the 
 resources of the country was raised from a mere trifle 
 to over 2 millions sterling annually. The imports 
 were increased from If to 5 millions sterling, the 
 exports from 2 to over 8J millions sterling. The 
 population grew from about 6 millions in poverty,
 
 THE PIOXEEES AT WORK. 175 
 
 paying a revenue of about 2 millions sterling, or 
 6s. 8d. per head^ to 11| millions of ^^tlie ricliest 
 peasantry in the East," paying a revenue of 9 J millions, 
 or IGs. 6d. per head. In other words, in twenty-five 
 years the new system " quadrupled the revenue, paid off 
 the debt, changed the yearly deficit to a large yearly 
 surplus, trebled the trade, improved the administration, 
 diminished crime and litigation, gave peace, security, 
 and affluence to the people, combined the interests of 
 European and Native, and, more wonderful still, 
 nearly doubled an Oriental population, and gave 
 contentment with the rule of their foreign conquerors 
 to 10 millions of a conquered Mussulman race. The 
 only English aim it did not attain was, what the Dutch 
 had no wish to secure — the religious and intellectual 
 elevation of the native. But those benefits were all 
 obtained by means not only compatible with that 
 object, but which have involuntarily operated in that 
 direction, and have so far produced a firmer and more 
 natural basis for future improvement than is shown by 
 any of the results of our educational and missionary 
 efforts in India.^' 
 
 These benefits are due to the culture system, 
 ^' established by General Yan den Bosch in 1832, 
 acting on the relics of the English rule in Java, 
 as modified by the Dutch on their return in 
 1816.^' Mr. Wallace, in "The Malay Archipelago,^'
 
 176 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 gives US some startling facts and figures up to a 
 later date : 
 
 " It is universally admitted that when a country increases rapidly in 
 population, the people cannot be very greatly oppressed or very 
 badly governed. The present system of raising a revenue by the 
 cultivation of coffee and sugar, sold to Government at a fixed price, 
 began in 1832. Just before this, in 1826, the population by census 
 was 5,500,000, while at the beginning of the century it was estimated 
 at 3,500,000. In 1850, when the cultivation system had been in 
 operation eighteen years, the population by census was over 
 9,500,000, or an increase of 73 per cent, in twenty-four years. At 
 the last census in 1865, it amounted to 14,168,416, an increase of 
 very nearly 50 per cent, in fifteen years — a rate which would double 
 the population in about twenty-six years. As Java (with Madura) 
 contains about 38,500 geographical square miles, this will give an 
 average of 368 persons to the square mile, just double that of the 
 populous and fertile Bengal Presidency, as given in Thornton's 
 ' Gazetteer of India,' and fully one-third more than that of Great 
 Britain and Ireland at the last census. If, as I believe, this vast 
 population is on the whole contented and happy, the Dutch Govern- 
 ment should consider well before abruptly changing a system which 
 has led to such great results." 
 
 II. 
 
 I have ventured to reproduce these illustrations, as 
 showing the possibilities that belong to a tropical 
 country which has such splendid capabilities as 
 North Borneo. It is quite evident that an under- 
 taking of the magnitude of the new Company must 
 have time to grow and give confidence to the capi- 
 talist, the planter, and the emigrant. Much less can
 
 THE PIONEEES AT WOEK. 177 
 
 be expected from tlie natives than has been got out 
 of them, in the way of labour, by the Dutch. The 
 Borneans are far more indolent in every respect than 
 the Javanese. The policy of the new rulers of Sabah 
 will therefore be to attract Chinese labour and Chinese 
 settlers. Mr. Spenser St. John, when H.M.B. Consul- 
 General for Borneo, came to the conclusion that 
 Chinese labour would be the making of the country.* 
 
 * " The population of the territory of British North Borneo we can 
 only guess at, but it is thought there may be 150,000 people, con- 
 sisting on the seacoast of Malays, Illanuns, Bajaus, Sulus, and a 
 few Chinese. In the interior there are a great many tribes who 
 style themselves Muruts, Dusuns, Idaan, Booloodoopies, Mallapees, 
 and others. These people seem to be a peaceable and agTicultural 
 race. The population can, however, be no more depended on for 
 labour than the Malays in the Straits or the Cinghalese in Ceylon. 
 In Ceylon all the estate labour is imported from India. We shall 
 have to import labour in a similar way into Borneo, and for the 
 purpose no doubt the Chinese will offer themselves in thousands as 
 soon as wanted ; their fitness for such work as agriculturists, 
 gardeners, carpenters, blacksmiths, miners, domestic, and indeed, 
 every kind of labour, cannot be gainsaid. Sir W. Medhurst describes 
 them as being of a class sober, frugal, peaceful, reliable, hardwork- 
 ing, intelligent people, and in all respects superior to all other 
 coloured races. It is those qualities that have gained for them pre- 
 eminence amongst all other natives in Eastern Asia. In California 
 and Australia they are much condemned ; but it must not be over- 
 looked that there they come in competition with white men as 
 labourers. Moreover, they are subject to such certain bad treat- 
 ment that only the worst classes will leave their homes for those 
 countries. Let the Chinaman bo known to his master personally, 
 let that master treat him fairly, and there is no better servant in 
 the world. At the same time they must be understood and checked 
 
 N
 
 178 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 In his "Life in tlie Forests of tlie Far East/' lie 
 
 says : 
 
 "There is but one people wlio can develop the islands of the 
 Eastern Archipelago, and they are the Chinese. They are a most 
 industrious and saving nation, and yet liberal in their households 
 and free in their personal expenses. They are the only people to 
 support a European Government, as they are the only Asiatics who 
 will pay a good revenue. In Sarawak there are not above 3000 
 Chinese, and yet they pay in indirect taxes more than a quarter of a 
 million of Malays and Dayaks pay altogether. There is room within 
 the Sarawak territories for half a million of Chinese cultivators with- 
 out in any way inconveniencing the other inhabitants; and these 
 Chinese could pay, without feeling the pressure, £2 a-head in indirect 
 taxes as those levied on opium, spirits, tobacco, and other articles. 
 
 " I believe, if England were to try the experiment of a Chinese 
 colony where they had room to devote themselves to agriculture, to 
 mining, and to commerce, the effects would be as great in propor- 
 tion as those displayed in our Australian Colonies. The Indian 
 Isles are not far distant from China, and emigrants from them are 
 always ready to leave on the slightest temptation, I have lived so 
 many years in the Archipelago that I hope my information may be 
 found correct. I certainly expect much from the future of Borneo 
 if the present experiment be aided or adopted, as it possesses the 
 elements of wealth and prosperity, and can obtain, what is essential 
 to success, a numerous and industrious population." 
 
 A traveller and experienced Eastern adminis- 
 trator who endorses these views (in a private letter, 
 some points of which I have permission to use), 
 
 when in large numbers, and their own customs adoi)ted as 
 regards making their head men responsible for the maintenance 
 of peace and order." — Mi'. Alfred Dent, at the Meeting on North 
 Borneo, March, 1879.
 
 THE PIONEERS AT WORK. 179 
 
 enforces his opinion with tlie following notes from 
 the latest Sarawak revenue returns : 
 
 " Witli a population of about 7000 Chinese the farms alone amount 
 to 88,000 dollars— nearly 90,000 dollars, or £14,000 sterling a-year. 
 In 1874 the farms amounted to 64,500 dollars a year, when steps 
 were taken to introduce Chinese to plant gambler and pepper. The 
 result has been that, with the immigration of about 2000 Coolies, the 
 farms increased, in 1880, 24,000 dollars, and the whole revenue to 
 230,000 dollars a-year (£50,000 sterling a-year), showing an increase 
 of 47,000 dollars, or more than £9000 sterling a-year." 
 
 Mr. St. John says every Chinaman is worth £2 a-year 
 to the Exchequer. In Sarawak, without any direct tax- 
 ation_, every adult pays the Grovernment between £3 and 
 £4 a-year per head. With little or no capital, Sarawak 
 has therefore achieved great results, but it has taken 
 many years to accomplish them. Much more exten- 
 sive and important results can be attained in the 
 North of Borneo, probably in a few years, provided 
 a somewhat similar system of government be adopted, 
 backed by capital. 
 
 To accomplish this, the first object of the Company 
 should be to organise a Chinese colony. North Borneo 
 possesses 20,000 square miles, more than two-thirds 
 of which is virgin forest, and a population of about 
 100,000, or five to a square mile. Java, on the other 
 hand, with an area of 37,000 square miles, about 
 double the size of British North Borneo, supports a 
 
 N 2
 
 180 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 population of nearly 18,000,000, yielding a revenue 
 of £10,000,000 sterling per annum. 
 
 In Singapore, where there are between 80,000 and 
 90,000 Chinamen, the yearly revenue, which is chiefly 
 derived from opium and other farms, amounts to 
 £200,000 a-year. Now there is ample room in North 
 Borneo for 500,000 Chinamen, and it is evidently 
 of importance that steps should be taken to induce 
 their immigration. 
 
 In a paper read before the Society of Arts, Sir 
 Arthur Phayre shows what satisfactory results have 
 been achieved by a just administration of the govern- 
 ment of British Burmah during the last twenty-five 
 years. The population has been doubled, the revenue 
 and trade quadrupled, an increased prosperity which 
 is mainly due to the cultivation of rice. The climate 
 and soil of Borneo are eminently fitted for paddy- 
 growing, and there is no reason why rice and sago 
 should not become the staple exports of the country. 
 Whilst trying experiments with new cultures, the 
 main object of the Grovernment should be the employ- 
 ment of capital in those cultures which are known 
 to succeed in the island — i.e. gambier, pepper, rice, 
 maize, and sago. A strong argument in favour of 
 these articles, in addition to their adaptability to the 
 soil, is, that the Chinese are experts in their cultiva- 
 tion. The sago-palm grows to perfection in Borneo^
 
 THE PIONEERS AT WORK. 181 
 
 and its culture gives an enormous profit. These are 
 the leading suggestions in my friend's letter, and 
 I print them for the interest that belongs to his 
 statistics. 
 
 III. 
 
 I have before me the half-yearly report of the 
 Resident at Sandakan, dated June, 1881. It is a 
 record of the progress of the Company^s new settle- 
 ment of Elopura, and as a page out of the history of 
 " beginnings ^' it possesses a special interest. Some 
 day, when Elopura is a thriving city, these references 
 to its earliest days will be read with curiosity and 
 surprise. Just as at this moment Elopura is quite a 
 wonderful little place to what it was a year ago, so 
 twenty years hence its present size will be that of a 
 dwarf to a giant. But as an example of how the new 
 English Company is sowing the seed of a new world, 
 the formal account of a Resident's stewardship at 
 one of the newest stations in North Borneo is worth 
 examination. 
 
 '^ The past six months,^' says the Resident, ^' have 
 been marked by rapid progress in Elopura, progress 
 more rapid than anyone could have been justified in 
 predicting even in so short a time as eighteen 
 months ago. This improvement denotes not so much 
 an advance in Elopura itself, as an increasing pros-
 
 182 THE NEW CEYLOX. 
 
 perity througliout tlie country inland, Elopnra being 
 but tlie index of affairs generally in tliis part of 
 Sabah/' * 
 
 The population is permanently increased with the 
 arrival of every steamer. Many of the immigrants 
 go up-country gutta-hunting. The Chinese are 
 coming in rapidly. The population generally is a 
 miscellaneous one — Sooloos, Bugis, Sarawak men, 
 Bajaus, Banjermassing and Manilla men, Tidong and 
 Booloongan men. An attempt to take the census 
 failed, but the inhabitants of Elopura now number 
 certainly over 1200. Besides this, the settlers in other 
 parts of Sandakan Bay are constantly increasing, over 
 sixty-three arriving in one day. 
 
 " I may be pardoned for recalling to mind the time, 
 not three years ago/^ adds the Resident, '^ when, 
 there being an alarm of pirates at Balhalla, I went 
 round the only three villages that existed then, and 
 found that, besides my own one or two men, there were 
 not even ten male adults in the whole Bay/^ 
 
 The health of the population continues to be ex- 
 
 * " The new town of Elopura is situated conveniently near the 
 mouth of the harbour of Sandakan. It appears to be a very thriving 
 settlement, being only thirteen months old. There are a good many 
 Chinese settlers, and they evince confidence in the new Company's 
 Resident by laying out a good deal of money." — " Observations on the 
 North Coast of Borneo," by Commander C. Johnstone, of the Elgeria, 
 Sejpteinber 4th, 1880.
 
 THE PIONEERS AT WOEK. 183 
 
 tremely good. There is not a single case of fever of 
 local origin since tlie first tree was cut in ttie clearing, 
 and both diarrhoea and dysentery are of very unusual 
 occurrence. Invalids continually arrive from the 
 Kinabatangan and other rivers, but usually soon 
 recover, owing to the combined influence of fresh sea 
 breezes, dry airy situation, and good water. 
 
 Nearly all the children in this place have been 
 vaccinated, and Mr. WaU, the local doctor, " has also 
 been up the Bay and vaccinated the Bajaus, but not a 
 single case of the latter took. At Tuong Leet most 
 of the Andy Goroo Malagong's people have been 
 successfully vaccinated, and the Seemomal Bajaus as 
 well.^^ 
 
 Industries are progressing : at Pulo Buy plank- 
 sawing continues uninterruptedly. ^' There are now 
 two or three small carpentering establishments besides 
 the original Pah Lings of which they are offshoots ; 
 there are four or five vegetable-gardens, and a new 
 one is just going to be commenced on a more preten- 
 tious scale ; several people are rearing chickens solely 
 for sale, pigs are being kept, bananas are occasionally 
 to be bought, and in various other ways things are 
 beginning to get more comfortable. The Bajaus 
 having abandoned fishing, fishermen from Labuan 
 have had to be introduced.'^ 
 
 There is also a blacksmith, a bakery, a washerman, and
 
 184 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 other small industries, down to a little brass-foundry, 
 where brass Sirih boxes and other things are cast by 
 Sooloo workmen. In the industries of the future the 
 drying and salting of fish promises to take a prominent 
 place. The demand for dried fish to be taken up the 
 country by the various gutta, rattan, and camphor- 
 collecting parties, is rapidly extending. 
 
 " Trade increases and expands monthly ; there are 
 now twenty-five different trading establishments here. 
 The most noticeable feature of this half -yearns trade 
 has been the arrival of over thirty sea-going vessels 
 (prahus) from Pulo, Gaya, Seebutu, and other islands, 
 and even from Sugh itself, and a considerable increase 
 in business in consequence." 
 
 During the period in question there has been no 
 single crime of any importance. Summons cases for 
 debt, disputes over matters of all kinds, quarrels 
 between husband and wife, have made up the bulk 
 of the usual Court business ; while one or two bank- 
 ruptcy and liquidation cases have exercised the judicial 
 functions of the Resident. 
 
 " The close of this half-year leaves matters generally 
 in a very satisfactory condition. The Bajaus, who at 
 first were inclined to oppose us, are now our friends, and 
 ready to aid us with their creeses; and the Sooloos also. 
 The Darvel Bay people, who required a man-of-war to 
 visit them less than two years ago, are now anxious
 
 THE PIONEERS AT WOEK. 185 
 
 to submit to us and ask for our flag. Dato Israel,, 
 who lias been in doubt about us till quite lately, has 
 shown his goodwill by giving his active assistance 
 in one or two matters that required some little time 
 and trouble. The chief man of Paitan is acting 
 unappointed as a collector of customs ; and the 
 powerful Sheriff of Maludu Bay, quite unsought by 
 me, sends down for advice in many matters. The 
 Chinese are quite contented, and I have not heard 
 a murmur from them since certain trade rules were 
 altered to suit their wishes.-'^ 
 
 Inland the country is ^^ripe for the Company to 
 collect a fair tithe of the produce, and the people 
 up both the Kinabatangan, Labok, aud Sugut, are 
 anxious, and even clamorous, to have the Elopura 
 Administration extended to them." Says the Resident, 
 reflecting with laudable pride on the work thus accom- 
 plished : '' It must be confessed this is a great change 
 from the past, especially when it is remembered that 
 the people dealt with are found to be unruleable 
 by other nations; and that the best of them are 
 known pirates, and have customs and rules regarding 
 marriage, slavery, and other things which are quite 
 at variance with our Western ideas, but to have 
 combated which would have immediately placed us 
 at variance with the bulk of the population ; in 
 which case our way would not have been so easy
 
 186 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 with regard to tlie inland taxation, if practicable at 
 all, while planting would not have been possible ; so 
 that a little money which has been spent from time 
 to time, in freeing slaves and the like, has 
 not been thrown away. As it is, the various con- 
 flicting interests of Sulu and Dayak, Bajau and 
 Booloodoopy, Chinaman and Malay, trader and artisan, 
 fisherman and coolie, have all been consulted, with 
 the result that European planters can start planting 
 to-morrow with as much security as though in an 
 English county instead of in a country which three 
 years ago was impassable by small parties owing to 
 fear of head-hunters or village feuds, on whose 
 coast it required a small fleet to move together to 
 keep off the pirates .^^ 
 
 IV. 
 
 With the examples of Sarawak and Java at their 
 very doors, with soil and climate equal to Ceylon, with 
 the resources of a great corporation at their command, 
 and with the foundation of their past four years^ quiet 
 useful work to build upon, the nineteenth- century suc- 
 cessor of the East India Company should achieve great 
 things. There is more than one Eastern Question, 
 and that which is developing rapidly to-day with the 
 raising of the flood-gates of Chinese emigration is
 
 THE PIONEEES AT WOEK. 187 
 
 not tlie least important of tlie problems, Asiatic and 
 Oriental, wliicli will liave to be solved by future 
 statesmen. The '' fragments of two continents," 
 which, are known as the Malay Archipelago, have 
 "an absolute . extent of land" little less than that of 
 Western Europe from Hungary to Spain. The Archi- 
 pelago itself is over 4000 miles in length from east to 
 west, and is about 1300 iu breadth from north to 
 south. ''It includes three islands larger than Great 
 Britain ; and in one of them, Borneo, the whole of the 
 British Isles might be set down, and would be sur- 
 rounded by a sea of forests. New Guinea, though 
 less compact in shape, is probably larger than Borneo. 
 Sumatra is about equal in extent to Great Britain ; 
 Java, Luzon, and Celebes, are each about the size of 
 Ireland. Eighteen more islands are, on the average, 
 as large as Jamaica ; more than a hundred are as large 
 as the Isle of Wight; while the isles and islets of 
 smaller size are innumerable." It is in these regions 
 that eventually the Chinese must find an outlet for 
 their labour. The progress of civilisation cannot 
 continue to pass by these " islands of the sun" in the 
 coming days ; and when the historian a hundred years 
 hence takes up his pen to tell the history of the 
 exploration and cultivation of the Archipelago, the 
 society of English travellers and merchants who 
 supplemented native labour with a systematic endow-
 
 188 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 ment of Chinese industry and ingenuity, will, it is 
 hoped, furnisli a chapter of important and valuable 
 results. 
 
 It is certain that among modern commercial enter- 
 prises there is not one which suggests to the specula- 
 tive reasoner, as well as to the practical philosopher, 
 more interesting possibilities than this mercantile 
 annexation of Sabah. If the present volume gives 
 sufficient data for a proper understanding of the 
 newly-created power, and an intelligent sketch of 
 the country and its surroundings, the object of the 
 compiler will have been achieved. In due course 
 other pens will take up the story of the New Company 
 and the New Flag. In the meantime the reader who 
 desires to increase his literary acquaintance with the 
 natural wonders of the islands that dot the blue seas 
 of China, Java, and Sooloo, will find ample satisfac- 
 tion in the works of Spenser St. John, Brooke, 
 Dalrymple, Marryat, Boyle, Earl, Medhurst, Bax, 
 Keppel, Crawford, Colomb, Wallace, Mundy, Belcher, 
 Tennent, Burbidge, and Bock.
 
 APPEroiX. 
 
 Feom the "London Gazette/^ Novembee 8th, 1881. 
 
 Foreign Ofpice, November 7tli, 1881. 
 
 The following Charter has been granted to the British North Borneo 
 Company, upon a petition to Her Majesty in Council. 
 
 Victoria, by the Grace o£ God, of tlie United 
 Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland 
 Queen, Defender of the Faith. 
 
 To all to whom these presents shall come 
 greeting. 
 
 Wheeeas an humble petition has been presented to 
 us in our Council by Alfred Dent, of 11, Old Bond 
 Street, in the City of London, merchant ; the British 
 North Borneo Provisional Association, Limited; Sir 
 Rutherford Alcock, of 14, Great Queen Street, in the 
 City of Westminster, Knight Commander of our most 
 Honourable Order of the Bath; Richard Biddulph 
 Martyn, of 68, Lombard Street, in the City of London, 
 banker, a member of the Commons House of Parlia- 
 ment; Richard Charles Mayne, Companion of our
 
 190 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 most Honourable Order of tlie Batli, a Rear- Admiral 
 in our Navy; and William Henry Macleod Read, of 
 25, Durham Terrace, in tlie County of Middlesex, 
 mercliant. 
 
 And whereas the said petition states (among other 
 things) to the effect that, on the 29th day of December, 
 1877, the Sultan of Brunei, in the Island of Borneo, 
 made and issued to the petitioner, Alfred Dent and 
 another, or one of them, three several grants of 
 territories, lands, and islands therein mentioned, and 
 a commission. 
 
 And whereas the said petition further states that 
 by the first of the grants aforesaid the Sultan of 
 Brunei granted to the grantees co- jointly, their heirs, 
 associates, successors, or assigns, all the territory and 
 land belonging to the Sultan on the west coast of 
 Borneo, comprising Gaya Bay from Gray a Head to 
 Loutut Point, including Sapangar Bay and Gaya Bay, 
 and Sapangar Island and Gaya Island, and all the 
 other islands within the limits of the harbour and 
 within three marine leagues of the coast, likewise 
 the province and territory of Pappar, adjoining the 
 province of Benoni, and belonging to the Sultan as 
 his private property; and in consideration of that 
 grant the grantees promised to pay severally and 
 CO- jointly to the Sultan, his heirs, or successors, the 
 sum of four thousand dollars per annum ; and by that 
 grant the said territories were from the date thereof 
 declared vested in the grantees, their heirs, associates, 
 successors, or assigns, for so long as they shall 
 choose and desire to hold them ; provided however 
 that the Sultan should have the right to resume the
 
 APPENDIX. 191 
 
 control and government of the said territories if tlie 
 above-mentioned annual compensation should not have 
 been paid for three successive years. 
 
 And whereas the said petition further states that 
 by the second of the grants aforesaid the Sultan of 
 Brunei granted to the grantees co- jointly,, their heirs, 
 associates, successors, or assigns, all the territories 
 belonging to the Sultan from the Sulaman Eiver on 
 the north-west coast of Borneo unto the River Paitan 
 on the north-east coast of the island, containing 
 twenty - one states, together with the island of 
 Banguey and all the other islands within three 
 marine leagues of the coast, for their own exclusive 
 uses and purposes ; and in consideration of that grant 
 the grantees promised to pay severally and co-jointly 
 to the Sultan, his heirs, or successors, the sum of 
 six thousand dollars per annum ; and by that grant 
 the said territories were from the date thereof declared 
 vested in the grantees, their heirs, associates, suc- 
 cessors or assigns for so long as they should choose to 
 hold them ; provided however that the Sultan should 
 have the right to resume the control and government 
 of the said territories if the above-mentioned annual 
 compensation should not have been paid for three 
 successive years. 
 
 And whereas the said petition further states that 
 by the third of the grants aforesaid the Sultan of 
 Brunei granted to the grantees, their heirs, associates, 
 successors, or assigns, all the following territories 
 belonging to the kingdom of Brunei, and comprising 
 the states of Paitan, Sugut, Bangaya, Labuk, San- 
 dakan, Kinabatangan, Mumiang, and all the tern-
 
 192 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 tories as far as the Sibuco Kiver, witli all tlie islands 
 witliiii three leagues of the coast belonging thereto, 
 for their own exclusive and absolute uses and pur- 
 poses ; and in consideration of that grant the grantees 
 promised to "pay co-jointly and severally as com- 
 pensation the sum of two thousand dollars per annum; 
 and from that date the said territories were thereby 
 declared vested in the grantees, their heirs, associates, 
 successors, and assigns, for so long as they should 
 choose or desire to hold them ; provided however that 
 the Sultan should have the right to resume the 
 control and government of the said territories if the 
 above-mentioned annual compensation should not have 
 been paid for three successive years. 
 
 And whereas the said petition further states that by 
 the commission aforesaid, after reciting to the effect 
 that the Sultan of Brunei had seen fit to grant to his 
 trusty and well-beloved friends the grantees certain 
 portions of the dominions owned by him, comprising 
 the entire northern portion of the island of Borneo, 
 from the Sulaman river on the west coast of Maluda 
 Bay and to the River Paitan, and thence the entire 
 eastern coast as far as the Sibuco river, comprising 
 the states of Paitan, Sugut, Bangayan, Labuk, San- 
 dakan, Kinabatangan, and Mumiang, and other lands 
 as far as Sibuco river, furthermore the provinces 
 of Kimanis and Benoni, the province of Pappar, and 
 the territory of Gaya Bay and Sapangar Bay, with all 
 the land and islands belonging thereto, and likewise 
 the island of Banguey, for certain considerations 
 between them agreed, and that one of the grantees 
 therein in that behalf named was the chief and only
 
 APPENDIX. 193 
 
 autliorised representative of his Company in Borneo ; 
 it was declared tliat tlie Sultan had nominated and 
 appointed^ and thereby did nominate and appoint the 
 same grantee supreme ruler of the above-named ter- 
 ritories with the title of Maharajah of Sabah (North 
 Borneo) and Rajah of Gaya and Sandakan^ with 
 power of life and death over the inhabitants, with all 
 the absolute rights of property vested in the Sultan 
 over the soil of the country, and the right to dispose 
 of the same as well as the rights over the productions 
 of the country, whether mineral^ vegetable, or animal, 
 with the rights of making laws, coining money, creat- 
 ing an army and navy, levying customs rates on home 
 and foreign trade and shipping, and other dues and 
 taxes on the inhabitants as to him might seem good 
 or expedient, together with all other powers and 
 rights usually exercised by and belonging to sovereign 
 rulers, and which the Sultan thereby delegated to 
 him of his own free will ; and the Sultan called upon 
 all foreign nations with whom he had formed friendly 
 treaties and alliances, to acknowledge the said 
 Maharajah as the Sultan himself in the said terri- 
 tories, and to respect his authority therein ; and in 
 case of the death or retirement from oflB.ce of the said 
 Maharajah, then his duly-appointed successor in the 
 ofl&ce of supreme ruler and Governor-in-Chief of the 
 Company^s territories in Borneo should likewise 
 succeed to the ofl&ce and title of Maharajah of Sabah 
 and Rajah of Gaja and Sandakan, and all the powers 
 above enumerated be vested in him. 
 
 And whereas the said petition further states that 
 on the same day the Pangeran Tumongong (chief 
 
 o
 
 194 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 minister) of Brunei made to the same two persons, 
 their heirs, associates^ successors, or assigns, a grant of 
 the provinces of Kimanis and Benoni^ on the north- 
 west coast of Borneo, with all the islands belonging 
 thereto within three marine leagues of the coast, of 
 the said territories belonging to him as his private 
 property, to hold for their own exclusive and abso- 
 lute uses and purposes ; and, in consideration of that 
 grant, the grantees promised to pay as compensation 
 to the Pangeran Tumongong, his heirs or successors, 
 the sum of three thousand dollars per annum ; and 
 the said territories were thereby declared vested in 
 the grantees, their heirs, associates, successors, or 
 assigns, for so long as they should choose or desire to 
 hold them ; and they further promised to protect the 
 Pangeran Tumongong with kindness. 
 
 And whereas the said petition further states that 
 on the 22nd day of January, 1878, the Sultan of 
 Sooloo and the dependencies thereof (in the said 
 petition and in this our charter referred to as the 
 Sultan of Sooloo), made and issued to the same two 
 persons, or one of them, a grant of his rights and 
 powers over territories, lands, states, and islands 
 therein mentioned, and a commission. 
 
 And whereas the said petition further states that 
 by the last-mentioned grant the Sultan of Sooloo, on 
 behalf of himself, his heirs, and successors, and with 
 the consent and advice of the Datoos in council 
 assembled, granted and ceded of his own free and 
 sovereign will to the grantees as representatives of a 
 British Company co-jointly, their heirs, associates, 
 successors, and assigns, for ever, and in perpetuity all
 
 APPENDIX. 195 
 
 the riglits and powers belonging to the Sultan, over 
 all the territories and lands being tributary to him on 
 the mainland of the island of Borneo, commencing 
 from the Pandassan river on the north-west coast^ and 
 extending along the whole east coast as far as the 
 Sibuco river in the south, and comprising amongst 
 others the states of Paitan, Sugut, Bangaya, Labuk, 
 Sandakan, Kinabatangan, Mumiang, and all the 
 other territories and states to the southward thereof 
 bordering on Darvel Bay, and as far as the Sibuco 
 river, with all the islands within three marine leagues 
 of the coast; and, in consideration of that grant, the 
 grantees promised to pay as compensation to the 
 Sultan, his heirs or successors, the sum of five thou- 
 sand dollars per annum ; and the said territories were 
 thereby declared vested in the grantees co- jointly, 
 their heirs, associates, successors, or assigns, for as 
 long as they should choose or desire to hold them ; 
 provided, however, that the rights and privileges 
 conferred by that grant should never be transferred 
 to any other nation or company of foreign nationality 
 without the sanction of our Grovernment first being 
 obtained ; and, in case any dispute should arise 
 between the Sultan, his heirs or successors, and the 
 grantee therein in that behalf specified or his 
 Company, the matter should be submitted to our 
 Consul-General for Borneo ; and that grantee on 
 behalf of himself and his Company further promised 
 to assist the Sultan, his heirs or successors, with his 
 best counsel and advice whenever the Sultan might 
 stand in need of the same. 
 
 And whereas the said petition further states that by
 
 196 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 the last-mentioned commission, after reciting to the 
 effect that the Sultan of Sooloo had seen fit to grant 
 unto his trusty and well-beloved friends the grantees 
 certain portions of the dominions owned by the Sultan, 
 comprising all the lands on the north and east coast of 
 the island of Borneo, from the Pandassan river on the 
 north-west to the Sibuco river on the east coast, 
 including amongst others the states of Paitan, 
 Sugut, Bangaya, Labuk, Sandakan, Kinabatangan, and 
 Mumiang, and all the lands and territories in Darvel 
 Bay as far as the Sibuco river, together with all the 
 islands belonging thereto, for certain considerations 
 between them agreed, and that one of the grantees 
 therein in that behalf named was the chief and only 
 authorised representative of his Company in Borneo, it 
 was declared that the Sultan of Sooloo had nominated 
 and appointed and thereby did nominate and appoint 
 the same grantee supreme and independent ruler of 
 the above-named territories with the title of Datu 
 Bandahara and Eajah of Sandakan, with absolute 
 power of life and death over the inhabitants of the 
 country, with all the absolute rights of property over 
 the soil of the country vested in the Sultan, and the 
 right to dispose of the same as well as the rights over 
 the productions of the country, whether miueral, 
 vegetable, or animal, with the rights of making laws, 
 coining money, creating an army and navy, levying 
 custom dues on home and foreign trade and shipping, 
 and other dues and taxes on the inhabitants as to 
 him might seem good or expedient,* together with 
 all other powers and rights usually exercised by 
 and belonging to sovereign rulers, and which the
 
 APPENDIX. 197 
 
 Sultan thereby delegated to him of his own free and 
 sovereign will ; and the Saltan called upon all foreign 
 nations with whom he had formed friendly treaties or 
 alliances, and he commanded all the datoos, nobles, 
 governors, chiefs, and people owing allegiance to him 
 in the said territories, to receive and acknowledge the 
 said Datu Bandahara as supreme ruler over the said 
 states, and to obey his commands and respect his 
 authority therein as the Sultanas own; and in case of 
 the death or retirement from office of the said Datu 
 Bandahara, then his duly- appointed successor in the 
 office of supreme ruler and governor-in-chief of the 
 Company^s territories in Borneo should likewise, if 
 appointed thereto by the Company, succeed to the 
 title of Datu Bandahara and Rajah of Sandakan, and 
 all the powers above enumerated be vested in him. 
 
 And whereas the said petition further states that all 
 the interests and powers of the grantees under the 
 several grants and commissions aforesaid came to be 
 vested in the petitioner, Alfred Dent. 
 
 And whereas the said petition further states that the 
 petitioner, Alfred Dent, and his associates from time to 
 time of necessity expended large sums of money and 
 made great exertions in and about procuring the grants 
 and commissions aforesaid, and putting them into use 
 and discharging the obligations arising thereunder. 
 
 And whereas the said petition further states that 
 the petitioner, the British North Borneo Provisional 
 Association, Limited, consists of persons who lately 
 agreed to join together for the temporary purposes 
 of acting as intermediaries between the petitioner 
 Alfred Dent, on the one hand, and a company to bo
 
 198 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 incorporated (if we should so think fit) by royal 
 charter^ on the other hand^ and of carrying on until 
 the grant of such a charter the management of the 
 affairs arising under the grants and commissions afore- 
 said, and who, for convenience of common action and 
 for limitation of liability, have incorporated themselves 
 under the general statutes relating to companies, that 
 provisional association having for its objects as declared 
 by its memorandum of association (among others) the 
 following (that is to say) : 
 
 To purchase from Alfred Dent his interest and 
 powers in, over, and affecting territories, lands, and 
 property in Borneo, and islands lying near thereto, 
 including Labuan. 
 
 To acquire by purchase or other lawful means 
 other interests and powers in, over, or affecting the 
 same territories, lands, and property and interests 
 and powers in, over, or affecting other territories, 
 lands, and property in the region aforesaid. 
 
 To obtain from the Crown a charter incor- 
 porating and regulating a company constituted 
 with the like objects as aforesaid, or other objects 
 relating to any territories, lands, and property as 
 aforesaid. 
 
 To transfer to the company so incorporated any 
 interests and powers as aforesaid for the time 
 being vested in the Association. 
 And whereas the said petition further states that 
 all the interests and powers of the petitioner, Alfred 
 Dent, under the several grants and commissions afore- 
 said^ have been transferred to and are now vested in
 
 APPEXDIX. 199 
 
 tlie petitioner, tlie British North Borneo Provisional 
 Association, Limited. 
 
 And whereas the said petition further states that 
 Association will, in accordance with its provisional 
 character indicated in its name, and in pursuance of 
 the express provisions of its articles of association, be 
 voluntarily wound up in manner provided by statute 
 as soon as a sale or disposal of its territories, lands, 
 and property to a company to be incorporated (if we 
 should so think fit) by royal charter has been effected, 
 and will, after payment and discharge of its debts and 
 liabilities, and after distribution among its members of 
 the proceeds of such sale or disposal and of any other 
 its assets, be dissolved. 
 
 And whereas the said petition further states that 
 the petitioners, Sir Rutherford Alcock, Richard 
 Biddulph Martin, Richard Charles Mayne, and William 
 Henry Macleod Read, are, with the jDetitioner, Alfred 
 Dent, the directors of that Association. 
 
 And whereas the said petition represents that the 
 success of the enterprise in which the petitioners are 
 engaged as aforesaid would be greatly advanced if it 
 should seem fit to us to incorporate by our royal 
 charter a company to carry on that enterprise. 
 
 And whereas the said petition further represents 
 that such a chartered company would render to our 
 dominions services of much value, and would promote 
 the commercial prosperity of many of our subjects. 
 
 And whereas the said petition further represents 
 that the petitioners are in a position to raise the 
 capital requisite for the proper and effective conduct
 
 200 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 of the enterprise aforesaid, and they thereby under- 
 take to do so on obtaining the grant of such a 
 charter. 
 
 And whereas by the said petition the petitioners 
 therefore most humbly pray that we will be graciously 
 pleased to grant our royal charter for incorporating a 
 company to carry on the enterprise aforesaid by such 
 name and with such powers and privileges and subject 
 to such conditions as to us may seem meet. 
 
 Now therefore we, having taken the said petition 
 into our royal consideration in our Council^ and being 
 satisfied that the intentions of the petitioners are 
 praiseworthy and deserve encouragement, and that 
 the enterprise in the petition described may be pro- 
 ductive of much benefit to our dominions and to many 
 of our subjects, by our prerogative royal and of our 
 especial grace, certain knowledge, and mere motion 
 have constituted, erected, and incorporated, and by 
 this our charter for us and our heirs and royal 
 successors, do constitute, erect, and incorporate into 
 one body politic and corporate, by the name of The 
 British North Borneo Company, the said Alfred Dent, 
 Sir Rutherford Alcock, Richard Biddulph Martin, 
 Richard Charles Mayne, and William Henry Macleod 
 Read, and such other persons and such bodies as from 
 time to time become and are members of that body, 
 with perpetual succession, and a common seal, with 
 power to alter or renew the same at discretion, and 
 with the further authorities, powers, and privileges 
 conferred and subject to the conditions imposed by 
 this our charter ; and we do hereby accordingly will, 
 ordain, and declare as follows (that is to say) :
 
 APPENDIX. 201 
 
 Transfer to Company of Grants and Commissions. 
 
 1. The said Britisli North Borneo Company (in 
 this our charter referred to as the Company) is hereby 
 authorised and empowered to acquire by purchase or 
 other lawful means from the British North Borneo 
 Provisional Association, Limited, the full benefit of 
 the several grants and commissions aforesaid, or any 
 of them, as the same is vested in that Association, 
 and all interests and powers of that Association there- 
 under, and all interests and powers vested in that 
 Association in, over, or affecting the territories, lands, 
 and property comprised in those several grants, or iD, 
 over, or affecting any territories, lands, or property in 
 Borneo, or in any island laying near thereto, in- 
 cluding Labuan, and to hold, use, enjoy, and exercise 
 the same for the purposes and on the terms of this 
 our charter. 
 
 Fulfilment by Company of Promises of Grantees. 
 
 2. The Company, as representing the original 
 grantees under the several grants aforesaid, shall be 
 bound by and shall fulfil the promises of payment and 
 other promises therein made, subject to any subsequent 
 agreement affecting those promises. 
 
 British character of Company. 
 
 3. The Company shall always be and remain British 
 in character and domicile, and shall have its principal 
 office in England ; and all the members of its court of 
 directors or other governing body and its principal
 
 202 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 representative in Borneo shall always be natural-born 
 Britisb subjects or persons wbo have been naturalised 
 as British subjects by or under an Act of the Parlia- 
 ment of our United Kingdom. 
 
 Bestriction on Transfer by Company. 
 
 4. The Company shall not have power to transfer, 
 wholly or in part, the benefit of the grants and com- 
 missions aforesaid, or any of them, except with the 
 consent of one of our principal Secretaries of State 
 (in this our charter referred to as our Secretary of 
 State). 
 
 Differences until Sultans. 
 
 5. In case at any time any difference arises between 
 the Sultan of Brunei or the Sultan of Sooloo and the 
 Company, that difference shall on the part of the 
 Company be submitted to the decision of our Secretary 
 of State, if he is willing to undertake the decision 
 thereof. 
 
 Foreign Poiuers. 
 
 6. If at any time our Secretary of State thinks fit 
 to dissent from or object to any of the dealings of the 
 Company with any foreign power, and to make to the 
 Company any suggestion founded on that dissent 
 or objection, the Company shall act in accordance 
 therewith. 
 
 Slavery. 
 
 7. The Company shall to the best of its power 
 discourage, and, as far as may be practicable, abolish 
 by degrees, any system of domestic servitude existing
 
 APPENDIX. 203 
 
 among tlie tribes of tlie coast or interior of Borneo ; 
 and no foreigner^ wlietlier European, Chinese, or 
 other, shall be allowed to own slaves of any kind in 
 the Company^s territories. 
 
 Religions of Inhabitants. 
 
 8. The Company as such, or its oflBcers as such, 
 shall not in any way interfere with the religion of any 
 class or tribe of the people of Borneo, or of any of the 
 inhabitants thereof. 
 
 Administration of Justice to Inhabitants. 
 
 9. In the administration of justice by the Company 
 to the people of Borneo, or to any of the inhabitants 
 thereof, careful regard shall always be had to the 
 customs and laws of the class or tribe or nation to 
 which the parties respectively belong, especially with 
 respect to the holding, possession, transfer, and dis- 
 position of lands and goods, and testate or intestate 
 succession thereto, and marriage, divorce, and legiti- 
 macy, and other rights of property and personal rights. 
 
 Treatment of Inhabitants, generally. 
 
 10. If at any time our Secretary of State thinks fit 
 to dissent from or object to any part of the proceed- 
 ings or system of the Company relative to the people 
 of Borneo, or to any of the inhabitants thereof, in 
 respect of slavery or religion, or the administration of 
 justice, or other matter, and to make to the Company 
 any suggestion founded on that dissent or objection, 
 the Company shall act in accordance therewith.
 
 204 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 Jurisdiction over British Subjects and in Mixed Cases. 
 
 11. In case at any time we think fit to make pro- 
 vision by order in our Council for tlie exercise and 
 regulation of our extra-territorial jurisdiction and 
 authority in Borneo, and to appoint any of the 
 Company^s officers to discharge judicial or other func- 
 tions thereunder in our name, then and so long the 
 Company shall provide all court-houses and establish- 
 ments necessary or proper in that behalf, and bear 
 all expenses of the exercise of the jurisdiction or 
 authority which those officers are so appointed to 
 exercise. 
 
 Facilities for British National Ships. 
 
 / 12. The Company shall freely afford all facilities 
 requisite for our ships in the harbours of the 
 Company. 
 
 Appointment of Company's Principal Representative. 
 
 ^ 13. The appointment by the Company of the 
 Company^s principal representative in Borneo shall 
 always be subject to the approval of our Secretary 
 of State. 
 
 Flag. 
 
 14. The Company may hoist and use on its buildings 
 and elsewhere in Borneo and on its vessels such dis- 
 tinctive flag indicating the British character of the 
 Company as our Secretary of State and the Lords 
 Commissioners of the Admiralty from time to time 
 approve.
 
 APPENDIX. 205 
 
 General Powers of Company. 
 
 15. The Company is hereby further authorised and 
 empowered : 
 
 (?.) To acquire and take by purchase^ cession, 
 or other lawful means, other interests or powers 
 in_, over, or affecting the territories, lands, or 
 property, comprised in the several grants afore- 
 said; or any interests or powers whatever in, 
 over, or affecting other territories, lands, or pro- 
 perty in the region aforesaid ; and to hold^ use, 
 enjoy, and exercise the same for the purposes 
 and on the terms of this our charter. 
 
 {{{.) To improve, develop, clear, plant, and 
 cultivate any territories and lands comprised in 
 the several grants aforesaid, or otherwise acquired 
 under this our charter. 
 
 (lii.) To make and maintain thereiu roads, 
 harbours, railways, telegraphs, and other public 
 and other works, and carry on therein mining 
 and other industries. 
 
 (iv.) To settle any such territories and lands 
 as aforesaid, and to aid and promote immigration 
 into the same. 
 
 (v.) To grant any lands thereiu, for terms or 
 in perpetuity, absolutely or by way of mortgage 
 or otherwise. 
 
 (vi.) To make therein exclusive or other con- 
 cessions of mining, forestal, or other rights. 
 
 (vii.) To farm out, for revenue purposes, the 
 right to sell, in the Company's territories, spirits, 
 tobacco, opium, salt, or other commodities.
 
 206 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 {viii.) To make loans or coutribiitions of 
 money, or money^s worth, for promoting any 
 of the objects of the Company. 
 
 (ix.) To acquire and hold, or charter, or 
 otherwise deal with steam-vessels and other 
 vessels. 
 
 {x.) To acquire and hold any personal 
 property. 
 
 {xL) To deal in merchandise, the growth, pro- 
 duce, or manufacture of the Company's territories, 
 or other merchandise. 
 
 {xii) To carry on any lawful commerce, trade, 
 or dealing whatever, in connection with any of the 
 objects of the Company. 
 
 (xiii.) To establish and maintain agencies in 
 our colonies and possessions and elsewhere. 
 
 (xiv.) To act as agent in the region afore- 
 said for any other company or body, or any 
 person. 
 
 [xv.) To sue and be sued by the Company's 
 name of incorporation, as well in our courts in 
 our United Kingdom, or in our courts in our 
 colonies or possessions, or in our courts in foreign 
 countries, as elsewhere. 
 
 (^cvi.) To take and hold, without licence in 
 mortmain or other authojity than this our charter, 
 messuages and hereditaments in England and in 
 any of our colonies or possessions and elsewhere, 
 convenient for carrying on the management of 
 the affairs of the Company, and to dispose from 
 time to time of any such messuages and heredita- 
 ments when not required for that purpose.
 
 APPENDIX. 207 
 
 (xvii) To do all lawful tilings incidental or 
 conducive to tlie exercise or enjoyment of tlie 
 authorities and powers of tlie Company, in this 
 our charter expressed or referred to, or any of 
 them. 
 
 Questions of Title. 
 
 16. If at any time our Secretary of State thinks 
 fit to object to the exercise by the Company of any 
 authority or power within any part of the territories 
 comprised in the several grants aforesaid, or otherwise 
 acquired under this our charter, on the ground of 
 there being an adverse claim to that part, the Company 
 shall defer to that objection. 
 
 \^- ' Prohibition of Monopoly. 
 
 17. Nothing in this our charter shall be deemed 
 to authorise the Company to set up or grant any 
 general monopoly of trade; and, subject only to 
 customs duties, imposed for revenue purposes, and to 
 restrictions or importation similar in character to 
 those applicable in our United Kingdom, trade with 
 the Company's territories shall be free. 
 
 Deed of Settlement. 
 
 18. Within one year after the date of this our 
 charter there shall be executed by the members of the 
 Company for the time being* a deed of settlement 
 providing for — 
 
 (i.) The amount and division of the capital of 
 the Company and the calls to be made in respect 
 thereof.
 
 208 THE NEW CEYLON. 
 
 (ii.) The registration of members of the 
 Company. 
 
 (m.) The preparation and the circulation 
 among the members of annual accounts. 
 
 {iv.) The audit of those accounts by inde- 
 pendent auditors. 
 
 (v,) The making of bye-laws. 
 
 (vi.) The making and using of official seals of 
 the Company. 
 
 (vii.) The winding-up (in case of need) of the 
 Company^s affairs. 
 
 {via.) Any other matters usual or proper to be 
 provided for in respect of a chartered company. 
 
 19. The deed of settlement shall before the execu- 
 tion thereof be submitted to and approved by the 
 Lords of our Council, and a certificate of their approval 
 thereof, signed by the Clerk of our Council, shall be 
 indorsed on this our charier and on the deed of 
 settlement. 
 
 20. The provisions of the deed of settlement may 
 be from time to time varied or added to by a supple- 
 mentary deed made and executed in such manner and 
 subject to such conditions as the deed of settlement 
 prescribes. 
 
 And we do further will, ordain, and declare that this 
 our charter shall be acknowledged by our governors, 
 and our naval and military officers, and our consuls, 
 and our other officers, in our colonies and possessions, 
 and on the high seas, and elsewhere, and they shall 
 severally give full force and effect to this our charter, 
 and shall recognise and be in all lawful things aiding 
 to the Company and its officers.
 
 APPENDIX. 209 
 
 And we do fartlier will, ordain, and declare that this 
 our charter shall be taken, construed, and adjudged in 
 the most favourable and beneficial sense for and to the 
 best advantage of the Company as well in our courts 
 in our United Kingdom, and in our courts in our 
 colonies or possessions, and in our courts in foreign 
 countries, as elsewhere, notwithstanding that there 
 may appear to be in this our charter any non-recital, 
 mis-recital, uncertainty, or imperfection. 
 
 And we do lastly will, ordain, and declare that in 
 case at any time it is made to appear to us in our 
 Council that the Company has failed to comply with 
 any material condition by this our charter prescribed^ 
 it shall be lawful for us, our heirs and successors, 
 and we do hereby expressly reserve and take to our- 
 selves, our heirs and successors, the right and power, 
 by writing under the great seal of our United King- 
 dom, to revoke this our charter, without prejudice 
 to any power to repeal the same by law belonging to 
 us or them, or to any of our courts, ministers, or 
 officers, independently of this present declaration and 
 reservation. 
 
 In witness whereof we have caused these our letters 
 to be made patent. 
 
 Witness ourselves at our Palace at Westminster, 
 this 1st day of November, in the forty-fifth 
 year of our reign. 
 
 By Her Majesty's Command. 
 
 (L.S.) CARDEW. 
 
 CHABLES I)ICK£::f3 AlfD ZTAlfS, CBXSIAL PALACE PBESS.
 
 In Tu-o Vols. 18s. 
 
 TO-DAT 11^ AMEEIOA: 
 
 STUDIES FOR THE OLD WORLD AI^'D THE NEW. 
 JOSEPH HATTOX, 
 
 AUTHOS OF "the valley OF POPPIES," "QUEEX OF BOHEiCIA," "CLTTIE," 
 ETC. ETC. 
 
 " A briglit and entertaining work." — Dailx Telegeaph. 
 
 "Lively, optimistic, personal." — Tetjth. 
 
 " Graphic and lively sketches." — John" Bull. 
 
 " In the essays which comprise this book, Mr. Hatton shows himself a 
 
 bright, genial writer, with a stj'le which is eminently readable 
 
 Those who wish for examples of his treatment of his subject should read 
 the chapter on copyright, the pages on English anonymous journalism, 
 • Lands of Plenty,' and ' Canada and the Union.' .'...' Crossing the 
 Ferry ' and ' Home Again ' are the titles of the two concluding chapters, 
 the former of which is a very spirited account of how the Arizona was 
 escorted across the Atlantic by a hurricane. The latter is rather over- 
 balanced by being too much devoted to Mr. Booth and the Lyceum 
 Theatre ; but its early sections strike us as singularly original and 
 interesting."— Standaed. 
 
 •' One of the best, because most impartial, and most correct books 
 written by Englishmen on the United States is Mr. Joseph Hatton's 
 ' To-Day in America.' He writes of a country which he has visited and 
 travelled through, with the unprejudiced sjiirit of a true cosmopolitan. 
 He is a keen and exact observer, and he notes his impressions impartially 
 
 as he feels them In short, Mr. Hatton's book is an intelligent 
 
 study of America which Americans themselves may read with both 
 interest and profit."— Philadelphia iNQriREn (U.S.). 
 
 " A bright chatty book, in which his ;experiences of this country are 
 given at considerable length, interspersed and lisrhtcned up with 
 anecdotes racj^ of the soil. It contains also a fund of infoiTaation as to 
 the unprecedented growth of the Great West, its products, its social 
 peculiarities, its preachers, its trottei-s and amusements, told in a style so 
 entertaining as to make it very pleasant reading."— Habpee's Weeklx 
 (U.S.). 
 
 LO-VDOx: CHAPMAN AND HALL, LHHTED.
 
 II, Henrietta Street, Co vent Garden, W.C. 
 {Late 193, Piccadilly, W.) 
 
 November, 1881. 
 
 CATALOGUE OF BOOKS 
 
 PUBLISHED BY 
 
 CHAPMAN & HALL, LIMITED, 
 
 INCLUDING 
 
 DRAWING EXAMPLES, DIAGRAMS, MODELS, 
 INSTRUMENTS, ETC. 
 
 ISSUED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF 
 
 THE SCIENCE AND ART DEPARTMENT, 
 SOUTH KENSINGTON, 
 
 FOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS AND ART AND SCIENCE CLASSES.
 
 NEW NOVELS. 
 
 Just ready, in 3 vols., 
 THE VICAR'S PEOPLE: A Story of a Stain, 
 
 By George Manville Fenn, 
 Author of " The Parson o' Dumford." 
 
 Just ready, in i vol., 
 
 THE MISSING NOTE, 
 
 By Mrs. Corbett. 
 
 In November, in 3 vols., 
 
 THE GREAT TONTINE, 
 
 By Captain Hawley Smart. 
 
 In November, in 3 vols., 
 A New Novel by Herman Merivale. 
 
 In the Press, a New Edition, in i vol., 
 
 AUNT HEPSY'S FOUNDLING. 
 
 By Mrs. Leith Adams. 
 
 In the Press, in 3 vols., 
 A New Novel by the sa7ne Author, 
 
 In the Press, in 3 vols., 
 A New Novel by Maria M. Grant. 
 
 In the Press, in 3 vols., 
 
 A New Novel by Hon. Mrs. Henry Chetwynd. 
 
 THE BELSTONE, 
 
 By J. A. Lake Gloag. 2 vols. 
 
 YOUNG LOCHINVAR; or, The Romance of Real 
 
 Life, 2 vols.
 
 BOOKS 
 
 PUBLISHED BY 
 
 CHAPMAN & HALL, LIMITED, 
 
 ABBOTT {ED WIN), formerly Head Master of the Philological School— 
 
 A CONCORDANCE OF THE ORIGINAL POETICAL 
 
 WORKS OF ALEXANDER POPE. By Edwix A. Abbott, D.D. 
 Medium 8vo, 21s. 
 
 AUSTRALIAN MEAT: RECIPES FOR COOKING AUS- 
 TRALIAN MEAT. By a Cook. i2mo, sewed, gd. 
 BARTLEY {G. C. T.)— 
 
 A HANDY BOOK FOR GUARDIANS OF THE POOR. 
 
 Cro\vn 8vo, cloth, 3s. 
 
 THE PARISH NET: HOW IT'S DRAGGED AND 
 
 WHAT IT CATCHES. Crown 8vo, cloth, 7s. 6d. 
 
 THE SEVEN AGES OF A VILLAGE PAUPER. Crown 
 
 8vo, cloth, 5s. 
 BEESLEY [EDWARD SPENCER)— 
 
 CATILINE, CLODIUS, AND TIBERIUS. Large crown 
 
 8vo, 6s. 
 BELL [DR. JAMES), Principal of the Somerset House Laboratory— 
 
 THE ANALYSIS AND ADULTERATION OF FOOD. 
 
 Part I. TEA, COFFEE, SUGAR, Etc. Being a New Volume of the 
 South Kensington Museum Science Handbooks. Large cro\\Ti 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 BENSON ( W.)— 
 
 MANUAL OF THE SCIENCE OF COLOUR. Coloured 
 
 Frontispiece and Illustrations. i2mo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 PRINCIPLES OF THE SCIENCE OF COLOUR. Small 
 
 4to, cloth, 15s. 
 BIDDLECOMBE {SIR GEORGE), C.B., Captain R.N.— 
 
 AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF SIR GEORGE BIDDLE- 
 
 COMBE, C.B., Captain R.N. Large crown 8vo, 8s. 
 BIRD WOOD. SIR GEORGE {C. M.), C.S.I.— 
 
 THE INDUSTRIAL ARTS OF INDIA. With Map and 
 
 174 Illustrations. New Edition. Demy 8vo, 14s. 
 BLAKE {EDITH OSBORNE)- 
 
 THE REALITIES OF FREEMASONRY. Demy 
 
 8vo, 9s. 
 
 A 2
 
 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 BOYLE [F.]— 
 
 CHRONICLES OF NO MAN'S LAND. Large crown 
 
 8vo, los. 6d. 
 
 LEGENDS FROM MY BUNGALOW. With Portrait. 
 
 Large crown 8vo. [/"« Novejnber. 
 
 BRADLEY [THOMAS), of the Royal Military Academy, Woolwich— 
 
 ELEMENTS OF GEOMETRICAL DRAWING. In Two 
 
 Parts, with Sixty Plates. Oblong folio, half bound, each Part i6s. 
 BUCKLAND [FRANK)— 
 
 LOG-BOOK OF A FISHERMAN AND ZOOLOGIST. 
 
 Second Edition. With numerous Illustrations. Large crown 8vo, 12s. 
 BURCHETT [R.)— 
 
 DEFINITIONS OF GEOMETRY. New Edition. 24mo, 
 
 cloth, 5d. 
 
 LINEAR PERSPECTIVE, for the Use of Schools of Art. 
 
 Twenty-first Thousand. With Illustrations. Post Svo, cloth, 7s. 
 
 PRACTICAL GEOMETRY : The Course of Construction 
 
 of Plane Geometrical Figures. With 137 Diagrams. Eighteenth Edition. Post 
 Svo, cloth, 5s. 
 
 BURN AND [F. C), B.A., Trin. Coll. Camh.— 
 
 THE " A. D. C. ; " being Personal Reminiscences of the 
 
 University Amateur Dramatic Club, Cambridge, Second Edition. Demy Svo, 12s. 
 CAMPION [J. S.).— 
 
 ON THE FRONTIER. Reminiscences of W^ild Sports, 
 
 Personal Adventures, and Strange Scenes. With Illustrations. Second Edition. 
 Demy Svo, i6s. 
 
 ON FOOT IN SPAIN. With Illustrations. Second Edition. 
 
 Demy Svo, i6s. 
 CARLYLE [THOMAS)— See pages 18 and 19. 
 
 CARLYLE BIRTHDAY BOOK (THE).' Prepared by 
 
 Permission of Mr. Thomas Carlyle. Small crown, 3s. 
 CA VO UR [ CO UN T)— 
 
 THE LIFE OF COUNT CAVOUR. By Charles de 
 
 Mazade. Translated from the French. Demy Svo, i6s. 
 CEYLON— 
 
 CEYLON : being a General Description of the Island. 
 
 By an Officer, late of the Ceylon Rifles. 2 vols. Demy 8vo, ;^i Ss. 
 CHAMPEA UX [ALFRED)— 
 
 TAPESTRY. With Woodcuts. Cloth, 2S. 6d. 
 
 CHURCH [A. H), MA., Oxon.— 
 
 PLAIN WORDS ABOUT WATER. Illustrated. Large 
 
 crown Svo, sewed, 6d. 
 
 FOOD : A Short Account of the Sources, Constituents, 
 
 and Uses of Food. Large crown Svo, cloth, 3s. 
 CLINTON [R. H.)— 
 
 A COMPENDIUM OF ENGLISH HISTORY, from the 
 
 Earliest Times to a.d. 1872. With Copious Quotations on the Leading Events and 
 the Constitutional History, together with Appendices. Post Svo, 7s. 6d.
 
 CHAPMAN &- HALL, LLMITED. 
 
 COLENSO {FRANCES E.)— 
 
 HISTORY OF THE ZULU WAR AND ITS ORIGIN. 
 
 Assisted in those portions of the work which touch upon Military Matters by 
 Lieut. -Colonel Edward Durnford. Demy 8vo, i8s. 
 
 A New and Cheaper Edition. Crown 8vo, 9s. 
 
 CRAIK [GEORGE LILLIE)— ~" 
 
 ENGLISH OF SHAKESPEARE. Illustrated in a Philo- 
 
 logical Commentary on his Julius Caesar. Fifth Edition. Post 8vo, cloth, 5s. 
 
 OUTLINES OF THE HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH 
 
 LANGUAGE. Ninth Edition. Post 8vo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 CRIPPS [WILFRED]— 
 
 COLLEGE AND CORPORATION PLATE. With 
 
 numerous Illustrations. Large crown 8vo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 CURIOSITIES OF THE SEARCH-ROOM. A Collection 
 
 of Serious and Whimsical Wills. By the Author of "Flemish Interiors," &c. 
 Demy 8vo, lis. 
 
 DAUBOURG [E.)— 
 
 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE. Doors, Vestibules, Stair- 
 
 cases, Anterooms, Drawing, Dining, and Bed Rooms, Libraries, Bank and News- 
 paper Offices, Shop Fronts and Interiors. Half-imperial, cloth, £2 12s. 6d. 
 
 DAVIDSON [ELLIS A.)— 
 
 PRETTY ARTS FOR THE EMPLOYMENT OF 
 
 LEISURE HOURS. A Book for Ladies. With Illustrations. Demy 8vo, 6s. 
 
 THE AMATEUR HOUSE CARPENTER : a Guide in 
 
 Building, Making, and Repairing. With numerous Illustrations, drawn on Wood 
 by the Author. Royal 8vo, los, 6d. 
 
 DA VIES [ROBERT), F.S.A.— 
 
 WALKS THROUGH THE CITY OF YORK. Edited 
 
 by his Widow. Demy 8vo, los. 6d. 
 DA VISON ( THE MISSES)— 
 
 TRIQUETI MARBLES in the ALBERT MEMORIAL 
 
 CHAPEL, WINDSOR. A Series of Photographs. Dedicated by express per- 
 mission to Her Majesty the Queen. The Work consists of 117 Photographs, with 
 descriptive Letterpress, mounted on 49 sheets of cardboard, half-imperial. £^0 los, 
 
 DAY [WILLIAAj)- 
 
 THE RACEHORSE IN TRAINING, with Hints on 
 
 Racing and Racing Reform, to which is added a Chapter on Shoeing. Fourth 
 Edition. Demy Svo, i6s. 
 
 DE COIN [COLONEL ROBERT L.)— 
 
 HISTORY AND CULTIVATION OF COTTON AND 
 
 TOBACCO. Post 8vo, cloth, 9s. 
 DHA USSON VILLE [MONSIE UR)— 
 
 SALON OF MADAME NECKER. 2 vols. Crown Svo. 
 
 [/« the Press.
 
 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 DE K0N1NCK[L. L.) and DIET Z {E.)^ 
 
 PRACTICAL MANUAL OF CHEMICAL ASSAYING, 
 
 as applied to the Manufacture of Iron. Edited, with notes, by Robert Mallet. 
 Post 8vo, cloth, 6s. 
 
 BE POMAR {THE DUKE)— 
 
 FASHION AND PASSION; or, Life in Mayfair. New 
 
 Edition. Crown 8vo, 6s. 
 DICEY {EDWARD)— 
 
 ENGLAND AND EGYPT. Crown 8vo, 8s. 
 
 DICKENS {CHARLES)— See pages 20—24. 
 
 THE LETTERS OF CHARLES DICKENS. (1836 to 
 
 1870). Third and completing volume. [/« N<rveinber. 
 
 THE LETTERS OF CHARLES DICKENS. Second 
 
 Edition. 2 vols. Demy 8vo, 30s. 
 
 DICKENS (CHARLES) AND ROCHESTER. By 
 
 Robert Langton. With numerous Illustrations. Demy, sewed, is. 
 DIXON { W. HEP IVOR TH)— 
 
 BRITISH CYPRUS. With Frontispiece. Demy 8vo, 15s. 
 THE HOLY LAND. Fourth Edition. With 2 Steel and 
 
 12 Wood Engravings. Post 8vo, los. 6d. 
 DRAYSON {LIEUT.-COL, A. W.)— 
 
 THE CAUSE OF THE SUPPOSED PROPER MOTION 
 
 OF THE FIXED STARS. Demy 8vo, cloth, los. 
 
 THE CAUSE, DATE, AND DURATION OF THE 
 
 LAST GLACIAL EPOCH OF GEOLOGY. Demy Bvo, cloth, los. 
 
 PRACTICAL MILITARY SURVEYING AND 
 
 SKETCHING. Fifth Edition. Post Bvo, cloth, 4s. 6d. 
 
 DYCE'S COLLECTION. A Catalogue of Printed Books and 
 
 Manuscripts bequeathed by the Rev. Alexander Dyce to the South Kensington 
 Museum. 2 vols. Royal 8vo, half-morocco, 14s. 
 
 A Collection of Paintings, Miniatures, Drawings, Engravings, 
 
 Rings, and Miscellaneous Objects, bequeathed by the Rev. Alexander Dyce 
 to the South Kensington Museum. Royal §vo, half-mo'-occo, 6s. 6d. 
 
 DYCE {WILLIAM), R.A.— 
 
 DRAWING-BOOK OF THE GOVERNMENT SCHOOL 
 
 OF DESIGN ; OR, ELEMENTARY OUTLINES OF ORNAMENT. Fifty 
 selected Plates. Folio, sewed, 5s. ; mounted, i8s. 
 Text to Ditto. Sewed, 6d. 
 ELLIOT {FRANCES)— 
 
 PICTURES OF OLD ROME. New Edition. Post 8vo, 
 
 cloth, 6s. 
 ENGEL {CARL)— 
 
 A DESCRIPTIVE and ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE 
 
 OF THE MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS in the SOUTH KENSINGTON 
 
 MUSEUM, preceded by an Essay on the History of Musical Instruments. Second 
 Edition. Royal 8vo, half-morocco, 12s. 
 
 MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS. With numerous Woodcuts. 
 
 Large crown 8vo, cloth, 2s. 6d.
 
 CHAPMAN &- HALL, LIMITED, 
 
 E SCOTT {T. H. S.)— 
 
 PILLARS OF THE EMPIRE ; Short Biographical 
 
 Sketches. Demy 8vo, los. 6d. 
 EWALD [ALEXANDER CHARLES), F.S.A.— 
 
 REPRESENTATIVE STATESMEN: Political Studies. 
 
 2 vols. Large crown 8vo, £z. 4s. 
 
 SIR ROBERT WALPOLE. A Political Biography, 
 
 1676-1745. Demy 8vo, i8s. 
 FANE {VIOLET)— 
 
 QUEEN OF THE FAIRIES (A Village Story), and other 
 
 Poems. Crown 8vo, 6s. 
 
 ANTHONY BABINGTON : a Drama. Cro^yn 8vo, 6s. 
 FEARNLEY [W.)— 
 
 LESSONS IN HORSE JUDGING, AND THE SUM- 
 
 MERING OF HUNTERS. With Illustrations. Cro^^■n 8vo, 4s. 
 FITZGERALD [PERCY)— 
 
 CROKER'S BOSWELL AND BOSWELL. Studies in 
 
 the Life of Johnson. Demy Svo, 12s. 
 FITZ-PATRICK [W. J.)— 
 
 LIFE OF CHARLES LEVER. 2 vols. Demy 8vo, 30s. 
 FLEMING [GEORGE), F.R.C.S.— 
 
 ANIMAL PLAGUES: THEIR HISTORY, NATURE, 
 
 AND PREVENTION. 8vo, cloth, 15s. 
 
 HORSES AND HORSE-SHOEING : their Origin, History, 
 
 Uses, and Abuses. 210 Engravings. 8vo, cloth, £z is. 
 
 PRACTICAL HORSE-SHOEING: With 37 Illustrations. 
 
 Second Edition, enlarged. 8vo, sewed, 2S. 
 
 RABIES AND HYDROPHOBIA: THEIR HISTORY, 
 
 NATURE, CAUSES, SYMPTOMS, AND PREVENTION. With 8 Illustra. 
 tions. 8vo, cloth, 15s. 
 
 A MANUAL OF VETERINARY SANITARY SCIENCE 
 
 AND POLICE. With 33 Illustrations. 2 vols. Demy 8vo, 36s. 
 FOR STEP [JOHN)— 
 
 THE LIFE OF CHARLES DICKENS. AVith Portraits 
 
 and other Illustrations. 15th Thousand. 3 vols. 8vo, cloth, £2. 2s. 
 
 THE LIFE OF CHARLES DICKENS. Uniform with 
 
 the Illustrated Library Edition of Dickens's Works. 2 vols. Demy Svo, £,i 8s. 
 
 THE LIFE OF CHARLES DICKENS. Uniform with 
 
 the Library Edition. Post 8vo, ids. 6d. 
 
 THE LIFE OF CHARLES DICKENS. Uniform with 
 
 the "C. D." Edition. With Numerous Illustrations. 2 vols. 7s. 
 
 THE LIFE OF CHARLES DICKENS. Uniform with 
 
 the Household Edition. With Illustrations by F. Barnard. Crown 410, cloth, 5s 
 
 WALTER SAVAGE LANDOR : a Biography, 1775-1864.* 
 
 With Portrait. A New and Revised Edition. Demy Svo, 12s.
 
 8 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 FORTNIGHTLY REVIEW— 
 
 FORTNIGHTLY REVIEW.— First Series, May, 1865, to 
 
 Dec. 1866. 6 vols. Cloth, 13s. each. 
 
 New Series, 1867 to 1872. In Half-yearly Volumes. Cloth, 
 
 13s. each. 
 
 From January, 1873, to the present time, in Half-yearly 
 
 Volumes. Cloth, i6s. each. 
 
 CONTENTS OF FORTNIGHTLY REVIEW. From 
 
 the commencement to end of 1878. Sewed, 2s. 
 FORTNUM [C. D. E.)— 
 
 A DESCRIPTIVE and ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE 
 
 OF THE BRONZES OF EUROPEAN ORIGIN in the SOUTH KEN- 
 SINGTON MUSEUM, with an Introductory Notice. Royal Svo, half-morocco, 
 
 £l IDS, 
 
 A DESCRIPTIVE and ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE 
 
 OF MAIOLICA, HISPANO-MORESCO, PERSIAN, DAMASCUS, AND 
 RHODIAN WARES in the SOUTH KENSINGTON MUSEUM. Royal 
 Svo, half-morocco, £2. 
 
 MAIOLICA. With numerous Woodcuts. Large crown 
 
 Svo, cloth, 2S. 6d. 
 
 BRONZES. With numerous Woodcuts. Large crown 
 
 Svo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 FRANCATELLI {C. E.)— 
 
 ROYAL CONFECTIONER: English and Foreign. A 
 
 Practical Treatise. With Coloured Illustrations. Third Edition. Post Svo, 
 cloth, 7s. 6d. 
 
 FRANKS {A. W.)— 
 
 JAPANESE POTTERY. Being a Native Report. Nume- 
 
 rous Illustrations and Marks. Large crown Svo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 FROM EYE TO HEART. Containing i8 beautiful Photo- 
 
 graphs. Foolscap 4to. 
 GALLENGA {ANTONIO)— 
 
 SOUTH AMERICA. With a Map. Second Edition. Demy 
 
 Svo, 14s. 
 GEROLDT {FRITZ)— 
 
 NINE COLONIES. Crown Svo, 4s. 
 
 HALL {SIDNEY)— 
 
 A TRAVELLING ATLAS OF THE ENGLISH COUN- 
 
 TIES. Fifty Maps, coloured. New Edition, including the Railways, corrected 
 up to the present date. Demy Svo, in roan tuck, los. 6d. 
 
 HAMILTON {VEREKER M.) and STEWART M. FASSON— 
 
 SCENES IN CEYLON. Oblong, with 21 Illustrations. 
 
 [/« the Press. 
 HARDY {LADY DUFFUS)— 
 
 THROUGH CITIES and PRAIRIE LANDS. Sketches 
 
 of an American Tour, i vol. Demy Svo, 14s. 
 HA TTON {JOSEPH)- 
 
 TO-DAY IN AMERICA. Studies for the Old World and 
 
 the New. 2 vols. Crown Svo, iSs.
 
 CHAPMAN &- HALL, LIAIITED. 
 
 HILL {MISS G.)— 
 
 THE PLEASURES AND PROFITS OF OUR LITTLE 
 
 POULTRY FARM. Small crown 8vo, 3s. 
 HITCHMAN [FRANCIS)— 
 
 THE PUBLIC LIFE OF THE EARL OF BEACONS- 
 
 FIELD. 2 vols. Demy 8vo, £t. 12s. 
 HOLBEIN— 
 
 TWELVE HEADS AFTER HOLBEIN. Selected from 
 
 Drawings in Her Majesty's Collection at Windsor. Reproduced in Autotype, in 
 portfolio, ^i i6s. 
 
 HOME LIFE. A Handbook of Elementary Instruction, con- 
 taining Practical Suggestions addressed to Managers and Teachers of Schools, 
 intended to show how the underlying principles of Home Duties or Domestic 
 Economy may be the basis of National Primary Instruction. Crown 8vo, 3s. 
 
 HOVELACQUE [ABEL)— 
 
 THE SCIENCE OF LANGUAGE: LINGUISTICS, 
 
 PHILOLOGY, AND ETYMOLOGY. With Maps. Large crown 8vo, cloth, 5s. 
 HUMPHRIS [H.D.)— 
 
 PRINCIPLES OF PERSPECTIVE. Illustrated in a 
 
 Series of Examples. Oblong folio, half-bound, and Text 8vo, cloth, £x is. 
 J AERY [GENERAL)— 
 
 OUTPOST DUTY. Translated, with TREATISES ON 
 
 MILITARY RECONNAISSANCE AND ON ROAD-MAKING. By Major- 
 Gen. W. C. E. Napier. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, 5s. 
 
 JENNINGS [SAMUEL), F.L.S., F.R.G.S.— 
 
 MY VISIT TO THE GOLDFIELDS IN THE SOUTH- 
 EAST WYNAAD. With 8 full-page Engravings. Demy 8vo, 5s. 
 JOHNSON [DR. SAMUEL)— 
 
 LIFE AND CONVERSATIONS. By A. Main. Cro^^^l 
 
 8vo, los. 6d. 
 JONES [CAPTAIN DOUGLAS), R.A.— 
 
 NOTES ON MILITARY LAW. Crown 8vo, 4s. 
 
 KELLE Y (E.G.), M.D.— 
 
 THE PHILOSOPHY OF EXISTENCE.— The Reality and 
 
 Romance of Histories. Demy 8vo, i6s. 
 KEMPIS [THOMAS A)— 
 
 OF THE IMITATION OF CHRIST. Four Books. 
 
 Beautifully Illustrated Edition. Demy 8vo, i6s. 
 KLACZKO [M. JULIAN)— 
 
 TWO CHANCELLORS : PRINCE GORTCHAKOF and 
 
 PRINCE BISMARCK. Translated by Mrs. Tait. Newandcheaper Edition, 6s. 
 LEFEVRE [ANDRE)— 
 
 PHILOSOPHY, Historical and Critical. Translated, with 
 
 an Introduction, by A. W. Keane, B.A. Large crown Svo, 7s. 6d. 
 LETOURNEAU [DR. CHARLES)— 
 
 SOCIOLOGY. Based upon Ethnology. Translated by 
 
 He.nry M. Trollope. Large crown Svo, los. 
 
 BIOLOGY. Translated by William MacCall. With Illus- 
 
 trations. Large crown Svo, 6s.
 
 10 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 LOW {C. R.]— 
 
 SOLDIERS OF THE VICTORIAN AGE. 2 vols. Demy 
 
 8vo, £i los. 
 LUCAS {CAPTAIN)— 
 
 THE ZULUS AND THE BRITISH FRONTIER. 
 
 Demy 8vo, i6s. 
 
 CAMP LIFE AND SPORT IN SOUTH AFRICA. 
 
 With Episodes in Kaffir Warfare. With Illustiations. Demy 8vo, 12s. 
 LYTTON {ROBERT, EARL)— 
 
 POETICAL WORKS- 
 FABLES IN SONG. 2 vols. Fcap. Bvo, 12s. 
 THE WANDERER. Fcap. Bvo, 6s. 
 POEMS, HISTORICAL AND CHARACTERISTIC. Fcap. 6s. 
 
 MACE WEN {CONSTANCE)— 
 
 ROUGH DIAMONDS : OR, SKETCHES FROM REAL 
 
 LIFE. Crown 8vo, 3s. 6d. 
 MALLET {DR. J. W.)— 
 
 COTTON : THE CHEMICAL, &c., CONDITIONS OF 
 
 ITS SUCCESSFUL CULTIVATION. Post 8vo, cloth, 7s. 6d. 
 MALLET {ROBERT)— 
 
 PRACTICAL MANUAL OF CHEMICAL ASSAYING, 
 
 as applied to the Manufacture of Iron. By L. L. De Konick and E. Dietz. 
 Edited, with notes, by Robert Mallet. Post 8vo, cloth, 6s. 
 
 GREAT NEAPOLITAN EARTHQUAKE OF 1857. 
 
 First Principles of Observational Seismology, as developed in the Report to the 
 Royal Society of London, of the Expedition made into the Interior of the Kingdom 
 of Naples, to investigate the circumstances of the great Earthquake of December, 
 1857. Maps and numerous Illustrations. 2 vols. Royal Bvo, cloth, ^3 3s. 
 
 MASKELL { WILLIAM)— 
 
 A DESCRIPTION OF THE IVORIES, ANCIENT AND 
 
 MEDIEVAL, in the SOUTH KENSINGTON MUSEUM, with a Preface. 
 With numerous Photographs and Woodcuts. Royal 8vo, half-morocco, ^i is. 
 
 IVORIES : ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL. With mime- 
 
 rous Woodcuts. Large crown 8vo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 HANDBOOK TO THE DYCE AND FORSTER COL- 
 LECTIONS. With Illustrations. Large crown 8vo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 McCOAN {J. CARLILE)— 
 
 OUR NEW PROTECTORATE. Turkey in Asia: Its 
 
 Geography, Races, Resources, and Government. With a Map showing 
 the Existing and Projected Public Works. 2 vols. Large crown 8vo, £x 4s. 
 
 MEREDITH {GEORGE)— 
 
 MODERN LOVE, AND POEMS OF THE ENGLISH 
 
 ROADSIDE. With Poems and Ballads. Fcap. Bvo, cloth, 6s. 
 MOLES WORTH {W. NASSAU)— 
 
 HISTORY OF ENGLAND FROM THE YEAR 183a 
 
 TO THE RESIGNATION OF THE GLADSTONE MINISTRY. 
 
 A Cheap Edition, carefully revised, and carried up to March, 1874. 3 vols, 
 crown 8vo, i8s. 
 
 A School Edition. Post Bvo, 7s. 6d. •
 
 CHAPMAN cr- HALL, LLMLTED. II 
 
 MO RLE Y {HENR Y)— 
 
 ENGLISH WRITERS. Vol. I. Part I. THE CELTS 
 
 AND ANGLO-SAXONS. With an Introductory Sketch of the Four Periods of 
 English Literature. Part IL FROM THE CONQUEST TO CHAUCER. 
 (Making 2 vols.) 8vo, cloth, £1 2s. 
 
 Vol. II. Part I. FROM CHAUCER TO DUNBAR. 
 
 8vo, cloth, I2S. 
 
 TABLES OF ENGLISH LITERATURE. Containing 
 
 20 Charts. Second Edition, with Index. Royal 4to, cloth, 12s. 
 
 In Three Parts. Parts I. and II., containing Three Charts, each is. 6d. 
 Part III., containing 14 Charts, 7s. Part III. also kept in Sections, i, 2, and 5, 
 IS. 6d. each ; 3 and 4 together, 3s. %^ The Charts sold separately. 
 
 MO R LEY {JOHN)— 
 
 LIFE AND CORRESPONDENCE OF RICHARD 
 
 COBDEN. 2 vols. Demy 8vo, £z 12s. 
 
 DIDEROT AND THE ENCYCLOPEDISTS. 2 vols. 
 
 Demy 8vo, ;^i 6s. 
 
 CRITICAL MISCELLANIES. Second Series. Demy 
 
 8vo, cloth, 14s. 
 
 NEW^ UNIFORM EDITION. 
 VOLTAIRE. Large crown 8vo, 6s. 
 ROUSSEAU. Large crown 8vo, 9s. 
 CRITICAL MISCELLANIES. First Series. Large crown 
 
 8vo, 6s. 
 
 CRITICAL MISCELLANIES. Second Series, [m the Press. 
 DIDEROT AND THE ENCYCLOPEDISTS. Large 
 
 crown 8vo, 12s, 
 
 ON COMPROMISE. New Edition. Large crown 8vo, 
 
 3S. 6d. 
 
 STRUGGLE FOR NATIONAL EDUCATION. Third 
 
 Edition. Demy 8vo, cloth, 3s. 
 MURPHY {J. il/.)— 
 
 RAMBLES IN NORTH-WEST AMERICA. With 
 
 Frontispiece and Map. 8vo, i6s. 
 MURRAY {ANDREW), E.L.S.— 
 
 ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. Aptera. W^ith nume- 
 
 rous Illustrations. Large crown 8vo, 7s. 6d. 
 NAPIER {MAJ.-GEN. W. C. E.)— 
 
 TRANSLATION OF GEN. JARRY'S OUTPOST DUTY. 
 
 With treatises on MILITARY RECONNAISSANCE AND ON 
 ROAD-MAKING. Third Edition. Crown Svo, 5s. 
 
 NESBITT {ALEXANDER)— 
 
 GLASS. Illustrated. Large crown Svo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 NEWTON {E. TULLE Y), E.G.S.— 
 
 THE TYPICAL PARTS IN THE SKELETONS OF 
 
 A CAT, DUCK, AND CODFISH, being a Catalogue with Comparative 
 Descriptien arranged in a Tabular form. Demy Svo, cloth, 3s.
 
 12 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 OFFICIAL HANDBOOK FOR THE NATIONAL TRAIN- 
 ING SCHOOL FOR COOKERY. Containing Lessons on Cookery ; forming 
 the Course of Instruction in the School. Compiled by " R. O. C." Seventh 
 Thousand. Large crown 8vo, 8s. 
 
 OLIVER {PROFESSOR), F.R.S., &'c.— 
 
 ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE PRINCIPAL NATURAL 
 
 ORDERS OF THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM, PREPARED FOR THE 
 SCIENCE AND ART DEPARTMENT, SOUTH KENSINGTON. With 
 109 Plates. Oblong Bvo, plain, i6s. ; coloured, £1 6s. 
 
 OZANNE (/. W.)— 
 
 THREE YEARS IN ROUMANIA. Large crown 8vo, 
 
 7s. 6d. 
 
 PAST DAYS IN INDL\ ; or, Sporting Reminiscences in the 
 
 Valley of the Saone and the Basin of Singrowlee. By a late Customs Officer, 
 N.W. Provinces, India. Post Bvo, los. 6d. 
 
 POLLEN [J. H.)— 
 
 ANCIENT AND MODERN FURNITURE AND 
 
 WOODWORK IN THE SOUTH KENSINGTON MUSEUM. With an 
 Introduction, and Illustrated with numerous Coloured Photographs and Woodcuts. 
 Royal Svo, half-morocco, £1 is. 
 
 GOLD AND SILVER SMITH'S WORK. With nume- 
 
 rous Woodcuts. Large crown Svo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 ANCIENT AND MODERN FURNITURE AND 
 
 WOODWORK. With numerous Woodcuts. Large crown Svo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 POLLOK {LIEUT.-COLONEL)— 
 
 SPORT IN BRITISH BURMAH, ASSAM, AND THE 
 
 CASSYAH AND JYNTIAH HILLS. With Notes of Sport in the Hilly Dis- 
 tricts of the Northern Division, Madras Presidency. 2 vols. With Illustrations 
 and 2 Maps. Demy Svo, ;^i 4s. 
 
 POYNTER [E. y.), R.A.— 
 
 TEN LECTURES ON ART. Second Edition. Large 
 
 crown Svo, 9s. 
 PRINSEP ( VAL), A.R.A.— 
 
 IMPERIAL INDIA. Containing numerous Illustrations 
 
 . and Maps made during a Tour to the Courts of the Principal Rajahs and Princes 
 of India. Second Edition. Demy Svo, £1 is, 
 
 PUCKETT [R. CAMPBELL), Ph.D., Bonn University— 
 
 SCIOGRAPHY; or, Radial Projection of Shadows. Third 
 
 Edition. Crown Svo, cloth, 6s. 
 RANKEN{W. H. L)— 
 
 THE DOMINION OF AUSTRALIA. An Account of 
 
 its Foundation. Post Svo, cloth, x2S. 
 
 RAPHAEL: HIS LIFE, WORKS, AND TIMES. From 
 
 the French of Eugene Muntz. Edited by W. Armstrong. Illustrated with 
 155 Wood Engravings and 41 Full-page Plates. \In Nm>ember.
 
 CHAPMAN ^ HALL, LIMITED. 13 
 
 RED GRA VE ( GILBER T R.)— 
 
 MANUAL OF DESIGN, compiled from the Writings and 
 
 Addresses of Richard Redgrave, R.A. With Woodcuts. Large crown 8vo, cloth, 
 2S. 6d. 
 
 REDGRA VE [RICHARD)— 
 
 MANUAL AND CATECHISM ON COLOUR. 24mo, 
 
 cloth, gd. 
 REDGRA VE {SAMUEL)— 
 
 A DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF THE His- 
 torical COLLECTION OF WATER-COLOUR PAINTINGS IN THE 
 
 SOUTH KENSINGTON MUSEUM. With numerous Chromo-lithographs and 
 other Illustrations. Published for the Science and Art Department of the Com- 
 mittee of Council on Education. Royal 8vo, £i is. 
 
 RIANO [JUAN F.)— 
 
 THE INDUSTRIAL ARTS IN SPAIN. Illustrated. Large 
 
 crown 8vo, cloth, 4s. 
 ROBINSON [C E.)— 
 
 THE CRUISE OF THE WIDGEON. With 4 Illus- 
 
 trations. Second Edition. Large crown Svo, gs. 
 ROBINSON [JAMES F. )— 
 
 BRITISH BEE FARMING. Its Profits Ind Pleasures. 
 
 Uniform with the FARMING FOR PLEASURE AND PROFIT Series. 
 Large crown Svo, 5s. 
 
 ROBINSON [J. C)— 
 
 ITALIAN SCULPTURE OF THE MIDDLE AGES 
 
 AND PERIOD OF THE REVIV^AL OF ART. With 20 Engravings. Royal 
 Svo, cloth, 7s. 6d. 
 
 ROB SON [GEORGE)— 
 
 ELEMENTARY BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. Illus- 
 
 trated by a Design for an Entrance Lodge and Gate. 15 Plates. Oblong folio, 
 sewed, 8s. 
 
 ROBSON [REV. J. H.), M.A., LL.M — 
 
 AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON ALGEBRA. 
 
 Post Svo, 6s. 
 ROCIC [ THE VER Y RE V. CANON), D. D. — 
 
 ON TEXTILE FABRICS. A Descriptive and Illustrated 
 
 Catalogue of the Collection of Church Vestments, Dresses, Silk Stuffs, Needlework, 
 and Tapestries in the South Keasington IMuseum. Royal Svo, half-morocco, 
 £1 IIS. 6d. 
 
 TEXTILE FABRICS. With numerous Woodcuts. Large 
 
 crown Svo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 ROLAND [ARTHUR)— 
 
 FARMING FOR PLEASURE AND PROFIT. Edited 
 
 by William Ablett. 6 vols. Large crown Svo, 5s. each. 
 DAIRY-FARMING, MANAGEMENT OF COWS, &c. 
 POULTRY-KEEPING. 
 
 TREE-PLANTING, FOR ORNAMENTATION OR PROFIT. 
 STOCK-KEEPING AND CATTLE-REARING. 
 DRAINAGE OF LAND, IRRIGATION, MANURES, &c. 
 ROOT-GROWING, HOPS, &c. 
 
 MANAGEMENT OF GRASS LANDS. UnOctoler. 
 
 MARKET GARDENING. \Ih Nmembet.
 
 14 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 S ALU SB UR Y [PHILIP H. B. )— 
 
 TWO MONTHS WITH TCHERNAIEFF IN SERVIA. 
 
 Large crowii 8vo, gs. 
 SAVAGE [REV. lY. R.)— 
 
 THE SOULS OF THE RIGHTEOUS, THEIR PLACE 
 
 AND STATE BETWEEN DEATH AND THE GENERAL RESURREC- 
 TION, Crown 8vo, 6s. 
 
 SCOTT-STEVENSON (MRS.)— 
 
 OUR HOME IN CYPRUS. With a Map and Illustra- 
 
 tions. Third Edition. Demy 8vo, 14s. 
 
 OUR RIDE THROUGH ASIA MINOR. With Map. 
 
 Demy Bvo, i8s. [/« October. 
 
 SHIRREFF [EMIL Y)— 
 
 A SKETCH OF THE LIFE OF FRIEDRICH 
 
 FROBEL. Crown 8vo, sewed, is. 
 SIMMON DS [T. L.)— 
 
 ANIMAL PRODUCTS: their Preparation, Commercial 
 
 Uses, and Value. With numerous Illustrations. Large crown Bvo, 7s. 6d. 
 SMITH [GOLD WLN)— 
 
 THE POLITICAL DESTINY OF CANADA. Crown 
 
 8vo, 5s. 
 SMITH {MAJOR R. MURDOCK), R.E.— 
 
 PERSIAN ART. Second Edition, with additional Illustra- 
 tions. Large crown Bvo, 2s. 
 ST. CLAIR [S.G. B.)— 
 
 TWELVE YEARS' RESIDENCE IN BULGARIA. 
 
 Revised Edition. Crown Bvo, 9s. 
 STORY [W. W.)— 
 
 ROBA DI ROMA. Seventh Edition, with Additions and 
 
 Portrait. Crown Bvo, cloth, los. 6d. 
 
 THE PROPORTIONS OF THE HUMAN FRAME, 
 
 ACCORDING TO A NEW CANON. With Plates. Royal Bvo, cloth, los. 
 
 CASTLE ST. ANGELO. With Illustrations. Crown 
 
 Bvo, IDS. 6d. 
 STREETER[E. W.)— 
 
 PRECIOUS STONES AND GEMS. Second Edition. 
 
 Demy Bvo, cloth, iBs. ; calf, 27s. 
 
 GOLD; OR, LEGAL REGULATIONS FOR THIS 
 
 METAL IN DIFFERENT COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD. Crown Bvo, 
 cloth, 3s. 6d. 
 STUAR T-GLENNIE— 
 
 EUROPE AND ASIA: DISCUSSIONS OF THE 
 
 EASTERN QUESTION. Demy Bvo, 14s. 
 TANNER [HENRY), F.C.S.— 
 
 JACK'S EDUCATION; OR, HOW HE LEARNT 
 
 FARMING. Large crown 8vo, 4s. 
 TOPINARD [DR. PA UL)— 
 
 ANTHROPOLOGY. With a Preface by Professor Paul 
 
 Broca. With numerous Illustrations. Large crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.
 
 CHAPMAN dr- HALL, LIMITED. 
 
 TROLLOPE [ANTHONY]— 
 
 AYALA'S ANGEL. 3 vols. Crown 8vo. 
 
 LIFE OF CICERO. 2 vols. 8vo. £1 4s. 
 
 THE CHRONICLES OF BARSETSHIRE. A Uniform 
 
 Edition, in 8 vols., large crown 8vo, handsomely printed, each vol. containing 
 Frontispiece. 6s. each. 
 
 THE WARDEN. 
 BARCHESTER TOWERS. 
 DR. THORNE. 
 FRAMLEY PARSONAGE. 
 
 THE SMALL HOUSE AT 
 ALLINGTON. 2 vols. 
 
 LAST CHRONICLE OF 
 BARSET. 2 vols. 
 
 TROLLOPE [MR. and MRS. THOMAS ADOLPHUS)— 
 
 HOMES AND HAUNTS OF ITALIAN POETS. 2 vols. 
 
 Crown Svo. [In Noz'ember. 
 
 UNIVERSAL— 
 
 UNIVERSAL CATALOGUE OF BOOKS ON ART. 
 
 Compiled for the use of the National Art Library'-, and the Schools of Art in the 
 United Kingdom. In 2 vols. Crown 4to, half-morocco, £2. 2s, 
 
 Supplemental Volume to Ditto. 8s. 
 
 VERON [EUGENE)— 
 
 ESTHETICS. Translated by W. H. Armstrong. Large 
 
 crown Svo, 7s. 6d. 
 WALMSLE Y [HUGH MULLENEUX)— 
 
 THE LIFE OF SIR JOSHUA WALMSLEY. With 
 
 Portrait. Demy Svo, 14s. 
 WATSON [ALFRED E. T) 
 
 SKETCHES IN THE HUNTING FIELD. Illustrated 
 
 by John Sturgess. Second Edition. Demy Svo, 12s. 
 
 New and Cheaper Edition. Crown Svo, 6s. 
 WA YLEN [JAMES)- 
 
 THE HOUSE OF CROMWELL and THE STORY 
 
 OF DUNKIRK. Royal Svo, cloth, 12s, 
 WESTWOOD [J. O.). M.A., F.L.S., dfc.— 
 
 CATALOGUE OF THE FICTILE IVORIES IN THE 
 
 SOUTH KENSINGTON MUSEUM. With an Account of the Continental 
 Collections of Classical and Mediaeval Ivories. Royal Svo, half-morocco, ^i 4s. 
 WHEELER [G. P.)— 
 
 VISIT OF THE PRINCE OF WALES. A Chronicle of 
 
 H.R.H.'s Journeyings in India, Ceylon, Spain, and Portugal. Large crown Svo, 12s. 
 WHITE [WALTER)— 
 
 HOLIDAYS IN TYROL: Kufstein, Klobenstein, and 
 
 Paneveggio. Large crown Svo, 14s. 
 
 A MONTH IN YORKSHIRE. Post Svo. With a Map. 
 
 Fifth Edition. 4s. 
 
 A LONDONER'S WALK TO THE LAND'S END, AND 
 
 ATRIPTOTHESCILLYISLES. Post Svo. With 4 Maps. Third Edition. 4s. 
 WILDFO WLER— 
 
 SHOOTING, YACHTING, AND SEA-FISHING TRIPS, 
 
 at Home and on the Continent. Second Series. By " Wildfowler," " Snap- 
 shot." 2 vols. Crown Svo, £1 is. 
 
 SHOOTING AND FISHING TRIPS IN ENGLAND, 
 
 FRANCE, ALSACE, BELGIUM, HOLLAND, AND BAVARIA. New 
 Edition, with Illustrations. Large crown Svo, 8s.
 
 I6 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 WORNUM {R. N. )— 
 
 HOLBEIN (HANS)— LIFE. With Portrait and Illustra- 
 
 tions. Imp. 8vo, cloth, ;^i iis. 6d, 
 
 ANALYSIS OF ORNAMENT: THE CHARACTER- 
 ISTICS OF STYLES. An Introduction to the Study of the History of Orna- 
 mental Art. With many Illustrations. Sixth Edition. Royal 8vo, cloth, 8s. 
 
 WYLDE {ATHERTON)— 
 
 MY CHIEF AND I; OR, SIX MONTHS IN NATAL 
 
 AFTER THE LANGALIBALELE OUTBREAK. With Portrait of Colonel 
 Durnford, and Illustrations. Demy 8vo, 14s. 
 
 YOUNGE{C. D.)— 
 
 PARALLEL LIVES OF ANCIENT AND MODERN 
 
 HEROES. New Edition. i2mo, cloth, 4s. 6d. 
 
 SOUTH KENSINGTON MUSEUM DESCRIPTIVE AND 
 ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUES. 
 
 Royal 8v0t half -bound. 
 
 BRONZES OF EUROPEAN ORIGIN. By C. D. E. Fortnum. 
 
 £\ los. 
 
 DYCE'S COLLECTION OF PRINTED BOOKS AND 
 
 MANUSCRIPTS. 2 vols. 14s. 
 
 DYCE'S COLLECTION OF PAINTINGS, ENGRAVINGS, 
 
 &c. 6s. 6d. 
 
 FURNITURE AND WOODWORK, ANCIENT AND 
 
 MODERN. By J. H. Pollen. ;^i is. 
 
 GLASS VESSELS. By A. Nesbitt. i8s. 
 
 GOLD AND SILVER SMITH'S WORK. By J. G. Pollen. 
 
 £x 6s. 
 
 IVORIES, ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL. By W. Maskell. 
 21S. 
 
 IVORIES, FICTILE. By J. O. Westwood. £\ 4s. 
 
 MAIOLICA, HISPANO-MORESCO, PERSIAN, DAMAS- 
 CUS AND RHODIAN WARES. By C. D. E. Fortnum. ;^2. 
 
 MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS. By C. Engel. 12s. 
 SCULPTURE, ITALIAN SCULPTURE OF THE MIDDLE 
 
 AGES. By J. C. Robinson. Cloth, 7s. 6d. 
 
 SWISS COINS. By R. S. Poole. £2 los. 
 TEXTILE FABRICS. By Rev. D. Rock. £\ iis. 6d. 
 WATER-COLOUR PAINTING. By S. Redgrave. £1 is. 
 UNIVERSAL CATALOGUE OF WORKS OF ART. 2 vols. 
 
 Small 4to. £x is. each. 
 
 UNIVERSAL CATALOGUE OF WORKS OF ART. Supple- 
 
 mentary vol., 8s.
 
 CHAPMAN &- HALL, LLMLTED. I'j 
 
 SOUTH KENSINGTON MUSEUM SCIENCE AND ART 
 HANDBOOKS. 
 
 Published for the Committee of Council on Education. 
 
 THE INDUSTRIAL ARTS OF INDIA. By Sir George 
 
 C. M. BiRDwooD, C.S.I. 8vo, with Map and 174 Illustrations, 14s. 
 
 HANDBOOK TO THE DYCE AND FORSTER COLLEC- 
 
 TIONS. By W. Maskell. With Illustrations. Large crown 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 THE INDUSTRIAL ARTS IN SPAIN. By Juan F. Riano. 
 
 Illustrated. Large cro%\-n 8vo, 4s. 
 
 GLASS. By Alexander Nesbitt. Illustrated. Large crown 
 
 Svo, 25. 6d. 
 
 GOLD AND SILVER SMITH'S WORK. By John Hunger- 
 
 FORD Pollen. With numerous Woodcuts. Large crown Svo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 TAPESTRY. By Alfred Champeaux. With Woodcuts. 2s. 6d. 
 BRONZES. By C. Drury E. Fortnum, F.S.A. With numerous 
 
 Woodcuts. Large crown Svo, 2S. 6d. 
 
 PLAIN WORDS ABOUT WATER. By A. H. Church, M.A., 
 
 Oxon. Illustrated. Large crown Svo, sewed, 6d. 
 
 ANIMAL PRODUCTS : their Preparation, Commercial Uses, 
 
 and Value. By T. L. Si.m.mo.>(ds. With numerous Illustrations. Lai-ge crown 
 Svo, 7s. 6d. 
 
 FOOD : A Short Account of the Sources, Constituents, and Uses 
 
 of Food ; intended chiefly as a Guide to the Food Collection in the Belhnal Green 
 IMuseum. By A. H. Chlrch M.A. Oxon. Large crown Svo 3s. 
 
 SCIENCE CONFERENCES. Delivered at the South Ken- 
 
 sington Museum. Crown Svo, 2 vols., 6s. each. 
 Vol. I. — Physics and Mechanics. 
 
 Vol, II. — Chemistry, Biology, Phj'sical Geography, Geology, Mineralogy, and 
 IMeteorolog^-. 
 
 ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. By Andrew Murray, F.L.S- 
 
 Aptera. With numerous Illustrations. Large crown Svo, 7s. 6d. 
 
 JAPANESE POTTERY. Being a Native Report. Edited by 
 
 A. W. Franks. Numerous Illustrations and Marks. Large crown Svo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 HANDBOOK TO THE SPECIAL LOAN COLLECTION 
 
 of Scientific Apparatus. Large crown Svo, 3s. 
 
 THE INDUSTRL\L ARTS : Historical Sketches. With 242 
 
 Illustrations. Large crown Svo, 3s. 
 
 TEXTILE FABRICS. By the Very Rev. Daniel Rock, D.D. 
 
 With numerous Woodcu:>. Large crown Svo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 COLLEGE AND CORPORATION PLATE. By Wilfred 
 
 Crii'ps. With numerous Illustrations. Large crown Svo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 B
 
 I8 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 SOUTH KENSINGTON MUSEUAI SCIENCE & ART HANDBOOKS-C^«^z«w^. 
 
 IVORIES: ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL. By William 
 
 Maskell. With numerous Woodcuts. Large crown 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 ANCIENT AND MODERN FURNITURE AND WOOD- 
 
 WORK. By JoHX Hungerfokd Pollen. With numerous Woodcuts. Large 
 crown 8vo, 2S. 6d. 
 
 MAIOLICA. ByC. DruryE. FoRTNUM, F.S.A. With numerous 
 
 Woodcuts. Large crown 8vo, 2S. 6d. 
 
 THE ANALYSIS AND ADULTERATION OF FOODS. 
 
 By James Bell, Principal of the Somerset House Laboratory'. 
 
 Part I. — Tea, Coffee, Cocoa, Sugar, &c., being a New Volume of the South 
 Kensington Museum Science Handbooks. Large crown Bvo, 2S. 6d. 
 
 MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS. By Carl Engel. With numerous 
 
 Woodcuts. Large crown 8vo, 2S. 6d. 
 
 MANUAL OF DESIGN, compiled from the Writings and 
 
 Addresses of Richard Redgrave, R.A. By Gilbert R. Redgrave. With 
 Woodcuts. Large crown Bvo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 PERSIAN ART. By Major R. Murdock Smith, R.E. Second 
 
 Edition, with additional Illustrations. Large crown 8vo, 2S. 
 
 FREE EVENING LECTURES. Delivered in connection with 
 
 the Special Loan Collection of Scientific Apparatus, 1876. Large crown Bvo, 8s. 
 
 CARLYLE'S (THOMAS) WORKS. 
 
 CHEAP AND UNIFORM KDITION. 
 
 hi 2 J vols., Crow7t 8v0f cloth, £'j js. 
 THE FRENCH REVOLUTION : 
 
 A History. 2 vols., 12s. 
 
 OLIVER CROMWELL'S LET- 
 TERS AND SPEECHES, with Eluci- 
 
 dations, &c. 
 
 LIVES OF SCHILLER AND 
 
 JOHN STERLING, i vol., 6s. 
 
 CRITICAL AND MISCELLA- 
 NEOUS ESSAYS. 4 vols., £1 4s. 
 
 SARTOR RESARTUS AND 
 LECTURES ON HEROES, i vol., 6s. 
 
 LATTER-DAY PAMPHLETS. 
 
 I vol., 6s. 
 
 CHARTISM AND PAST AND 
 
 PRESENT. I vol., 6s. 
 TRANSLATIONS FROM THE 
 GERMAN OF MUS^US, TIECK, 
 AND RICHTER. i vol., 6s. 
 
 WILHELM MEISTER, by Gothe. 
 
 A Translation 2 vols., 12s. 
 
 HISTORY OF FRIEDRICH THE 
 SECOND, called Frederick the Great. 
 7 vols., £2 9s. 
 
 LIBRARY EDITION COMPLETE. 
 
 Handsomely printed, in 84 vols., demy 8vo, cloth, £1S. 
 
 SARTOR RESARTUS. The Life and Opinions of Herr 
 
 Teufelsdrockh. With a Portrait, 7s. 6d. 
 
 THE FRENCH REVOLUTION. A History. 3 vols., each 9s.
 
 CHAPMAN ^ HALL, LIMITED. 19 
 
 CARLYLE'S (THOMAS) ^\'O^YJS>— Continued. 
 
 LIFE OF FREDERICK SCHILLER AND EXAMINATION 
 
 OF HIS WORKS. With Supplement of 1872. Portrait and Plates, 9s. 
 
 CRITICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS ESSAYS. With Portrait. 
 
 6 vols., each gs. 
 
 ON HEROES, HERO WORSHIP, AND THE HEROIC 
 
 IN HISTORY. 7S. 6d. 
 
 PAST AND PRESENT. 9s. 
 
 OLIVER CROMWELUS LETTERS AND SPEECHES. With 
 
 Pgrtraits. 5 vols., each gs. 
 
 LATTER-DAY PAMPHLETS. 9s. 
 
 LIFE OF JOHN STERLING. With Portrait, 9s. 
 
 HISTORY OF FREDERICK THE SECOND. 10 vols., 
 
 each gs. 
 
 TRANSLATIONS FROM THE GERMAN. 3 vols., each 9s. 
 GENERAL INDEX TO THE LIBRARY EDITION. 8vo, 
 
 cloth, 6s. 
 
 EARLY KINGS OF NORWAY : also AN ESSAY ON THE 
 
 PORTRAITS OF JOHN KNOX. Crown 8vo, with Portrait Illustrations, 
 7s. 6d. 
 
 PEOPLE'S EDITION. 
 
 In 37 vols.f small Crown 8vo. Price 2s. each vol., bound in cloth ; or in sets of 
 37 vols, in ig, cloth gilt, for £s 14s. 
 
 SARTOR RESARTUS. 
 
 FRENCH REVOLUTION. 3 vols. 
 
 LIFE OF JOHN STERLING. 
 
 OLIVER CROMWELL'S LET- 
 TERS AND SPEECHES. 5 vols. 
 
 ON HEROES AND HERO 
 WORSHIP. 
 
 PAST AND PRESENT. 
 CRITICAL AND MISCELLA- 
 NEOUS ESSAYS. 7 vols. 
 
 LATTER-DAY PAMPHLETS. 
 LIFE OF SCHILLER. 
 FREDERICK THE GREAT. 
 
 ID vols. 
 
 WILHELM MEISTER. 3 vols. 
 
 TRANSLATIONS FROM MU- 
 S^US, TIECK, AND RICHTER. 
 2 vols. 
 
 THE EARLY KINGS OF NOR- 
 WAY ; Essay on the Portraits of Knox ; 
 and General Index. 
 
 B 2
 
 20 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 DICKENS'S (CHARLES) WORKS. 
 
 ORIGINAL EDITIONS. 
 
 In Demy 8vo. 
 THE MYSTERY OF EDWIN DROOD. With Illustrations 
 
 by S. L. Fildes, and a Portrait engraved by Baker. Cloth, 7s. 6d. 
 
 OUR MUTUAL FRIEND. With Forty Illustrations by Marcus 
 
 Stone. Cloth, ;^ I is. 
 
 THE PICKWICK PAPERS. With Forty-three Illustrations 
 
 by Seymour and Phiz. Cloth, £z is. 
 
 NICHOLAS NICKLEBY. With Forty Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 Cloth, £i IS. 
 
 SKETCHES BY " BOZ." With Forty Illustrations by George 
 
 Cruikshank. Cloth, ;^i is. 
 
 MARTIN CHUZZLEWIT. With Forty Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 Cloth, £t is. 
 
 DOMBEY AND SON. With Forty Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 Cloth, £z is. 
 
 DAVID COPPERFIELD. With Forty Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 Cloth, ^i IS. 
 
 BLEAK HOUSE. With Forty Illustrations by Phiz. Cloth, 
 
 ;^i IS. 
 
 LITTLE DORRIT. With Forty Illustrations by Phiz. Cloth, 
 
 £x IS. 
 
 THE OLD CURIOSITY SHOP. With Seventy-five Illus- 
 
 trations by George Cattermole and H. K. Browne. A New Edition. Uniform with 
 the other volumes, £1 is. 
 
 BARNABY RUDGE : a Tale of the Riots of 'Eighty. With 
 
 Seventy-eight Illustrations by George Cattermole and H. K. Browne. Uniform with 
 the other volumes, ;^i is. 
 
 CHRISTMAS BOOKS : Containing— The Christmas Carol ; 
 
 The Cricket on the Hearth ; The Chimes ; The Battle of Life ; The Haunted House. 
 With all the original Illustrations. Cloth, 12s. 
 
 OLIVER TWIST and TALE OF TWO CITIES. In one 
 
 volume. Cloth, ;^i is. 
 
 OLIVER TWIST. Separately. With Twenty-four Illustrations 
 
 by George Cruikshank. Cloth, iis. 
 
 A TALE OF TWO CITIES. Separately. With Sixteen Illus- 
 trations by Phiz. Cloth, 9s. 
 
 *^* The remainder of Dickens's Works tuei'e not originally printed in Demy 8vo.
 
 CHAPMAN <^ HALL, LIMLTED. 
 
 21 
 
 DICKENS'S (CHARLES) WORKS- Continued. 
 
 LIBRARY EDITION. 
 In Post 8vo. With the Original Illustrations, jo vols. , cloth, £12. 
 
 PICKWICK PAPERS 43 Illus 
 
 NICHOLAS XICKLEBY 39 
 
 MARTIN CHUZZLEWIT 40 
 
 OLD CURIOSITY SHOP & REPRINTED PIECES 36 
 
 BARNABY RUDGE and HARD TIMES 36 
 
 BLEAK HOUSE 40 
 
 LITTLE DORRIT 40 
 
 DOMBEY AND SON 38 
 
 DAVID COPPERFIELD 38 
 
 OUR MUTUAL FRIEND 40 
 
 SKETCHES BY " BOZ " 39 
 
 OLIVER TWIST 24 
 
 CHRISTMAS BOOKS 17 
 
 A TALE OF TWO CITIES 16 
 
 GREAT EXPECTATIONS 8 
 
 PICTURES FROM ITALY & AMERICAN NOTES 8 
 
 UNCOMMERCIAL TRAVELLER 8 
 
 CHILD'S HISTORY OF ENGLAND 8 
 
 EDWIN DROOD and MISCELLANIES 12 
 
 CHRISTMAS STORIES from " Household Words," <S:c. 14 
 THE LIFE OF CHARLES DICKENS. By John Forster. 
 
 I vol, lOS. 
 
 
 s. d. 
 
 trns. , 2 vols. 
 
 16 
 
 2 vols. 
 
 16 
 
 , , 2 vols. 
 
 16 
 
 ,, 2 vols. 
 
 16 
 
 , , 2 vols. 
 
 16 
 
 ,, 2 vols. 
 
 16 
 
 2 vols. 
 
 16 
 
 , , 2 vols. 
 
 16 
 
 2 vols. 
 
 16 
 
 2 vols. 
 
 16 
 
 ,, I vol. 
 
 8 
 
 ,, I vol. 
 
 8 
 
 ,, I vol. 
 
 8 
 
 ,, I vol. 
 
 8 
 
 ,, I vol. 
 
 8 
 
 I vol. 
 
 8 
 
 I vol. 
 
 8 
 
 I vol. 
 
 8 
 
 ,, I vol. 
 
 8 
 
 ,, I vol. 
 
 8 
 
 I. With Illustrations. 
 
 Uniform with this Edition. 
 
 6d. 
 
 THE "CHARLES DICKENS" EDITION. 
 
 In Crown 8vo, In 21 vols. , cloth, unth Ilhtstrations, £j i6s. 
 
 PICKWICK PAPERS 
 
 MARTIN CHUZZLEWIT 
 
 DOMBEY AND SON 
 
 NICHOLAS NICKLEBY 
 
 DAVID COPPERFIELD 
 
 BLEAK HOUSE 
 
 LITTLE DORRIT 
 
 OUR MUTUAL FRIEND 
 
 BARNABY RUDGE 
 
 OLD CURIOSITY SHOP 
 
 A CHILD'S HISTORY OF ENGLAND 
 EDWIN DROOD and OTHER STORIES ... 
 CHRISTMAS STORIES, from " Household Words 
 
 SKETCHES BY "BOZ" 
 
 AMERICAN NOTES and REPRINTED PIECES 
 
 CHRISTMAS BOOKS 
 
 OLIVER TWIST 
 
 GREAT EXPECTATIONS 
 
 TALE OF TWO CITIES 
 
 HARD TIMES and PICTURES FROM ITALY 
 UNCOMMERCIAL TRAVELLER 
 
 Illustrations 
 
 THE LIFE OF CHARLES DICKENS. 
 Numerous Illustrations. 
 
 Uniform with this Edition 
 2 vols. 
 
 with
 
 ^2 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 DICKENS'S (CHARLES) V^O^Y.%— Continued. 
 
 THE ILLUSTRATED LIBRARY EDITION. 
 
 Complete in jo Volumes. Demy 8vo, los. each ; or set, £i^. 
 
 This Edition is printed on a finer paper and in a larger type than has been 
 employed in any previous edition. The type has been cast especially for it, and 
 the page is of a size to admit of the introduction of all the original illustrations. 
 
 No such attractive issue has been made of the writings of Mr. Dickens, which, 
 various as have been the forms of pubHcation adapted to the demands of an ever 
 widely-increasing popularity, have never yet been w^orthily presented in a really 
 handsome library form. 
 
 The collection comprises all the minor writings it was Mr. Dickens's wish to 
 preserve. 
 
 SKETCHES BY " BOZ." With 40 Illustrations by George Cruikshank. 
 
 PICKWICK PAPERS. 2 vols. With 42 Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 OLIVER TWIST. With 24 Illustrations by Cruikshank. 
 
 NICHOLAS NICKLEBY. 2 vols. With 40 Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 OLD CURIOSITY SHOP and REPRINTED PIECES. 2 vols. With Illus- 
 trations by Cattermole, &c. 
 
 BARNABY RUDGE and HARD TIMES. 2 vols. With Illustrations by 
 Cattermole, &c. 
 
 MARTIN CHUZZLEWIT. 2 vols. With 4 Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 AMERICAN NOTES and PICTURES FROM ITALY, i vol With 8 
 Illustrations. 
 
 DOMBEY AND SON. 2 vols. With 40 Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 DAVID COPPERFIELD. 2 vols. With 40 Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 BLEAK HOUSE. 2 vols. With 40 Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 LITTLE DORRIT. 2 vols. With 40 Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 A TALE OF TWO CITIES. With 16 Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 THE UNCOMMERCIAL TRAVELLER. With 8 lUustrations by Marcus Stone. 
 
 GREAT EXPECTATIONS. With 8 Illustrations by Marcus Stone. 
 
 OUR MUTUAL FRIEND. 2 vols. With 40 Illustrations by Marcus Stone. 
 
 CHRISTMAS BOOKS. With 17 Illustrations by Sir Edwin Landseer, R.A. 
 Maclise, R.A., &c. &c. 
 
 HISTORY OF ENGLAND. With 8 Illustrations by Marcus Stone. 
 
 CHRISTMAS STORIES. (From "Household Words" and "All the Year 
 Round.") With 14 Illustrations. 
 
 EDWIN DROOD AND OTHER STORIES. With 12 Illustrations by S. L. 
 PUdes.
 
 CHAPMAN &^ HALL, LIMITED. 
 
 23 
 
 DICKENS'S (CHARLES) ^'QK¥J$>—Contitmed. 
 
 HOUSEHOLD EDITION. 
 
 Complete in 22 Volumes. Crown 4/^, cloth, £^ 8j-. 6d. 
 
 MARTIN CHUZZLEWIT, with 59 Illustrations, cloth, 53. 
 
 DAVID COPPERFIELD, with 60 Illustrations and a Portrait, cloth, 5s. 
 
 BLEAK HOUSE, with 61 Illustrations, cloth. 5s. 
 
 LITTLE DORRIT, with 58 Illustrations, cloth, 5s. 
 
 PICKWICK PAPERS, with 56 lUustrations, cloth, 53. 
 
 OUR MUTUAL FRIEND, with 58 Illustrations, cloth, 5s. 
 
 NICHOLAS NICKLEBY, with 59 Illustrations, cloth, 5s. 
 
 DOMBEY AND SON, with 61 Illustrations, cloth, 5s. 
 
 EDWIN DROOD ; REPRINTED PIECES ; and other Stories, with 30 Illustra- 
 tions, cloth, 5s. 
 
 THE LIFE OF DICKENS. By John Forster, With 40 Illustrations. Cloth, 53. 
 
 BARNABY RUDGE, with 46 Illustrations, cloth, 4s. 
 
 OLD CURIOSITY SHOP, with 32 Illustrations, cloth, 4s, 
 
 CHRISTMAS STORIES, with 23 Illustrations, cloth, 4s. 
 
 OLIVER TWIST, with 28 Illustrations, cloth, 3s. 
 
 GREAT EXPECTATIONS, with 26 Illustrations, cloth, 3s. 
 
 SKETCHES BY "BOZ," with 36 Illustrations, cloth, 3s. 
 
 UNCOMMERCIAL TRAVELLER, with 26 Illustrations, cloth, 3s. 
 
 CHRISTMAS BOOKS, with 28 Illustrations, cloth, 3s. 
 
 THE HISTORY OF ExNGLAND, with 15 Illustrations, cloth, 3s. 
 
 AMERICAN NOTES and PICTURES FROM ITALY, with 18 Illustrations, 
 cloth, 3s. 
 
 A TALE OF TWO CITIES, with 25 Illustrations, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 HARD TIMES, with 20 Illustrations, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 MR. DICKENS'S READINGS. 
 
 Fcap. 8vo, sewed. 
 
 CHRISTMAS CAROL IN PROSE. 
 
 IS. 
 
 CRICKET ON THE HEARTH, is. 
 CHIMES : A GOBLIN STORY, is. 
 
 STORY OF LITTLE DOMBEY. is. 
 POOR TRAVELLER, BOOTS AT 
 
 THE HOLLY-TREE INN, and 
 
 MRS. GAMP. IS. 
 
 A CHRISTMAS CAROL, with the Original Coloured Plates ; 
 
 being a reprint of the Original Edition. Small 8vo, red cloth, gilt edges, 5s.
 
 24 
 
 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 DICKENS'S (CHARLES) ^^Q^Y.^— Continued. 
 
 THE POPULAR LIBRARY EDITION 
 
 OF THE WORKS OF 
 
 CHARLES DICKENS, 
 
 In 30 Vols., large crown ^vo, price £6 ; separate Vols. 4^. each. 
 
 An Edition printed on good paper, containing Illustrations selected from 
 the Household Edition, on Plate Paper. Each Volume has about 450 pages 
 and 16 full-page Illustrations. 
 
 SKETCHES BY "BOZ." 
 PICKWICK. 2 vols. 
 OLIVER TWIST. 
 NICHOLAS NICKLEBY. 2 vols. 
 MARTIN CHUZZLEWIT. 2 vols. 
 DOMBEY AND SON. 2 vols. 
 DAVID COPPERFIELD. 2 vols. 
 CHRISTMAS BOOKS. 
 OUR MUTUAL FRIEND. 2 vols. 
 CHRISTMAS STORIES. 
 BLEAK HOUSE. 2 vols. 
 LITTLE DORRIT. 2 vols. 
 
 OLD CURIOSITY SHOP and 
 REPRINTED PIECES. 2 vols. 
 
 BARNABY RUDGE. 2 vols. 
 
 UNCOMMERCIAL TRAVEL- 
 LER. 
 
 GREAT EXPECTATIONS. 
 
 TALE OF TWO CITIES. 
 
 CHILD'S HISTORY OF ENG- 
 LAND. 
 
 EDWIN DROOD and MISCEL- 
 LANIES. 
 
 PICTURES FROM ITALY and 
 
 AMERICAN NOTES. 
 
 The Cheapest and Handiest Editio7t of 
 
 THE WORKS OF CHARLES DICKENS. 
 
 The-Pocket Volume Edition of Charles Dickens's Works. 
 In 30 Vols.^ small fcap. Svo, £2 5j-.
 
 CHAPMAN 6- HALL, LIMITED. 25 
 
 List of Books, Drawing Examples, Diagrams, Models, 
 Instruments, &c., 
 
 INCLUDING 
 
 THOSE ISSUED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE SCIENCE 
 AND ART DEPARTMENT, SOUTH KENSINGTON, FOR THE 
 USE OF SCHOOLS AND ART AND SCIENCE CLASSES. 
 
 CATALOGUE OF MODERN WORKS ON SCIENCE 
 
 AND TECHNOLOGY. 8vo, sewed, is. 
 B£NSON {W.)— 
 
 PRINCIPLES OF THE SCIENCE OF COLOUR. 
 
 Small 4to, cloth, 15s. 
 
 MANUAL OF THE SCIENCE OF COLOUR. Coloured 
 
 Frontispiece and Illustrations. i2mo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 BRADLEY {THOMAS), of the Royal Military Academy, Woohvich— 
 
 ELEMENTS OF GEOMETRICAL DRAWING. In Two 
 
 Parts, with 60 Plates. Oblong folio, half-bound, each part i6s. 
 
 Selections (from the above) of 20 Plates, for the use of the Royal Military 
 Academy, Woolwich. Oblong folio, half-bound, i6s. 
 
 BURCHETT— 
 
 LINEAR PERSPECTIVE. With Illustrations. Post 8vo, 
 
 cloth, 7s. 
 
 PRACTICAL GEOMETRY. Post 8vo, cloth, 5s. 
 DEFINITIONS OF GEOMETRY. Third Edition. 24mo, 
 
 sewed, sd. 
 CARROLL {JOHN)— 
 
 FREEHAND DRAWING LESSONS FOR THE BLACK 
 
 BOARD, 6s. 
 CUB LEY {W. H.)~ 
 
 A SYSTEM OF ELEMENTARY DRAWING. With 
 
 Illustrations and Examples. Imperial 4to, sewed, 8s. 
 DA VISON {ELLIS A. )— 
 
 DRAWING FOR ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS. Post 
 
 8vo, cloth, 3s. 
 
 MODEL DRAWING. i2mo, cloth, 3s. 
 
 THE AMATEUR HOUSE CARPENTER : A Guide in 
 
 Building, Making, and Repairing. With numerous Illustrations, drawn on Wood 
 by the Author. Demy Svo, ids. 6d.
 
 26 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 DELAMOTTE {P. H.)— 
 
 PROGRESSIVE DRAWING-BOOK FOR BEGINNERS. 
 
 i2mo, 3S. 6d. 
 DICKSEE (J. R.)— 
 
 SCHOOL PERSPECTIVE. 8vo, cloth, 5s. 
 
 DYCE— 
 
 DRAWING-BOOK OF THE GOVERNMENT SCHOOL 
 
 OF DESIGN : ELEMENTARY OUTLINES OF ORNAMENT. 50 Plates. 
 Small folio, sewed, 5s. ; mounted, i8s. 
 
 INTRODUCTION TO DITTO. Fcap. 8vo, 6d. 
 
 FOSTER [VERE)-~ 
 
 DRAWING-BOOKS : 
 
 {a) Forty-two Numbers, at id. each. 
 
 {b) Forty-six Numbers, at 3d. each. The set b includes the subjects in a. 
 
 DRAWING-CARDS : 
 
 Freehand Drawing : First Grade, Sets L, IL, IIL, price is. each ; in cloth cases, 
 IS. 6d. each. 
 Second Grade, Set L, price 2s. ; in cloth case. 3s. 
 
 HENSLO W {PROFESSOR)— 
 
 ILLUSTRATIONS TO BE EMPLOYED IN THE 
 
 PRACTICAL LESSONS ON BOTANY. Prepared for South Kensington 
 Museum. Post 8vo, sewed, 6d. 
 
 JACOBSTHAL (E.)— 
 
 GRAMMATIK DER ORNAMENTE, in 7 Parts of 20 
 
 Plates each. Price, unmounted, ;C3 13s. 6d. ; mounted on cardboard, ;^ii 4s. 
 The Parts can be had separately. 
 
 HEWITT- 
 HANDBOOK OF PRACTICAL PERSPECTIVE. i8mo, 
 
 cloth, IS. 6d. 
 KENNEDY {JOHN)— 
 
 FIRST GRADE PRACTICAL GEOMETRY. i2mo, 6d. 
 FREEHAND DRAWING-BOOK. i6mo, cloth, is. 6d. 
 LINDLEY [JOHN]— 
 
 SYMMETRY OF VEGETATION: Principles to be 
 
 Observed in the Delineation of Plants. i2mo, sewed, is. 
 MARSHALL— 
 
 HUMAN BODY. Text and Plates reduced from the large 
 
 Diagrams. 2 vols., cloth, £,1 is. 
 NE WTON {E. TULLE Y, F G. S. )— 
 
 THE TYPICAL PARTS IN THE SKELETONS OF A 
 
 CAT, DUCK, AND CODFISH, being a Catalogue with Comparative De- 
 scriptions arranged in a Tabular Form. Demy 8vo, 3s. 
 
 OLIVER {PROFESSOR)— 
 
 ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 
 
 109 Plates. Oblong 8vo, cloth. Plain, 16s.; coloured, £1 6s.
 
 CHAPMAN 6- HALL, LIMLTED. 27 
 
 POYNTER {E. J., R.A.), issued under the superintendence of— 
 
 ELEMENTARY, FREEHAND, ORNAMENT: 
 
 Book I. Simple Geometrical Forms, 6d. 
 „ II. Conventionalised Floral Forms, &c., 6d. 
 
 PREEHAND— FIRST GRADE: 
 
 Book I. Simple Objects and Ornament, 6d. 
 
 ,, II. Various Objects, 6d. 
 
 ,, III. Objects and Architectural Ornaments, 6d. 
 
 ,, IV. Architectural Ornament, 6d. 
 
 ,, V. Objects of Glass and Pottery, 6d. 
 
 , VI. Common Objects, 6d. 
 
 FREEHAND— SECOND GRADE : 
 
 Book I. Various Forms of Anthermion, &c., is. 
 „ II. Greek, Roman, and Venetian, is. 
 
 ,, III. Italian Renaissance, is. 
 
 ,, IV. Roman, Italian, Japanese, S:c. is. 
 
 THE SOUTH KENSINGTON DRAWING CARDS, 
 
 Containing the same examples as the books : 
 Elementary Freehand Cards. Four packets, gd. each. 
 First Grade Freehand Cards. Six packets, is. each. 
 Second Grade Freehand Cards. Four packets, is. 6d. each. 
 
 PUCKETT [R. CAMPBELL)— 
 
 SCIOGRAPHY, OR RADIAL PROJECTION OF 
 
 SHADOWS. Crown 8vo, cloth, 6s. 
 REDGRAVE— 
 
 MANUAL AND CATECHISM ON COLOUR. Fifth 
 
 Edition. 24mo, sewed, gd. 
 ROBSON [GEORGE]- 
 
 ELEMENTARY BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. Oblong 
 
 folio, sewed, 8s. 
 WALLIS [GEORGE]- 
 
 DRAWING-BOOK. Oblong, sewed, 3s. 6d.; mounted, 8s. 
 
 WORNUM [R. N. ]— 
 
 THE CHARACTERISTICS OF STYLES: An Intro- 
 
 duction to the Study of the History of Ornamental Art. Royal Svo, cloth, 8s. 
 
 DRAWING FOR YOUNG CHILDREN. Containing 150 
 
 Copies. i6mo, cloth, 3s. 6d. 
 
 EDUCATIONAL DIVISION OF SOUTH KENSINGTON 
 
 MUSEUM : CLASSIFIED CATALOGUE OF. Ninth Edition. Svo, 7s.
 
 28 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 ELEMENTARY DRAWING COPY-BOOKS, for the Use of 
 
 Children from four years old and upwards, in Schools and Families. Compiled by 
 a Student certificated by the Science and Art Department as an Art Teacher. 
 Seven Books in 410, sewed : 
 
 00k I. 
 
 Letters, 8d. 
 
 Book IV. 
 
 Objects, 8d. 
 
 „ II. 
 
 Ditto, 8d. 
 
 ., V. 
 
 Leaves, 8d. 
 
 „ III. 
 
 Geometrical and Ornamental 
 
 „ VI. 
 
 Birds, Animals, &c., 8d. 
 
 
 Forms, 8d. 
 
 „ VII. 
 
 Leaves, Flowers, and Sprays, 8d. 
 
 %"* Or in Sets of Seven Books, 4s. 6d. 
 
 ENGINEER AND MACHINIST DRAWING-BOOK, i6 Parts, 
 
 71 Plates. Folio, £\ 12s. ; mounted, £1 4s. 
 
 PRINCIPLES OF DECORATIVE ART. Folio, sewed, is. 
 DIAGRAM OF THE COLOURS OF THE SPECTRUM, 
 
 with Explanatory Letterpress, on roller, los. 6d. 
 
 COPIES FOR OUTLINE DRAWING: 
 
 DYCE'S ELEMENTARY OUTLINES OF ORNAMENT, 50 Selected Plates, 
 mounted back and front, i8s. ; unmounted, sewed, 5s. 
 
 WEITBRICHT'S OUTLINES OF ORNAMENT, reproduced by Herman, 
 12 Plates, mounted back and front, 8s. 6d. ; unmounted, 2s. 
 
 MORGHEN'S OUTLINES OF THE HUMAN FIGURE reproduced by Herman, 
 20 Plates, mounted back and front, 15s. ; unmounted, 3s. 4d. 
 
 ONE SET OF FOUR PLATES, Outlines of Tarsia, from Gruner, mounted, 3s. 6d. 
 unmounted, yd. 
 
 ALBERTOLLI'S FOLIAGE, one set of Four Plates, mounted, 3s. 6d.; unmounted, sd. 
 
 OUTLINE OF TRAJAN FRIEZE, mounted, is. 
 
 WALLIS'S DRAWING-BOOK, mounted, 8s., unmounted, 3s. 6d. 
 
 OUTLINE DRAWINGS OF FLOWERS, Eight, Sheets, mounted, 3s. 6d. ; 
 unmounted, 8d. 
 
 COPIES FOR SHADED DRAWING: 
 
 COURSE OF DESIGN. By Ch. Bargue (French), 20 Selected Sheets, 11 at 2S. 
 and 9 at 3s. each. £2 9s. 
 
 ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES. By J. B. Tripon. id Plates, ;^i. 
 MECHANICAL STUDIES. By J. B. Tripon. 15s. per dozen. 
 FOLIATED SCROLL FROM THE VATICAN, unmounted, sd.; mounted, is. 3d. 
 TWELVE HEADS after Holbein, selected from his Drawings in Her Majesty's 
 Collection at Windsor. Reproduced in Autotj'pe. Half imperial, ;^i i6s. 
 
 LESSONS IN SEPIA, 9s. per dozen, or is. each. 
 
 COLOURED EXAMPLES: 
 
 A SMALL DIAGRAM OF COLOUR, mounted, is. 6d. ; unmounted, gd. 
 TWO PLATES OF ELEMENTARY DESIGN, unmounted, is. ; mounted, 3s. gd 
 CAMELLIA, mounted, 3s. gd. ; unmounted, 2s. gd. 
 COTMAN'S PENCIL LANDSCAPES (set of 9), mounted, 15s. 
 
 SEPIA DRAWINGS (set of 5), mounted, ;^i. 
 ALLONGE'S LANDSCAPES IN CHARCOAL (Six), at 4s. each, or the set, £1 4s.
 
 CHAPMAN &- HALL, LIMITED. 
 
 29 
 
 SOLID MODELS, &c. : 
 
 *Box of Models, ;^i 4s. 
 
 A Stand with a universal joint, to show the solid models, &c., ;^i i8s. 
 "One Wire Quadrangle, with a circle and cross within it, and one straight wire. One 
 solid cube. One Skeleton Wire Cube. One Sphere. One Cone. One Cylinder. 
 One Hexagonal Prism. £2. 2s. 
 Skeleton Cube in wood, 3s. 6d. 
 18-inch Skeleton Cube in wood, 12s. 
 *Three objects oiform in Pottery: 
 Indian Jar, \ 
 Celadon Jar, -i8s. 6d. 
 Bottle, j 
 
 *Five selected Vases in Majolica Ware, £2 iis. 
 *Three selected Vases in Earthenware, i8s. 
 
 Imperial Deal Frames, glazed, without sunk rings, los. each. 
 ^Davidson's Smaller Solid Models, in Box, £2, containing — 
 
 2 Square Slabs. 
 
 9 Oblong Blocks (steps). 
 
 2 Cubes. 
 
 4 Square Blocks. 
 
 Triangular Prism. " 
 Pyramid, Equilateral. 
 Pyramid, Isosceles. 
 Square Block. 
 
 Octagon Prism. 
 Cylinder. 
 Cone. 
 
 Jointed Cross. 
 
 ^ Davidson's Advanced Drawing Models, £q. — The following is a brief description 
 of the Models : — An Obelisk^omposed of 2 Octagonal Slabs, 26 and 20 inches 
 across, and each 3 inches high ; i Cube, 12 inches edge ; i Monolith (forming 
 the body of the obelisk) 3 feet high ; i Pyramid, 6 inches base ; the complete 
 object is thus nearly 5 feet high. A Market Cross— composed of 3 Slabs, 24, i3, 
 and 12 inches across, and each 3 inches high ; i Upright, 3 feet high ; 2 Cross Arms, 
 united by mortise and tenon joints ; complete height, 3 feet 9 inches. A Step- 
 Ladder, 23 inches high. A Kitchen Table, 14^^ inches high. A Chair to corre- 
 spond. A Four-legged Stool, with projecting top and cross rails, height 14 inches. 
 A Tub, with handles and projecting hoops, and the divisions between the staves 
 plainly marked. A strong Trestle, 18 inches high. A Hollow Cylinder, 9 inches 
 in diameter, and 12 inches long, divided lengthwise. A Hollow Sphere, 9 inches 
 in diameter, divided into semi-spheres, one of which is again divided into quarters ; 
 the semi-sphere, when placed on the cylinder, gives the form and principles of 
 shading a dome, whilst one of the quarters placed on half the cylinder forms a 
 niche. 
 ^Davidson's Apparatus for Teaching Practical Geometry (22 models), £,^. 
 ^Binn's Models for Illustrating the Elementary' Principles of Orthographic Projection as 
 applied to Mechanical Drawing, in box, £x los. 
 Miller's Class Drawing Models.— These Models are particularly adapted for teaching 
 large classes ; the stand is very strong, and the universal joint will hold the 
 Models in any position. Wood Models : Square Prism, 12 inches side, 18 inches 
 high ; Hexagonal Prism, 14 inches side, 18 inches high ; Cube, 14 inches side 
 Cylinder, 13 inches diameter, id inches high ; Hexagon Pyramid, 14 inches 
 diameter, 22^ inches side ; Square Pyramid, 14 inches side, 22^^ inches side ; 
 Cone, 13 inches diameter, 22^ inches side ; Skeleton Cube, 19 inches solid wood 
 i^ inch square ; Intersecting Circles, 19 inches solid wood 2^4 by i^-^ inches. 
 IVi're Models : Triangular Prism, 17 inches side, 22 inches high ; Square Prism, 
 14 inches side, 20 inches high ; Hexagonal Prism, 16 inches diameter, 21 inches 
 high; Cylinder, 14 inches diameter, 21 inches high ; Hexagon Pyramid, 18 inches 
 diameter, 24 inches high ; Square Pyramid. 17 inches side, 24 inches high ; Cone, 
 17 inches side, 24 inches high ; Skeleton Cube, 19 inches side; Intersecting Circles, 
 19 inches side ; Plain Circle, 19 inches side ; Plain Square, 19 inches side. Table, 
 27 inches by 2iJ^^ inches. Stand. The set complete, £1^ 13s. 
 Vulcanite Set Square, 5s. 
 Large Compasses, with chalk-holder, 5?. 
 *Slip, two set squares and X square, 5s. 
 
 *Parkes's Case of Instruments, containing 6-inch compasses with p3n and pencil leg, 55. 
 *Prize Instrument Case, with 6-inch compasses, pen and pencil leg, 2 small compasses, 
 
 pen and scale, i8s. 
 6-inch Compasses, with shifting pen and point, 4s. 6d. 
 Small Compass, in case, is. 
 
 * Models, &c., entered as sets, can cnV bs supplied in set?.
 
 30 
 
 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 LARGE DIAGRAMS. 
 
 ASTRONOMICAL : 
 
 TWELVE SHEETS. By John Drew, Ph. Dr., F.R.S.A. Prepared for the Com- 
 mittee of Council on Education. Sheets, £7. 8s.; on rollers and varnished, £,\ 4s. 
 
 BOTANICAL : 
 
 NINE SHEETS. Illustrating a Practical Method of Teaching Botany. By Professor 
 Henslow, F. L. S. £2 ; on rollers and varnished, ;^3 3s. 
 
 CLASS. 
 
 DIVISION. 
 
 SECTION. 
 
 DIAGRAM 
 
 
 r 
 
 /Thalamifloral .. 
 
 I 
 
 Dicotyledon . . 
 
 ^ Angiospermous 
 
 Calycifloral . . 
 • ■ Corollifloral ,. 
 
 .. 2&3 
 
 4 
 
 
 / 
 
 Incomplete 
 
 5 
 
 
 V Gj-mnospermous 
 
 . 
 
 6 
 
 
 ' Petaloid , . 
 
 . f Superior 
 
 7 
 
 Monocotyledons 
 
 ^ Glumaceous 
 
 7, Inferior . . 
 
 8 
 9 
 
 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION : 
 
 TEN SHEETS. By William J. Glenny, Professor of Drawing, King's College. 
 In sets, ;^i IS. 
 
 LAXTON'S EXAMPLES OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION IN TWO 
 DIVISIONS, containing 32 Imperial Plates, £x. 
 
 BUSBRIDGE'S DRAWINGS OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. 11 Sheets. 
 2S. gd. Mounted, 5s. 6d. 
 
 GEOLOGICAL : 
 
 DIAGRAM OF BRITISH STRATA. By H. W. Bristow, F.R.S., F.G.S. 
 A Sheet, 4s. ; on roller zind varnished, 7s. 6d. 
 
 MECHANICAL : 
 
 DIAGRAMS OF THE MECHANICAL POWERS, AND THEIR APPLI- 
 CATIONS IN MACHINERY AND THE ARTS GENERALLY. By 
 Dr. John Anderson. 
 
 8 Diagrams, highly coloured on stout paper, 3 feet 6 inches by 2 feet 6 inches. 
 Sheets ;^i per set ; mounted on rollers, £"2. 
 
 DIAGRAMS OF THE STEAM-ENGINE. By Professor Goodeve and Professor 
 Shelley. Stout paper, 40 inches by 27 inches, highly coloured. 
 Sets of 41 Diagrams (52% Sheets), £6 6s. ; varnished and mounted on rollers, 
 £\x IIS. 
 
 MACHINE DETAILS. By Professor Unwin. 16 Coloured Diagrams. Sheets, 
 £■2 2s. ; mounted on rollers and varnished, ;C3 14s. 
 
 SELECTED EXAMPLES OF MACHINES, OF IRON AND WOOD (French). 
 By Stanislas Pettit. 60 Sheets, £■>, 5s. ; 13s. per dozen. 
 
 BUSBRIDGE'S DRAWINGS OF MACHINE CONSTRUCTION. 50 Sheets, 
 i2S. 6d. Mounted, ;^i 5s. 
 
 LESSONS IN MECHANICAL DRAWING. By Stanislas Pettit. is. per 
 dozen ; also larger.Sheets, more advanced copies, 2s. per dozen. 
 
 LESSONS IN ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING. By Stanislas Pettit. is. per 
 dozen ; also larger Sheets, more advanced copies, 2s. per dozen.
 
 CHAPMAN 6^ HALL, LLMITED. 31 
 
 PHYSIOLOGICAL : 
 
 ELEVEN SHEETS. Illustrating Human Physiology-, Life Size and Coloured from 
 Nature. Prepared under the direction of Johx Marshall, F.R.S., F.R.C.S., &c. 
 Each Sheet, 12s. 6d. On canvas and rollers, varnished, £1 is. 
 
 1. THE SKELETON AND LIGAMENTS. 
 
 2. THE MUSCLES, JOINTS, AND ANIMAL MECHANICS. 
 
 3. THE VISCERA IN POSITION.— THE STRUCTURE OF THE LUNGS. 
 
 4. THE ORGANS OF CIRCULATION. 
 
 5. THE LYMPHATICS OR ABSORBENTS. 
 
 6. THE ORGANS OF DIGESTION. 
 
 7. THE BRAIN AND NERVES.-THE ORGANS OF THE VOICE. 
 
 8. THE ORGANS OF THE SENSES. 
 
 9. THE ORGANS OF THE SENSES. 
 
 10. THE MICROSCOPIC STRUCTURE OF THE TEXTURES AND ORGANS. 
 
 11. THE MICROSCOPIC STRUCTURE OF THE TEXTURES AND ORGANS. 
 
 HUMAN BODY, LIFE SIZE. Bv John Marshall, F.R.S., F.R.C.S. Each 
 Sheet, i2S. 6d. ; on canvas and rollers, varnished, ^i is. Explanatory Key, is. 
 I. THE SKELETON, Front View. 
 
 2. THE MUSCLES, Front View. 
 
 3. THE SKELETON, Back View. 
 
 4. THE MUSCLES, Back View. 
 
 5. THE SKELETON, Side View. 
 
 6. THE MUSCLES, Side View. 
 
 7. THE FEMALE SKELETON, 
 
 Front View. 
 
 ZOOLOGICAL : 
 
 TEN SHEETS. Illustrating the Classification of Animals. By Robert Patterson. 
 £•2 ; on canvas and rollers, varnished, £t, ids. 
 The same, reduced in size on Royal paper, in 9 Sheets, uncoloured, 12s.
 
 32 
 
 CHAPMAN &- HALL, LIMITED. 
 
 THE FORTNIGHTLY REVIEW 
 
 Edited by JOHN MORLEY. 
 HTHE FORTNIGHTLY REVIEW is published on the ist of 
 
 every month (the issue on the 15th being suspended)^ and a Volume is 
 completed every Six Months. 
 
 The following are among the Contributors : — 
 
 SIR RUTHERFORD ALCOCK. 
 MATHEW ARNOLD. 
 PROFESSOR BAIN. 
 PROFESSOR BEESLY. 
 DR. BRIDGES. 
 
 HON. GEORGE C. BRODRICK 
 SIR GEORGE CAMPBELL, M.P. 
 J. CHAMBERLAIN, M.P. 
 PROFESSOR SIDNEY COLVIN. 
 MONTAGUE COOKSON, Q.C. 
 L. H. COURTNEY, M.P. 
 G. H. DARWIN. 
 F. W. FARRAR. 
 PROFESSOR FAWCETT, M.P. 
 ED\VARD A. FREEMAN. 
 MRS. GARRET-ANDERSON. 
 M. E. GRANT DUFF, M.P. 
 THOMAS HARE. 
 F. HARRISON. 
 LORD HOUGHTON. 
 PROFESSOR HUXLEY. 
 PROFESSOR JEVONS. 
 lEMILE DE LAVELEYE. 
 T. E. CLIFFE LESLIE. 
 RIGHT HON. R. LOWE, M.P. 
 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK, M.P. 
 
 LORD LYTTON. 
 SIR H. S. MAINE. 
 DR. MAUDSLEY. 
 PROFESSOR MAX MULLER. 
 PROFESSOR HENRY MORLEY. 
 G. OSBORNE MORGAN, Q.C, M.P. 
 WILLIAM MORRIS. 
 F. W. NEWMAN. 
 W. G. PALGRAVE. 
 WALTER H. PATER. 
 RT. HON. LYON PLAYFAIR, M.P. 
 DANTE GABRIEL ROSSETTI. 
 HERBERT SPENCER. 
 HON. E. L. STANLEY. 
 SIR J. FITZJAMES STEPHEN, Q.C. 
 LESLIE STEPHEN. 
 J. HUTCHISON STIRLING. 
 A. C. SWINBURNE. 
 DR. VON SYBEL. 
 J. A. SYMONDS. 
 W. T. THORNTON. 
 HON. LIONEL A. TOLLEMACHE. 
 ANTHONY TROLLOPE. 
 PROFESSOR TYNDALL. 
 THE EDITOR. 
 &c. &c. &c. 
 
 The Fortnightly Review is published at 2s. 6d. 
 
 CHAPMAN & HALL, LIMITED, 11, HENRIETTA STREET, 
 COVENT GARDEN, W.C. 
 
 CHARLES DICKENS AND EVANS,] 
 
 [CKVSTAL PALACE PRESS.
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 Los Angeles 
 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. 
 
 PIWE MAR 
 MAY 
 
 ^Jli«i9' 70/11, 
 
 Form L9-50to-4,'61(B8994s4
 
 DS 
 <1, 
 
 ^.33 
 
 H28n
 
 "^M^ 
 
 
 M 
 
 i* 
 
 /^■V-*;.-' 
 
 '-^^: